Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
2017-2018
www.waubonsee.edu
ACCREDITATION
Waubonsee Community College is accredited by The Higher
Learning Commission, 230 South LaSalle Street, Suite 7-500,
Chicago, IL 60604, (800) 621-7440, and is recognized by federal
and state agencies administering financial aid.
Since 2003, Waubonsee has been participating in the Higher Learning
Commissions Academic Quality Improvement Program (AQIP),
which seeks to infuse the principles and benefits of continuous
improvement into the culture of colleges and universities in order
to assure and advance the quality of higher education.
Approval: Waubonsee Community College is recognized by
the Illinois Community College Board, Illinois Board of Higher
Education and the U.S. Department of Education.
Accredited Career Programs:
Addictions Counseling Program
Accreditation: Illinois Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse Professional
Certification Association, Inc. (IAODAPCA): preparatory and
advanced accreditation
Nursing Program
Accreditation: Accreditation Commission for Education in
Nursing (ACEN)
College Catalog
2017-2018
2017/2018
Table of Contents 3
Educational Options................................................... 11
Community Education........................................13
Online Learning...................................................14
Internship Program.............................................14
Transfer Degree Guidelines.......................................33 In case of emergency, please call 911. For non-emergency
situations, Waubonsee Campus Police may be reached by
General Studies Program..........................................67 calling (630) 466-2552 at the Sugar Grove Campus and
(630) 906-4142 at the Aurora Downtown Campus. The
Career and Technical Education.................................70 Waubonsee Campus Police Office is located in Dickson
Center on the Sugar Grove Campus and at the front desk at
Career and Technical Education
the Aurora Downtown Campus.
Degrees and Certificates.....................................76
www.waubonsee.edu
4 Board of Trustees
Rebecca D. Oliver
Sugar Grove Roger T. Harris
Chair Geneva
Board member 1997-2021 Board Member 2017-2023
Business Executive Business Executive
Richard Shorty
W. Dickson
Bristol
Vice Chair Patrick Kelsey
Board member Montgomery
1972-1987, 1989-2019 Board member 2015-2021
Retired Insurance Executive Consulting Scientist
Jimmie Delgado
Oswego James K. Michels, P.E.
Secretary Elburn
Board member 2015-2023 Board member 1987-2023
Water Reclamation Executive Retired Consulting Engineer
2017/2018
President's Message 5
Our alumni are changing the world. Many were the first in their
family to graduate from college. Many transferred to four-year
institutions to complete bachelors, masters and doctoral degrees.
Waubonsee alumni have as varied careers as the nearly 43,000
certificates and degrees awarded in our 50-year history. It is an
honor and a privilege to be a part of the Waubonsee Community
College family.
Sincerely,
www.waubonsee.edu
6 Curriculum at a Glance
Waubonsee Community College offers students the opportunity to take classes in a wide variety of areas. Coursework in credit classes
can be designed for very general or very specific educational goals. Requirements and suggested coursework for each degree are
explained in the appropriate catalog section. Degrees and certificates offered include:
GENERAL EDUCATION
Associate in General Studies Degree (AGS)
General Studies Certificate
See degree requirements page 67.
The Disciplines listed below indicate the varied areas of study offered at Waubonsee, although students are not limited to these options.
Refer to each listing of degrees, certificates and areas of concentration later in this catalog.
DISCIPLINES
Course descriptions begin on page 155.
2017/2018
Curriculum at a Glance 7
This catalog documents guidelines for transfer degree areas of concentration and specific curriculum for career education degrees
and certificates. Listed below are example transfer degree areas of concentration and career education curricular areas. Look in the
appropriate section for more specific details.
www.waubonsee.edu
8 Academic Calendar
November
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
The college is closed on the following dates. Otherwise, the college is open and services are 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
available during the standard hours of operation. 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Independence Day:..............................................................................Tuesday, July 4, 2017 26 27 28 29 30
Labor Day:................................................................................ Monday, September 4, 2017
Thanksgiving Holiday:................................................. Wednesday, November 22 through December
Sunday, November 26, 2017 S M T W T F S
Winter Holiday: ..........................................4:30 p.m., Friday, December 22, 2017 through 1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Monday, January 1, 2018
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Easter: ..................................................................................................Sunday, April 1, 2018
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Memorial Day:................................................................................... Monday, May 28, 2018
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Independence Day:........................................................................Wednesday, July 4, 2018 31
2018
January
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
2017/2018
Academic Calendar 9
February SPRING SEMESTER 2018
S M T W T F S Late registration begins......................................................................................................... Jan. 8
1 2 3 (Last day to enroll in a course is prior to the first class meeting)
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Orientation week for faculty and staff............................................................................ Jan. 10-12
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 First day of classes Tuesday............................................................................................ Jan. 16
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Students withdrawn for nonpayment after this date
25 26 27 28
must petition to re-enroll.................................................................................................. Jan. 16
Weekend classes begin Saturday................................................................................... Jan. 20
March
End of ALL refunds for 16-week courses............................................................................ Jan. 26
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
Withdrawals after this date from 16-week courses will appear on
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 student transcripts............................................................................................................. Jan. 26
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Last day to claim honor student status designation in a 16-week course....................... Feb. 12
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Summer semester registration begins at 8 a.m. ..............................................................March 5
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Midsemester last day to change audit enrollment status............................................March 7
Spring break Monday through Sunday................................................................. March 12-18
April (Classes will not meet)
S M T W T F S Last day to enroll in a spring semester independent study or internship course............ April 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Last day to withdraw from spring semester courses....................................................... April 23
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Fall semester registration begins at 8 a.m. .........................................................................May 7
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Semester ends...................................................................................................................... May 11
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
Commencement...................................................................................................................May 12
Grades due noon, Tuesday .............................................................................................May 15
May The above dates apply, in general, to traditional 16-week credit courses. Contact Registration and Records
S M T W T F S for details concerning weekend courses, TBA courses or courses shorter than 14 weeks in duration.
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 SUMMER SEMESTER 2018
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 First day of classes Monday (check individual course)..................................................May 14
27 28 29 30 31 (Last day to enroll in a course is prior to the first class meeting)
Memorial Day break Saturday through Monday......................................................May 26-28
June
(Classes will not meet)
S M T W T F S Weekend classes begin Saturday....................................................................................June 2
1 2
First day of regular summer session...................................................................................June 4
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Last day to enroll in a summer semester independent study or internship course ........ July 2
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Independence Day break Wednesday.............................................................................. July 4
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 (Classes will not meet)
Last day to withdraw from summer semester courses..................................................... July 16
July End of Session...................................................................................................................... July 28
S M T W T F S Grades due noon, Tuesday.............................................................................................. July 31
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Midterm.....................................................................determined by length (weeks) of course
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Refunds ..................................................determined by course beginning date and duration
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 (See the Bursar Office for details.)
Grades due ..................................................... immediately upon completion of each course
August
The above dates apply, in general, to traditional credit courses. Summer courses are offered with a variety
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 of beginning and ending dates. Please refer to each individual course within the schedule for the correct
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 beginning and ending dates. Contact Registration and Records for details.
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
www.waubonsee.edu
10 Getting Started
New students who have never attended Waubonsee before are required to complete the New
Student Information Form found online at www.waubonsee.edu/nsif.
Please refer to the following steps to complete enrollment.
Returning/Continuing Students
Complete the following steps if you have been enrolled at Waubonsee during a previous semester.
STEP 1 Meet with a Counselor prior to registering (highly recommended).
STEP 2 Register for courses in person, by mail, by fax, or online at mywcc.waubonsee.edu. Full or
partial payment is due at the time of registration.
Questions? Call (630) 466-7900. * Students wishing to transfer credits to Waubonsee need to submit official
Admissions.................................. ext. 5756
transcripts and complete the online Transcript Evaluation Request Form (TERF)
Assessment................................. ext. 5700 at mywcc.waubonsee.edu. Log in with your X-number and password, select the
Counseling ................................. ext. 2361 student tab, go to the student forms box, and select the registration tab to open
Financial Aid ............................... ext. 5774 the form. This step needs to be completed before course placement or Electronic
Registration................................. ext. 2370 Registration and Planning (E-RAP).
2017/2018
what you can learn
Educational
Options
12 Educational Options
2017/2018
Educational Options 13
English as a Second Language Community Education
The English as a Second Language (ESL) program offers non- Community Education presents a wide variety of programs
native adults, 16 years of age and older, the opportunity to learn designed to enrich the lives of all members of the Waubonsee
the English language while also learning about American culture. Community College district young and old alike.
Students develop reading, writing, listening and speaking skills
necessary for success in the workplace, community and further Personal Enrichment Courses
coursework. Grammar, writing and conversation classes are also Community Education offers noncredit courses in astronomy, art,
available throughout the year. Morning and evening classes are
offered at the Aurora Downtown Campus and other selected sites cooking, languages, music, writing, gardening, personal finance
in the community. There is no charge for this program. For more and fitness. Many enrichment courses are also available online
information about testing and placement into classes, call the ESL through ed2go at www.ed2go.com/waubonsee.
office (see directory).
Special Events
High School Equivalency Each year, Community Education presents a diverse season
The High School Equivalency (HSE) courses, offered in both of lectures, events and family programs. Many events often
English and Spanish, prepare adults who do not have a high school featuring local experts are offered free of charge. Past speakers
diploma for the HSE exams in the areas of writing skills, social have included Clay Jenkinson, Reed Timmer, Ryan Buell and the
studies, science, reading, mathematics, and the U.S. and state Hillstrand Brothers. More information on special events can be
constitutions. An assessment determining appropriate content found at www.waubonseetickets.com or by calling Community
areas of study precedes class placement. Morning and evening Education.
classes are offered at the Aurora Downtown Campus and other
locations throughout the district. Xcelerate
Xcelerate enrichment camps for kids and teens are offered each
The High School Equivalency (HSE) Testing program at summer by Community Education. Camps are held at the Sugar
Waubonsee allows individuals to obtain their HSE certificate Grove, Plano and Aurora Downtown Campuses and feature such
by completing their final certification exams through approved topics as science, technology, gaming, Lego robotics, fashion,
HSE testing vendors. HSE final exams are offered through both cheerleading and performing arts.
GED Testing Service and TASC (Test Assessing Secondary
Completion). Exams are offered in both English and Spanish and Trips and Tours
require an appointment. Registrations and testing appointments Trips and tours are offered to a variety of local and regional
for GED Testing Service are made through Pearson-VUE at destinations including museums, theatres and city sites. Each trip
www.GED.com or you may contact Pearson-VUE directly at is designed to be both fun and educational. Extended tours are
(877) 392-6433. Registrations and testing appointments for also offered to a variety of destinations around the world.
TASC are made at https://illinois.tasctest.com or you may
contact TASC directly at (888) 282-0589. Payment for the exams Lifelong Learning Institute
are made directly through GED and TASC. For more information, Community Education advises and hosts the Lifelong Learning
please visit www.GED.com or www.tasctest.com. All exams Institute (LLI) an independent organization devoted to learning
are administered through Waubonsee's Learning Assessment for persons age 50+. Members of the LLI share their cumulative
and Testing Services (see directory) who also administers the life experiences in an informal classroom setting while expanding
constitution test, one of the required parts of the HSE final their knowledge of a variety of topics. Each course is designed
certification process. for maximum participation under the leadership of a member
who acts as a facilitator. For more information call the Lifelong
Outreach and Retention Learning Institute at (630) 466-2593.
Free outreach and retention services are offered to help high
school equivalency (HSE) and ESL graduates transition into Total Fitness Center
college-level courses in pursuit of a degree or certificate. Membership in the Total Fitness Center in Erickson Hall is offered
Assistance includes referrals to appropriate services (i.e. academic to both students and members of the community. Members have
counseling and financial aid), coordination of appointments access to the latest cardio equipment, free weights and Cybex
with different departments and assistance in exploring specific strength training systems. Knowledgeable staff are always available
vocational careers. For more information or to register, contact to help members achieve their fitness goals, as well as advise on
Adult Education (see directory). health and exercise related matters.
www.waubonsee.edu
14 Educational Options
2017/2018
Educational Options 15
VALEES Member Schools Summer Opportunity for
Batavia High School District #101
Advancement and Recovery (SOAR)
For students who need to recover high school course credits or
Earlville High School District #9
for those who want to work ahead, the Waubonsee Community
East Aurora High School District #131 College High School SOAR Program provides quality instruction
Fox Valley Career Center taught by area high school teachers. High school students
Geneva High School District #304 throughout Waubonsees district may attend classes each
summer (June and July) at the Aurora Downtown or Sugar Grove
Hinckley/Big Rock High School District #429 Campuses. A limited schedule of classes may be offered at the
Indian Creek High School District #425 Auora Fox Valley and/or Plano Campuses. Individual high schools
Indian Valley Vocational Center determine the amount of credit students receive for courses.
Registration begins annually in March. For more information,
Kaneland High School District #302
contact the High School Partnership Center (see directory).
Leland High School District #1
Newark High School District #18 TRIO/Upward Bound
Oswego High School District #308 The Waubonsee Upward Bound Program is a federally funded
college preparatory program that serves students at East Aurora
Oswego East High School District #308
High School. The program provides students with the motivation
Paw Paw High School District #271 and support necessary to go to college. Year-round services
Plano Area Special Education Cooperative include academic courses, tutoring, course advisement, national
Plano High School District #88 college visits and cultural enrichment activities, financial aid and
college readiness workshops, and a six-week academic intensive
Sandwich High School District #430 summer program. All services are provided at no cost. For more
Serena High School District #2 information, contact the Upward Bound Manager (see directory)
Somonauk High School District #432 or visit www.waubonsee.edu/upwardbound.
West Aurora High School District #129
Yorkville High School District #115 ROTC Transfer Option
Students who intend to transfer to a four-year school that offers
a Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) program may
Dual Credit accomplish the basic coursework in their first two years at
Dual credit courses provide both high school and college credit. Waubonsee. The Military Science (MSC) curriculum is detailed in
Waubonsee offers dual credit courses in cooperation with many the Course Descriptions section. For more information, contact
area high schools. These courses are taught in the high school the Dean for Social Sciences, Education and World Languages or
by qualified high school teachers, but have the same outlines, Counseling Department (see directory).
objectives and textbooks as a college level course. Students should
check with their high school counselor to identify dual credit
courses available at their high school. Most dual credit courses Study Abroad
offered in high schools do not carry a tuition charge, though Waubonsee is a member of the Illinois Consortium for
certain fees may be collected. International Studies and Programs (ICISP). Study abroad
programs can take Waubonsee students to England, Ireland,
Students who are able to demonstrate readiness for college-level Austria, Spain, Costa Rica, France and other countries for
work during the term they are registered for and have obtained programs offering a comprehensive mix of study and cultural/
permission from their high school, may enroll in a credit course social activities. For example, students might spend a summer
on one of the Waubonsee Community College campuses for session in the Spanish immersion program in Costa Rica or an
which they have met the prerequisites. At the discretion of the entire fall or spring semester on campus in Canterbury, England,
high school, students may receive both college and high school or Salzburg, Austria. For more information about the program
credit (dual credit) for the course. Students who take a course in requirements, visit the Career Development Center's webpage
this manner must pay all tuition and fees and register using the at www.waubonsee.edu/careerdevelopment and click on 'Study
High School Registration/Authorization Form, which requires the Abroad'. Interested students should inquire and apply early (at
signature of a high school principal or counselor. (See page 229). least six months in advance of program offerings).
www.waubonsee.edu
16 Educational Options
2017/2018
where you go can go
College
Learning
Outcomes
College
18 Learning Outcomes
C
RITICAL THINKING: Students will be able to acquire,
analyze, synthesize and evaluate information for efficacy
in order to develop conclusions and implement solutions
while actively engaging in learning and questioning beyond
the content of any one course, making connections between
courses, disciplines, life experiences and accumulated
knowledge.
Q
UANTITATIVE LITERACY: Students will be able to
acquire, analyze, use and represent mathematical and
scientific data and information symbolically, visually,
numerically and verbally to recognize and understand
problems and trends, to conduct experiments and
observations, to develop appropriate solutions and
conclusions, and to understand the interrelatedness of
quantitative reasoning and other disciplines.
2017/2018
19
Transfer
Degree Program
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
20 Degree Program
Transferring Credit from Waubonsee of senior institutions. The Compact Agreement applies to general
education requirements, and if, while at Waubonsee, students
TRANSFER ADVISING AND PLANNING have not taken lower division courses included in their major
To make the most of your time at Waubonsee, meet with a field requirements, they will be required to do so by the senior
counselor or advisor to discuss all the options available to you. institution. Also see the section on joint admission on page 230.
Effective planning can help you transfer your credit to the four-
year college or university of your choice. The Counseling, Advising
& Transfer Center has transfer/articulation guides that explain Illinois Articulation Initiative
how courses transfer into various programs at each university. Waubonsee Community College participates in the Illinois
Also, see www.waubonsee.edu/transferring for more information Articulation Initiative (IAI), a major, statewide, cooperative
including steps to planning your transfer, transfer agreements agreement among participating Illinois colleges and universities
and 2+2 transfer guides, and transferology and iTransfer online to facilitate successful transfer of course credits from one
databases. participating institution to another, effective beginning summer
1998. The IAI defines a general education core curriculum, and
Waubonsees transfer curriculum for the Associate in Arts (AA)
Purpose of the and Associate in Science (AS) degrees conforms to it. Students
Transfer Degree Curriculum who follow the prescribed curriculum can be assured that the
credits satisfy general education requirements at participating
The Associate in Arts (AA), Associate in Science (AS), Associate
Illinois colleges and universities. See the Course Descriptions
in Engineering Science (AES), and Associate in Fine Arts (AFA)
section of this catalog for a list of Waubonsees IAI general
degrees are intended for students planning to transfer to a four-
education and major courses approved to date.
year college or university for a baccalaureate degree.
These associate degrees are designed to transfer to a four-
year institution. However, since requirements can vary from Transfer Guarantee
one university to another, it is recommended that all students The Transfer Guarantee formally assures students that certain
create an educational plan with a Waubonsee counselor or courses transfer to in-state colleges and universities. The college
advisor. Courses taken at other colleges and/or universities are backs up the guarantee with a tuition refund if the course does
evaluated upon request. See page 228 (Admission of Transfer not transfer. Students should be aware that because baccalaureate
Students) and page 241 (Transferring Credits to Waubonsee) degree completion requirements change over time, transfer
for more information. agreements may expire and/or students may be expected to
complete additional coursework by the transfer institution.
The courses students take at Waubonsee Community College Students should contact an advisor/counselor for determining
are those normally taken during the first two years of the the transferability of courses to their chosen four-year institution.
baccalaureate degree. Students can complete Waubonsees degree To make a claim, students must notify Waubonsees Vice President
requirements and be in a favorable position to transfer to the of Educational Affairs, in writing, within 60 days of learning
four-year college or university of their choice. Most universities that course credit has been declined or refused by the receiving
and senior colleges award junior standing to students with an university. The letter should state the reasons, if any, given for the
Associate in Arts, Science, Engineering Science or Fine Arts action and the name, position, address and telephone number of
degree. See waubonsee.edu/transferring for more information. the person who processed the application for credit transfer or
acceptance. Copies of any correspondence, transfer evaluation or
Transfer Degree Guidelines other documentation provided to or received from the transfer
institution regarding the students transfer application must
The transfer degree guidelines listed in the next section of this
accompany the notice.
catalog illustrate courses a student might take if interested in a
particular area of study. The guidelines are based on the format
Waubonsee Community College agrees to reimburse students
used to show degree requirements, and they assist the student
the tuition for any course listed on the application if the receiving
in completing the general education requirements of a four-year
public Illinois university declines to transfer or accept the course
degree, as well as taking introductory courses in a major field of
credit for some purpose under these terms:
study. While the guidelines are helpful, students should work with
a counselor to develop individual plans.
1. Students take and successfully complete the course(s) during
the term stated;
Articulation Compact 2. Students earn at least a grade of C for the course(s);
Waubonsee Community College participates in agreements with 3. Students are accepted by and actually transfer to the receiving
most state universities in Illinois that state: A transfer student in university within three years from the date this guarantee is
good standing who has completed an associate degree based on issued;
baccalaureate-oriented sequences from an Illinois community 4. Students promptly apply to have the course credit transferred to
college shall be considered: A) to have attained junior standing; and accepted by the receiving university upon transfer;
and B) to have met lower division general education requirements 5. Students make a claim under this guarantee as provided above
2017/2018
Transfer
Degree Program 21
within four years from the date this guarantee is issued; HIGH SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS
6. Students cooperate fully with Waubonsee Community College
Subject Years Courses
in its efforts to have the credit transferred or accepted by the
receiving university, including giving any necessary consents or
English 4 Written and Oral
releases regarding student records; and,
Communication,
7. After the claim is received, Waubonsee Community College has
Literature
120 days to attempt to have the receiving university reverse its
Mathematics 3 Algebra, Geometry,
earlier decision to deny course credit.
Algebra Trigonometry
Social Studies 3 History, Government
The Illinois Articulation Initiative (IAI) became effective during
Science 3 Laboratory Science
summer 1998. Since individual colleges and universities determine
Electives 2 Foreign Language, Art,
which course credits earned prior to summer 1998 will transfer,
Music or Vocational
students should contact the Counseling, Advising and Transfer
Center at Waubonsee to discuss their particular circumstances
Students with academic deficiencies are considered by Waubonsee
(see directory).
Community College to have satisfied these deficiencies upon
successful completion of a minimum of 24 college-level
Waubonsee does not guarantee that the letter grade earned in
credits. Included in these 24 units must be ENG 101 - First-
the WCC course will be considered by the receiving university in
Year Composition I, COM 100 - Fundamentals of Speech
determining the students grade point average, honors, or for other
Communication, a social science course, a laboratory course,
purposes, but only that the receiving university gives course credit
and a mathematics course chosen from courses meeting general
for some purpose. The guarantee does not provide for
education requirements in their respective categories.
the refund of tuition for any other course(s), any fees or any
incidental or consequential expenses or claims whatsoever, but
only for refund of tuition for the guaranteed course(s) for which
course credit is not given by the receiving university.
Students rights under the guarantee are personal and may not
be assigned or transferred, voluntarily or involuntarily. Further,
no refund is required or is made if the scholarship, financial aid
program, loan or other source used to pay the tuition prohibits
payment or reimbursement of tuition directly to the students.
On-Campus/Online
Bachelors Degree Completion
Waubonsee Community College is working to make it even
easier for our associate degree graduates to earn their bachelors
degree. Through unique partnerships with several colleges
and universities, WCC graduates can complete their four-year
degrees by taking classes at WCC campuses, at other sites close to
home, or even online. See waubonsee.edu/transferring for more
information.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
22 Degree Program
2017/2018
Transfer
Degree Program 23
III. Additional College Requirements IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements
Note: Students should consult with a counselor to determine Associate in Arts................................................... 20-21 sem hrs
foreign language requirements at the four-year school to which
they intend to transfer. Bachelor of Arts degrees typically Students should consult with a counselor early in their
require a foreign language for graduation. program of studies to determine appropriate course
choices, including any foreign language requirement,
A. Social Awareness/Personal Growth............... 2-3 sem hrs and transferability of courses based on their major and
College Success Topics: COL 100 (2),101 (1),102 (1),110, the four-year school to which they intend to transfer.
131 (1)
Disability Studies: DIS 101, 110 Note: A maximum of four semester hours each of
Foreign Language/Sign Language: Independent Study (IND), College Success Topics (COL) or
CHN 101, 102; FRE 101, 102, 201, 202; Physical Education (PED) may be applied toward a degree.
GER 101, 102, 201, 202; JPN 101, 102; The maximum semester hours for Physical Education (PED)
SGN 101, 102; SPN 101, 102, 103, 110, 111, 201, 202, 205, credit may be waived for physical education or education
211 majors.
Health Education: HED 100
Peace Studies: IDS 210, 220
Physical Education activity courses: PED 100 149 (0.5-1)
Sustainability: SUS 101
(Students who served in the Armed Services may be
granted Physical Education credit for the Social Awareness/
Personal Growth requirement.)
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
24 Degree Program
2017/2018
Transfer
Degree Program 25
III. Additional College Requirements IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements
When selecting courses for the Additional College Associate in Science.............................. 21-23 sem hrs
Requirements, consult with a counselor, as four-year schools
have specific requirements. Students should consult with a counselor early in their
Associate in Science (AS).................................. 6-8 sem hrs program of studies to determine appropriate course
Select two courses: one additional math course and one choices, and transferability of courses based on their
additional physical or life science course. major and the four-year school to which they intend
to transfer. Students may be required to enroll in two
A. Physical and Life Sciences............................... 3-4 sem hrs additional courses (one Humanities or Fine Arts course
Consult with a counselor to determine the appropriate and one Social and Behavioral Science course) at their
choice based on your major and the four-year institution to transfer institution.
which you intend to transfer. (L indicates a lab course.)
Astronomy: AST 100, 105 (4-L) Note: A maximum of four semester hours each of
Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 103 (1-L), 110, 111 (1-L), Independent Study (IND), College Success Topics (COL) or
120 (4-L), 122 (4-L), 200, 250 (4-L), 270 (4-L), 272 (4-L) Physical Education (PED) may be applied toward a degree.
Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 103 (1-L), 121 (4-L), The maximum semester hours for Physical Education (PED)
122 (4-L), 202, 231 (4-L), 232 (4-L) credit may be waived for physical education or education
Earth Science: ESC 100, 101 (1-L), 110, 120 (4-L), 125,130 majors.
Geography: GEO 121 (4-L)
Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1-L), 102 (4-L), 103, 120
Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1-L), 111 (4-L), 112 (4-L), 221 (5-L),
222 (5-L),223 (4-L)
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
26 Degree Program
MATH PATH
See a counselor or advisor to determine which Math Path is right for you. The sequence of math courses
you take depends on your program of study. You need a C grade or better to advance to the next level.
MTH 071-Intermediate
Algebra I
2 semester hours MTH 075-Elementary College level path
8 weeks Geometry MTH 101,
3 semester hours MTH 102,
Need C or better or MTH 107
Submit a high school
transcript to see if
MTH 072-Intermediate you qualify for a
Algebra II MTH 075 exemption
2 semester hours
8 weeks
2017/2018
Transfer
Degree Program 27
Degree Requirements II. General Education Requirements
Since completion of the Associate in Engineering Science
Associate in Engineering Science (AES) (AES) degree does not fulfill the requirements of the IAI Gen-
(AES1) major code eral Education Core Curriculum, students must complete the
The following sections list program requirements to achieve an general education requirements of the institution to which they
Associate in Engineering Science degree at Waubonsee. This transfer. Courses listed in section II are included on Waubon-
degree is designed to provide students a smooth transition to a sees IAI website as of March 2014. (Courses are 3 sem hrs
four-year baccalaureate engineering degree program. Students unless indicated.)
who complete the AES degree can transfer to an engineer Associate in Engineering Science
ing program and complete a Bachelor of Science degree in an (AES)....................................................................... 31 sem hrs
additional two years, depending upon the requirements of the
four-year institution. A. Communications
AES........................................................................6 sem hrs
I. College Requirements English: ENG 101* and 102 *
A. Semester Hours
A total of 60 semester hours or more completed as speci- B. Social and Behavioral Sciences and
fied in the following sections. Humanities and Fine Arts
B. Grade-Points AES........................................................................ 9 sem hrs
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 (C aver- Students are encouraged to complete a two-semester
age) in all coursework taken, regular student status and in sequence in either the Social and Behavioral Sciences or
good standing. the Humanities and Fine Arts categories. Courses in bold
C. Academic Residency identify Non-Western and Diversity options: N indicates
Meet the colleges academic residency requirement: a non-Western; D indicates diversity.
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have been
achieved at Waubonsee, excluding credit by proficiency. Social and Behavioral Sciences
Anthropology: ANT 101 (N), 102, 110
Economics: ECN 100, 201**, 202
Degree Requirements Footnotes
Geography: GEO 120 (N), 220 (N), 235 (N)
* IAI General Education requires a C or better in these History***: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
courses. 215 (N), 220 (N) (under IAI review), 225 (N), 235 (N)
** ECN201 is required in Industrial Engineering and Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260
recommended for other engineering specialties. Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
*** No more than two history courses can be used to fulfill Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
general education requirements.
Humanities and Fine Arts
Art: ART 100, 101, 102, 103 (N), 104, 105 (D), 106
English: ENG 211, 212, 215, 220 (D), 221, 222, 225, 226,
229, 230, 235, 240, 245, 255 (D)
Film Studies: FLM 250, 260, 270
French: FRE 202
German: GER 202
History***: HIS 111, 112, 125
Humanities: HUM 101, 102 (N), 201
Music: MUS 100, 101 (N), 102
Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 110, 120 (N), 201, 202
Religious Studies: RLG 120 (N), 220, 230, 240
Spanish: SPN 202, 205, 215
Theatre: THE 100, 130 (D)
D. Mathematics
AES.................................................................... 12 sem hrs
Math: MTH 131 (4), 132 (4), 233 (4)
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
28 Degree Program
III. Additional College Requirements B. Engineering Specialty Courses
AES...................................................................... 9-13 sem hrs
A. Non-Western and Diversity Students must select specialty courses based on their
One course satisfying degree requirements must have engineering major. Students should consult with a counselor
a non-Western or diversity emphasis. These courses are to determine the appropriate choice based on their major
highlighted in bold in General Education Requirements and the four-year institution to which they intend to
Social and Behavioral Sciences and Humanities and Fine transfer. Students may wish to complete courses above the
Arts (item II. B.). This is not an additional credit hour requirements of the AES degree upon advice of a counselor.
requirement. Chemical Engineering: CHM122 (4), 231 (4), 232 (4)
Civil Engineering: EGR101, 220, 230
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements Computer Engineering: CIS130 and 230, or CIS150 and 250
AES...................................................................... 29 sem hrs Electrical Engineering: CIS130 and 230, or CIS150 and 250
Industrial Engineering: EGR101, 220, 230
A. Essential Prerequisite Courses Mechanical Engineering: EGR101, 220, 230
AES.................................................................... 16 sem hrs
Computer Information Systems: CIS 115 C. Elective Courses
Mathematics: MTH 240 AES........................................................................ 0-4 sem hrs
Physics: PHY 221 (5), 222 (5) Students should select transfer courses based on their
specific engineering major or take additional hours toward
completion of the IAI general education core. Students should
consult with a counselor early in their program of studies to
determine the appropriate choices based on their major and
the four-year institution to which they intend to transfer.
2017/2018
Transfer
Degree Program 29
Degree Requirements II. General Education Requirements
Since completion of the Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) degree
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) does not fulfill the requirements of the Illinois General
Art Education Core Curriculum, students must complete the
general education requirements of the institution to which
(AFA1) major code
they transfer. Courses listed in section II are included on
Waubonsees IAI website as of March 2014. (Courses are 3
The following sections list program requirements to achieve an sem hrs unless indicated.)
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) transfer degree with an emphasis Associate in Fine Arts (AFA)................................ 31 sem hrs
in art at Waubonsee. This degree is designed to provide students
a smooth transition to a four-year baccalaureate art program. A. Communications
Transfer institutions may require art majors to submit a AFA...................................................................... 9 sem hrs
portfolio for review. Communications: COM 100
English: ENG 101* and 102*
I. College Requirements
A. Semester Hours B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
A total of 61 semester hours as specified in the following AFA...................................................................... 6 sem hrs
sections. Select courses from two different disciplines from the
B. Grade-Points following list. Courses in bold identify Non-Western and
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Diversity options: N indicates non-Western; D indicates
(C average) in all coursework taken, regular student status diversity.
and in good standing. Anthropology: ANT 101 (N), 102, 110
C. Academic Residency Economics: ECN 100, 201, 202
Meet the colleges academic residency requirement: a Geography: GEO 120 (N), 220 (N), 235 (N)
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have been History**: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
achieved at Waubonsee, excluding credit by proficiency. 215 (N), 220 (N), 225 (N), 235 (N)
Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260
Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
Life Sciences
Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 103 (1-L), 110,
111 (1-L), 120 (4-L)
2017/2018 www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
30 Degree Program
D. Mathematics III. Additional College Requirements
AFA...................................................................... 3 sem hrs
Mathematics: MTH 101, 102, 107, 131 (4), 132 (4), 202, 210, A. Non-Western and Diversity
211 (4), 233 (4) One course satisfying degree requirements must have a
Non-Western or Diversity emphasis. These courses are
E. Humanities highlighted in bold in General Education Requirements
AFA...................................................................... 6 sem hrs Social and Behavioral Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities
Select two courses from the following list. Courses in bold (item II.E.). This is not an additional credit hour requirement.
identify Non-Western and Diversity options: N indicates
non-Western; D indicates diversity. IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements
English: ENG 211, 212, 215, 220 (D), 221, 222, 225, 226, Associate in Fine Arts (AFA)............................ 30 sem hrs
229, 230, 235, 240, 245, 255 (D)
Film Studies: FLM 270 Required core art courses............................... 21 sem hrs
French: FRE 202 ART 101, 102, 110, 111, 120, 121, 222
German: GER 202 Elective studio art courses............................... 9 sem hrs
History**: HIS 111, 112, 125 Select 9 semester hours from the following elective list;
Humanities: HUM 101, 102 (N), 201 select courses from at least two media.
Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 110, 120 (N), 201, 202 Ceramics: ART 130, 131
Religious Studies: RLG 120 (N), 220, 230, 240 Graphic Design: GRD 173, 273
Spanish: SPN 202, 205, 215 Painting: ART 260, 261
Photography: ART 140, 240
2017/2018
Transfer
Degree Program 31
Degree Requirements A. Communications
AFA...................................................................... 9 sem hrs
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) Communications: COM 100
Music Performance English: ENG 101* and 102*
(AFA3) major code
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
AFA............................................................................. 3 sem hrs
The following sections list program requirements to achieve an Select course from the following list. Courses in bold
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) transfer degree with an emphasis identify Non-Western and Diversity options:
in music performance at Waubonsee. This degree is designed to N indicates non-Western; D indicates diversity.
provide students a smooth transition to a four-year baccalaureate Anthropology: ANT 100 (N), 101 (N), 102, 110
music degree program. Music majors may be required to Economics: ECN 100, 201, 202
demonstrate skill level through audition and placement testing Geography: GEO 120 (N), 220 (N), 235 (N)
at the transfer institution. History**: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
215 (N), 220 (N) (under IAI review), 225 (N), 235 (N)
I. College Requirements Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260
A. Semester Hours Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
A total of 63 semester hours as specified in the following Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
sections.
B. Grade-Points C. Physical and Life Sciences
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 AFA...................................................................... 7 sem hrs
(C average) in all coursework taken, regular student status Select at least one course from Physical Sciences and one
and in good standing. course from Life Sciences. Select at least one lab course.
C. Academic Residency (L indicates a lab course.)
Meet the colleges academic residency requirement: a
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have been Physical Sciences
achieved at Waubonsee, excluding credit by proficiency. Astronomy: AST 100, 105 (4-L)
Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 103 (1-L), 121 (4-L)
II. General Education Requirements Earth Science: ESC 100, 101 (1-L),110,120 (4-L),130
Since completion of the Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) degree Geography: GEO 121 (4-L)
does not fulfill the requirements of the Illinois General Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1-L), 102 (4-L), 103, 120
Education Core Curriculum, students must complete the Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1-L), 111 (4-L), 221 (5-L)
general education requirements of the institution to which
they transfer. Courses listed in section II are included on Life Sciences
Waubonsees IAI website as of March 2014. Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1-L), 102, 103 (1-L), 110,
(Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.) 111 (1-L), 120 (4-L)
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA)........................................ 28 sem hrs
D. Mathematics
AFA...................................................................... 3 sem hrs
Mathematics: MTH 101, 102, 107, 131 (4), 132 (4), 202, 210,
211 (4), 233 (4)
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
32 Degree Program
E. Humanities
AFA...................................................................... 6 sem hrs
Select two courses from the following list. Courses in bold
identify Non-Western and Diversity options: N indicates
non-Western; D indicates diversity.
English: ENG 211, 212, 215, 220 (D), 221, 222, 225, 226,
229, 230, 235, 240, 245, 255 (D)
Film Studies: FLM 270
French: FRE 202
German: GER 202
History**: HIS 111, 112, 125
Humanities: HUM 101, 102 (N), 201
Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 110, 120 (N), 201, 202
Religious Studies: RLG 120 (N), 220, 230, 240
Spanish: SPN 202, 205, 215
2017/2018 www.waubonsee.edu
33
Transfer
Degree Guidelines
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
34 Degree Guidelines
2017/2018
Transfer
Degree Guidelines 35
How to Schedule Classes Summer session (even with limited class selection) allows
students to take classes they cant fit in otherwise.
To successfully complete an associate degree as a full-time or part-
time student, students should work with a counselor to plan their When choosing courses, students should consult degree
courses each semester. Counseling has Student Academic Plan requirements, read program guidelines and course descriptions,
sheets that can be used as shown in the following example. Keep in fill out a Student Academic Plan worksheet, get information
mind these considerations: from their intended transfer school, and work with a counselor
or advisor. Many different programs are possible, not just the
A minimum of 12 semester hours is considered full-time. To
ones proposed in the guidelines.
complete an associate degree in two years, students must take
15-18 hours per semester. Students should make early contact with Counseling to get help
determining their intended transfer school and coordinating
Check course prerequisites. Some courses must be taken in a
their courses with the schools requirements.
sequence or concurrently.
Courses may only be offered certain semesters. Work with Students can run online degree audits to track their overall
Counseling to plan coursework each semester. progress towards their certificate or degree. Degree audits are
located in the Student tab of mywcc.
Register early. Classes close when they fill up or can be canceled
for insufficient enrollment. Be sure to meet Waubonsee graduation requirements, including
completing a graduation application, located on the Student tab
of mywcc. (Students need to do this early in the semester before
they intend to complete requirements.)
Visit the Counseling, Advising and Transfer Center for help in completing your own academic plan (see directory).
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
36 Program Guidelines
p l e
S am
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 37
Area of Concentration: Biology/Pre-Med
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
p l e
S am
2017/2018 www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
38 Program Guidelines
p l e
S am
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 39
Area of Concentration: Chemistry
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
40 Program Guidelines
p l e
S am
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 41
Area of Concentration: Communication
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
42 Program Guidelines
p l e
S am
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 43
Area of Concentration: Criminal Justice
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
44 Program Guidelines
l e
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. Transfer students should check
p
early with their transfer school and Counseling to ensure
they are meeting ALL requirements. Transfer schools may
am
vary in their requirements.
S
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 45
Area of Concentration: Economics
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
m p l e
S a
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
46 Degree Guidelines
e
applicable ACT Plus Writing and SAT scores are valid
l
indefinitely.
p
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. Transfer students should check
am
early with their transfer school and Counseling to ensure
they are meeting ALL requirements. Transfer schools may
vary in their requirements.
S
2017/2018 www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
Degree Guidelines 47
Area of Concentration: English
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
4 Assessment required.
College Requirements
* For English majors, 12 hours of foreign language, completion
I. General Education Requirements ......................37 through the fourth level, is recommended.
A. Communications 4....................................................... 9
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication.................3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. Transfer students should check
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I............................... 3 early with their transfer school and Counseling to ensure
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II...............................3 they are meeting ALL requirements. Transfer schools may
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences.................................... 9 vary in their requirements.
C. Physical and Life Sciences ........................................... 7
D. Mathematics 4.............................................................. 3
MTH 101 College Mathematics
or
MTH 102 Applied Practical Mathematics
or
MTH 107 Basic Statistics...............................................3
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................. 9
ENG 211 American Literature to 1865.........................3
ENG 221 British Literature to 1800...............................3
p l e
S am
2017/2018 www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
48 Degree Guidelines
4 Assessment required.
College Requirements
* Students are encouraged to take one additional social and
I. General Education Requirements .......................31 behavioral science and one additional humanities and fine
A. Communications 4....................................................... 9 arts course within the elective area to meet general education
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication.................3 requirements at transfer institutions.
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I............................... 3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II...............................3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. Transfer students should check
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences.................................... 6 early with their transfer school and Counseling to ensure
C. Physical and Life Sciences ........................................... 7 they are meeting ALL requirements. Transfer schools may
PHY 221 General Physics I...........................................5 vary in their requirements.
or
PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I................................4
BIO 120 Principles of Biology I....................................4
D. Mathematics 4*............................................................ 3
MTH 211 Calculus for Business and Social Science...4
or
MTH 131 Calculus With Analytic Geometry I...............4
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................. 6
p l e
S am
2017/2018
Transfer
Degree Guidelines 49
Area of Concentration: Geography
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
50 Degree Guidelines
p l e
S am
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 51
Area of Concentration: Graphic Art
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
m p l e
S a
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
52 Program Guidelines
m p l e
S a
2017/2018
Transfer
Degree Guidelines 53
Area of Concentration: Mass Communication
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer
54 Degree Guidelines
p l e
S am
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 55
Area of Concentration: Music
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
II. Additional College Requirements ......................2-3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. Transfer students should check
A. Social Awareness/Personal Growth ........................ 2-3 early with their transfer school and Counseling to ensure
B. Non-Western and Diversity they are meeting ALL requirements. Transfer schools may
vary in their requirements.
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
56 Program Guidelines
e
C. Non-Western and Diversity
am p l
S
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 57
Area of Concentration: Philosophy
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
58 Program Guidelines
e
Effective July 1, 2015, all test of basic skills, including
l
applicable ACT Plus Writing and SAT scores are valid
p
indefinitely.
am
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. Transfer students should check
early with their transfer school and Counseling to ensure
S
they are meeting ALL requirements. Transfer schools may
vary in their requirements.
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 59
Area of Concentration: Physics
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
60 Program Guidelines
p l e
S am
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 61
Area of Concentration: Psychology
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
4 Assessment required.
College Requirements * Students planning to attend Illinois State University should
I. General Education Requirements .......................37 take MTH 210 or MTH 211 (both have a math prereq of MTH
111).
A. Communications 4....................................................... 9
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication.................3
** Transfer school may require a second language.
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I............................... 3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II...............................3
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences.................................... 9
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology...........................3
C. Physical and Life Sciences ........................................... 7
D. Mathematics 4.............................................................. 3
MTH 107 Basic Statistics*
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................. 9
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
62 Program Guidelines
e
indefinitely.
p l
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. Transfer students should check
early with their transfer school and Counseling to ensure
am
they are meeting ALL requirements. Transfer schools may
vary in their requirements.
S
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 63
Area of Concentration: Social Work
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
64 Program Guidelines
p l e
S am
2017/2018
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 65
Area of Concentration: Special Education
THIS IS AN EXAMPLE TO GET STARTED.
Please see a counselor for specific course
information for your transfer college or university.
am
early with their transfer school and Counseling to ensure
they are meeting ALL requirements. Transfer schools may
vary in their requirements.
S
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
66 Program Guidelines
p l e
S am
2017/2018
the value of variety
General
Studies Program
www.waubonsee.edu
General
68 Studies Program
2017/2018
General
Studies Program 69
D. Humanities and Fine Arts..................................... 3 sem hrs
Art: ART 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 110, 111, 112,
General Studies
120, 121, 130, 131, 135, 140, 142, 155, 222, 230, Certificate Requirements
231, 240, 241, 242, 243, 255, 260, 261, 262, 265, 290, (GS20) major code
293 This certificate signifies the completion of one year of college
Chinese: CHN 101, 102 and is awarded to students who apply for the certificate and meet
English: ENG 204, 205, 206, 211, 212, 215, 220, 221, 222, the following requirements:
225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 235, 240, 245, 255, 260, complete at least 30 semester hours of credit courses
265 numbered 100-299.
Film Studies: FLM 250, 260, 270 achieve a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 (C
French: FRE 101, 102, 201, 202 average) in all courses applied toward certificate completion.
German: GER 101, 102, 201, 202 complete at least 15 semester hours of credit at Waubonsee.
History: HIS 111, 112, 125 Certificates are awarded at the end of the semester the
Humanities: HUM 101, 102, 201 coursework is completed or the semester the application is
Japanese: JPN 101, 102 submitted if the coursework was previously completed.
Music: MUS 100, 101, 102, 110 (2), 120, 121 (4), 123,
124 (1), 150 (2), 151 (2), 154 (2), 160 (1), 161 (1),
162 (1), 164 (1), 166 (1), 167 (1),
168 (1), 170 (1), 171 (1), 175 (1.5), 176 (1.5),
180 (1), 181 (1), 182 (1), 183 (1), 184 (1), 185 (1),
186 (1), 187 (1), 188 (1), 200, 210 (4), 211, 213,
215, 221, 222 (1), 223, 224 (1), 251 (2), 252 (2), 254 (2),
266 (1), 280 (2), 281 (2), 282 (2), 283 (2), 284 (2), 285 (2),
286 (2), 287 (2), 288 (2)
Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 107, 110, 120, 140, 201, 202
Religious Studies: RLG 120, 220, 230, 240
Sign Language: SGN 101, 102
Spanish: SPN 101, 102, 103, 110, 111, 201, 202, 205,
211, 215
Theatre: THE 100, 110, 130, 201
www.waubonsee.edu
yourself in a job you enjoy
Career
and Technical
Education
2017/2018
Career and
Technical Education 71
Purpose of the 4. The employer must verify in writing, within 90 days of
the graduates initial employment, that the graduate lacks
Career and Technical competency in specific technical skills as represented by the
Education Curriculum degree information printed in the college catalog.
5. The retraining is limited to courses regularly offered by the
Career and technical education programs are designed for college.
students seeking specialized training in preparation for 6. A written retraining plan must be developed by the employer,
employment after leaving Waubonsee Community College. the graduate and the appropriate instructional administrator
Both the Associate in Applied Science degree (AAS two-year specifying the courses needed for retraining and the
program) and certificates (usually one year or less) are offered in competencies to be mastered.
many technical areas. Although these programs are not primarily 7. Prerequisites and other admission requirements for retraining
designed to transfer to four-year colleges and universities, courses must be met and are not included in the courses
Waubonsee has established articulation agreements with a covered by this guarantee.
number of colleges and universities, and many of the Associate in 8. A maximum of 15 credit hours of career/occupational
Applied Science degrees may transfer. See Counseling for more coursework is provided free of tuition under the terms of this
details. guarantee. Lab fees and other course costs are not included.
9. All retraining must be completed within two calendar years
Occupational Program Guarantee after the claim is filed.
Waubonsee Community College, as an expression For further information concerning the Career/Occupational
of confidence in its faculty, staff and educational programs, Program Guarantee, contact the Vice President of Educational
guarantees the skills of all career/occupational AAS degree and Affairs (see directory).
certificate graduates subject to the following conditions:
1. All coursework for the degree or certificate must have been Waubonsees occupational programs support
completed at Waubonsee Community College. student participation in SkillsUSA activities.
2. The student must have graduated within four years of initial See an advisor or instructor for details.
enrollment.
3. The student must be employed in a job directly related to his/
her program of study within two years after graduation from a
Waubonsee Community College Associate in Applied Science
degree or certificate program.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career and
72 Technical Education
2017/2018
Career and
Technical Education 73
D. Humanities and Fine Arts..................................... 3 sem hrs
Unless a particular course is specified in the curriculum,
Certificate of
choose a course or courses from below. Achievement Requirements
Art: ART 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 110, 111, 112, Occupational certificate programs are developed and offered in
120, 121, 130, 131, 135, 140,142, 155, 222, 230, 231, areas where job-entry training and educational requirements often
240, 241, 242, 243, 255, 260, 261, 262, 265, 290, 293 can be met in less than two years.
Chinese: CHN 101, 102
Communications: COM 100, 110, 115, 120, 121, 122, 135, To be awarded a Certificate of Achievement, students must
150, 200, 201 complete the following general requirements:
English: ENG 204, 205, 206, 211, 212, 215, 220, 221, 222, complete one of the prescribed certificate curricula;
225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 235, 240, 245, 255, 260, achieve a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 (C
265 average) in all courses required for certificate. An "m" denotes
Film Studies: FLM 250, 260, 270 major courses in which a minimum grade of C must be
French: FRE 101, 102, 201, 202 achieved.
German: GER 101, 102, 201, 202 complete at least one-half of all credit hours at Waubonsee.
History: HIS 111, 112, 125
Humanities: HUM 101, 102, 201 Certificates are awarded at the end of the semester the coursework
Japanese: JPN 101, 102 is completed or the semester the application is submitted if the
Music: MUS 100, 101, 102, 110 (2), 120, 121 (4), 123, 124 coursework was previously completed. Application for Certificate
(1), 150 (2), 151 (2), 154 (2), 160 (1), 161 (1), 162 (1), 164 forms can be found at mywcc, on the student tab in the Student
(1), 166 (1), 167 (1), 168 (1), 170 (1), 171 (1), 175 (1.5), 176 Success box; or students may contact their counselor or the
(1.5), 180 (1), 181 (1), 182 (1), 183 (1), 184 (1), 185 (1), 186 Credentials Analyst.
(1), 187 (1), 188 (1), 200, 210, 211, 213, 215, 221, 222 (1),
223, 224 (1), 251 (2), 252 (2), 254 (2), 266 (1), 280 (2),
281 (2), 282 (2), 283 (2), 284 (2), 285 (2), 286 (2), 287 (2),
288 (2)
Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 110, 120, 140, 201, 202
Religious Studies: RLG 120, 220, 230, 240
Sign Language: SGN 101, 102
Spanish: SPN 101, 102, 103, 110, 111, 201, 202, 205, 211,
215
Theatre: THE 100, 110, 130, 201, 202, 205, 210, 220
www.waubonsee.edu
Career and
74 Technical Education
Although most Associate in Applied Science (AAS) degrees Computer Information Systems.............................................93
can be accomplished in two years of full-time study, some may Computer Software Development AAS
require additional time because of class scheduling criteria Computer Software Development Certificate
or because of required practicums or additional coursework. Computer Support AAS
Students should work closely with their counselors to anticipate Computer Support Certificate
required coursework in each individual program they start. Computer Gaming Certificate
Office Software Specialist Certificate
The list below shows all Associate in Applied Science (AAS) Construction Management.....................................................96
degrees and Certificates of Achievement offered at Waubonsee Construction Management AAS
Community College. For AAS degree and certificate programs Construction Management Certificate
offered in cooperation with other community colleges, see
"Cooperative Agreement" in the Tuition and Fees section of this Criminal Justice.......................................................................98
catalog. Criminal Justice AAS
Early Childhood Education................................................. 100
Accounting.................................................................................77 Early Childhood Education AAS
Accounting AAS Child Care Worker Certificate
Accounting Certificate Early Childhood Education Level 2 Certificate
Payroll and Tax Accounting Certificate Infant and Toddler Level 2 Certificate
CPA Preparation Post-Baccalaureate Certificate School-Age Level 2 Certificate
CMA Preparation Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
Emergency Medical Technician.......................................... 104
Apprentice Training Program................................................80 Emergency Medical Technician-Paramedic AAS
Construction Electrician AAS Emergency Medical Technician-Basic Certificate
Construction Technology Professional AAS
Fire Science............................................................................. 106
Auto Body Repair.....................................................................81 Fire Science Technology AAS
Auto Body Repair AAS Firefighter Certificate
Advanced Auto Body Repair Certificate Fire Officer I Certificate
Basic Auto Body Repair Certificate
Geographic Information Systems....................................... 108
Automation Technology..........................................................83 Geographic Information Systems AAS
Automation Technology AAS Geographic Information Systems Certificate
Automation Technology Certificate Advanced Geographic Information Systems Certificate
Supply Chain Technician Certificate
Basic Mechatronics Technology Certificate
Graphic Design...................................................................... 110
Graphic Design AAS
Automotive Technology...........................................................85 Graphic Design Certificate
Automotive Technology AAS Animation Certificate
Automotive Transportation Service Technology AAS Web Design Certificate
Automotive Brake and Suspension Certificate
Automotive Electrical/Electronics Certificate
Health Care Interpreting .................................................... 113
Medical Interpreter Certificate
Automotive Maintenance Certificate
Automotive Transmission and Driveline Certificate Health Information Technology.......................................... 114
Engine Performance Certificate Health Information Technology AAS
Automotive Recycling Certificate Medical Office Certificate
Light Duty Diesel Repair Certificate Health Care Coding Certificate
Business Administration.........................................................89 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning...................... 116
Business Administration AAS Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning AAS
Administrative Assistant Certificate Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Certificate
Management Certificate
Marketing Certificate Human Services..................................................................... 118
Human Services AAS
Addictions Counseling Certificate
Alcohol and Drug Counselor
Post Baccalaureate Certificate
2017/2018
Career and
Technical Education 75
Interpreter Training/Sign Language.................................. 121 Welding Technology.............................................................. 151
Interpreter Training AAS Welding Technology AAS
Welding Technology Certificate
Kinesiology............................................................................. 123 Advanced Welding Certificate
Kinesiology AAS
Kinesiology Certificate World Wide Web.................................................................... 153
Website Development AAS
Laboratory Technology......................................................... 125 Web Authoring Certificate
Laboratory Technology AAS
Basic Laboratory Technology Certificate
Legal Interpreting................................................................. 127 Note: General career information found in the following section is based on the
Legal Interpreting: English/Spanish Certificate U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics Occupational Outlook Handbook.
Visit www.bls.gov/oco/home.htm.
Machine Tool Technology..................................................... 128
Advanced Manufacturing Technology AAS
CNC Operator Certificate
CNC Programmer Certificate
Management -Human Resources........................................ 130
Human Resources Management AAS
Mass Communication.......................................................... 131
Mass Communication AAS
Mass Communication Certificate
Medical Assistant................................................................. 133
Medical Assistant Certificate
Music....................................................................................... 135
Audio Production Technology Certificate
Nurse Assistant...................................................................... 136
Basic Nurse Assistant Training Certificate
Paraprofessional Educator.................................................. 138
Paraprofessional Educator AAS
Paraprofessional Educator Certificate
Phlebotomy Technician........................................................ 140
Phlebotomy Technician Certificate
Photography........................................................................... 141
Basic Digital Photography Certificate
Comprehensive Photography Certificate
Real Estate............................................................................. 142
Real Estate Broker Certificate
Real Estate Managing Broker Certificate
Registered Nursing................................................................ 144
Nursing AAS
Surgical Technology.............................................................. 147
Surgical Technology Certificate
Therapeutic Massage........................................................... 149
Therapeutic Massage Certificate
www.waubonsee.edu
skills employers want
Career
and Technical
Education
Degrees and Certificates
2017/2018
Career and Technical Education
Degrees and Certificates 77
Accounting
Job Titles
Accountant
Accounting Accounting Associate
Associate in Applied Science Degree Auditor
Billing Associate
(010A) major code Bookkeeper
The Accounting Program provides students with fundamental skills in financial record Payroll Associate
keeping, report analysis and core business principles. This program exposes students Tax Preparer
to public, industrial, private and governmental agencies.
About the Occupation
General Education Requirements.................................. 15 Accountants generally work in one of
COM 100 or 121 Communications........................... 3 four major areas. Public accountants are
ENG 101 or 152 English.......................................... 3 employed primarily in auditing, taxation
ENG 102 or 153 English.......................................... 3 or consulting businesses. Management
accountants provide financial guidance
Mathematics elective............................. 3
and planning for a company. Government
Economics elective............................... 3 accountants maintain and examine the
Accounting Major Program Requirements................... 24 records of government agencies and audit
private businesses that are subject to
ACC 125 Accounting Information Systems............ 3 government regulations. Internal auditors
ACC 130 Payroll Accounting.................................... 3 review their companys operations.
ACC 202* Financial Accounting................................ 3
ACC 203 Managerial Accounting............................. 3 Highlights of Waubonsees Program
ACC 215 Individual Tax Accounting......................... 3 Students can earn college credit and gain
ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I........................ 3 hands-on experience preparing taxes
ACC 221 Intermediate Accounting II....................... 3 for low to moderate-income families in
ACC 240 Cost Accounting....................................... 3 the Volunteer Income Tax Assistance
(VITA) program. Waubonsee has
Additional Program Requirements................................ 15 participated since 2005.
BUS 100 Introduction to Business.......................... 3 Waubonsee Community College is
BUS 210 or 211 Business Law................................ 3 accredited by Alpha Beta Gamma
CIS 110 Business Information Systems................ 3 International Business Honor Society to
initiate members into the honor society
CIS 112 Comprehensive Excel Spreadsheet........ 3
for business and related professional
MGT 200 Principles of Management....................... 3
disciplines. For additional information
visit www.abg.org.
Electives............................................................................. 6 Professional
Select electives from: Accounting (ACC), Business Administration (BUS),
Certification Opportunities:
Computer Information Systems (CIS), Construction Management (CMT),
Certified Public Accountant (CPA)To
Economics (ECN), Finance (FIN), Management (MGT), Marketing (MKT), Real
sit for the CPA examination in Illinois,
Estate (REL), World Wide Web (WEB) the candidate must have 150 hours
of acceptable college level education,
PROGRAM TOTAL..................................................................... 60 including at least a bachelors degree.
For additional information visit
* Students with a grade point average below a 3.0 should consider taking ACC 101 www.ilboa.org. 30 hours must be in
Introduction to Accounting or MTH 104 Business Math before taking ACC 202. accounting (see page 78); an additional 24
Students who choose ACC 101 may apply it as an elective in this program. CPA hours in business courses are required.
students must take COM 121 instead of COM 100. Certified Management Accountant
(CMA) The CMA is a national
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
program with no state affiliates. The
candidate must have a baccalaureate
degree in any field and have two
continuous years of professional
experience in the field. For additional
information visit www.imanet.org.
Fundamental Payroll Certification
(FPC) The FPC is open to all those
who wish to demonstrate a baseline of
payroll competency. The FPC is designed
for entry-level payroll professionals and
professionals serving the payroll industry.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career and Technical Education
78 Degrees and Certificates Accounting
PROGRAM TOTAL............................................................... 18
2017/2018
Career and Technical Education
Accounting Degrees and Certificates 79
CMA Preparation
Post-Baccalaureate
Certificate of Achievement
(018B) major code
This certificate provides the student who has already earned
a bachelors or higher degree from an accredited educational
institution the suggested accounting and business requirements
to sit for the Certified Management Accountant examination. An
additional requirement to qualify for the Certified Management
Accountant exam is a minimum of two years full-time (four years
part-time) continuous experience in management accounting and/
or financial management.
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................30
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
80 Degrees and Certificates
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................60
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 81
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
82 Degrees and Certificates Auto Body Repair
Spring Semester.......................................................16
Basic Auto Body Repair ABR 130 Automotive Collision Appraisal................. 1
Certificate of Achievement ABR 135 Frame Repair............................................ 6
ABR 140 Glass Service........................................... 1
(703B) major code ABR 145 Intermediate Auto Body Repair................ 6
This certificate provides students with the knowledge and skills ABR 150 Chassis and Electrical Systems
for paint preparation and basic body repair, which prepare an for Collision Repair................................... 2
individual for entry-level positions within the collision repair
industry. Summer Semester.....................................................6
ABR 215 Advanced Auto Body Repair..................... 3
Course Requirements
3 hours of ABR internship credit
ABR 100 Auto Body Welding................................... 3 (ABR 297, ABR 298, ABR 299)..................................... 3
ABR 105 Sheet Metal Repair.................................. 2
ABR 110 Fiberglass Panel and Plastic Repair.......... 2 PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................38
ABR 115 Basic Auto Body Repair............................ 4
ABR 120 Auto Painting and Refinishing.................. 4
ABR 125 Auto Body Careers................................... 1
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................16
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 83
Automation Technology
Automation Technology Job Titles
Automation Technician
Associate in Applied Science Degree Assemblers
(735A) major code Industrial Maintenance Mechanics
The Automation Technology Program provides technical skills in industrial motor Fluid Power Technician
controls, PLCs, electrical principles, and hydraulics and pneumatics. Electro-Mechanical Technician
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
84 Degrees and Certificates Automation Technology
PROGRAM TOTAL.............................................................. 31
PROGRAM TOTAL.............................................................. 30
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 85
Automotive Technology
Automotive Technology Job Titles
Automotive Technician
Associate in Applied Science Degree Automotive Lab Technician
(710A) major code Automotive Service Manager
The Automotive Technology Program provides students hands-on skills to work as an Automotive Parts/Equipment
automotive technician. Courses prepare students to take select ASE certification tests. Salesperson
Waubonsee Community College's Automotive Technology Program is a master ASE Automotive Technical Instructor
and NATEF certified program. Automotive Technical Writer
General Education Requirements................................ 15 About the Occupation
COM 100 or 121 Communications..................................... 3
As automotive technology becomes
ENG 101 or 152 English.....................................................3
increasingly sophisticated, the knowledge
ENG 102 or 153 English.....................................................3
Mathematics elective ...................................... 3
and skills required by automotive
Social and Behavioral Sciences elective .......... 3 technicians are constantly changing.
Note: Transfer students should consult with Counseling Todays automotive technicians must
to select electives possess a strong mechanical aptitude and
a sound understanding of automotive
Major Program Requirements - First Year.................. 26 electronics and computer controls. They
AUT 100 Maintenance and Light Repair........................... 2 must be skilled problem solvers who are
AUT 110 Engine Service I................................................. 3 often called upon to quickly and
AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains.................................... 3 accurately diagnose and repair the most
AUT 112 Automotive Brake Systems................................ 3
AUT 113 Automotive Electrical/Electronic Systems.......... 3 hard-to-find problems.
AUT 120 Engine Service II................................................ 3
AUT 122 Automotive Suspension and Wheel Alignment.. 3 Highlights of Waubonsees Program
AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems............................. 3 Waubonsee Community Colleges
AUT 124 Automotive Fuel and Emission Systems............ 3 Automotive Technology Program is
Major Program Requirements - Second Year............. 24 structured around Automotive Service
AUT 116 Automotive Service Adviser ...............................3 Excellence (ASE) standards and has
AUT 231 Automatic Transmissions/Transaxles.................. 3 received Master Automotive Service
AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and Suspension Systems...... 3 certification by the National Automotive
AUT 233 Applied Automotive Fuels and Electricity........... 3 Technicians Education Foundation
AUT 240 Service Shop Operations....................................3 (NATEF).
AUT 243 Advanced Engine Control Systems.................... 3
AUT 245 Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning.......... 3 Waubonsee students have received
AUT 246 Automotive Accessories and Diagnostics.......... 3 more than 70 awards at SkillsUSA
competitions over the years.
Professional
Certification Opportunities
Waubonsees program prepares
students to pass a variety of Automotive
Service Excellence (ASE) Foundation
certifications.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
86 Degrees and Certificates Automotive Technology
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................15
2017/2018
Career Education
Automotive Technology Degrees and Certificates 87
Automotive Automotive Recycling
Transmission and Driveline Certificate of Achievement
Certificate of Achievement (718A) major code
(717B) major code The Automotive Recycling Program develops dismantling, parts
grading, and quality control skills. Coursework also focuses
The Automotive Transmission and Driveline Program provides
on following environmental best practices during automotive
hands-on skills to accurately diagnose and troubleshoot while
recycling.
preparing students to take the ASE Automatic Transmission/
Transaxle Exam and Manual Drive Train and Axle Exam. Course Requirements
Course Requirements AUT 105 Automotive Recycling............................. 3
AUT 100 Maintenance and Light Repair................. 2 PROGRAM TOTAL.................................................................3
AUT 110 Engine Service I....................................... 3
AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains.......................... 3
AUT 231 Automotive Transmissions/Transaxles...... 3 Light Duty Diesel Repair
AUT 232 Advanced Brakes
and Suspension Systems......................... 3 Certificate of Achievement
AUT 240 Service Shop Operations......................... 3 (712A) major code
The Light Duty Diesel Repair Program provides students the
PROGRAM TOTAL............................................................... 17 technical knowledge and skills to diagnose, adjust, repair and
overhaul light duty diesel vehicles under one ton classification.
Engine Performance Course Requirements
Certificate of Achievement AUT 100 Maintenance and Light Repair................. 2
AUT 110 Engine Service I....................................... 3
(714A) major code AUT 113 Automotive Electrical/
The Engine Performance Program provides hands-on skills and Electronic Systems.................................. 3
knowledge from fuel injection to computer controls, and prepares
AUT 250 Light Duty Diesel
students to take the ASE Engine Performance Exam.
Vehicle Engine Service I........................... 3
Course Requirements AUT 251 Light Duty Diesel
AUT 110 Engine Service I....................................... 3 Vehicle Engine Service II.......................... 3
AUT 113 Automotive
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................14
Electricity/Electronics Systems................ 3
AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems................... 3
AUT 124 Automotive
Fuel and Emission Systems..................... 3
AUT 233 Applied Automotive
Fuels and Electricity................................. 3
AUT 240 Service Shop Operations......................... 3
AUT 243 Adv. Engine Control Systems................... 3
AUT 246 Automotive
Accessories and Diagnostics................... 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................24
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
88 Degrees and Certificates Automotive Technology
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 89
Business Administration
Business Administration Job Titles
Supervisor
Associate in Applied Science Degree Manager
(130C) major code Customer Relations Specialist
The Business Administration Program allows students to focus on management or Marketing and
marketing covering a broad spectrum of business principles and concepts. Communications Specialist
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................60
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
90 Degrees and Certificates Business Administration
Marketing
Certificate of Achievement
(153A) major code
This certificate program provides a foundation in common sales
and marketing concepts and principles.
Course Requirements
ACC 202 or 101 Accounting ................................... 3
BUS 100 Introduction to Business.......................... 3
CIS 110 Business Information Systems................ 3
MKT 200 Principles of Marketing............................ 3
MKT 210 Principles of Selling.................................. 3
MKT 260 Consumer Behavior.................................. 3
PROGRAM TOTAL............................................................... 18
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 91
PROGRAM TOTAL...................................................................... 60
* See Counseling for additional elective recommendations.
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
92 Degrees and Certificates Computer Aided Design and Drafting
PROGRAM TOTAL............................................................. 23
You can prepare for a career in modern manufacturing by earning a degree or certificate at Waubonsee. Our program
has strong ties to the real world of work due to our experienced faculty members and our support of the National
Association of Manufacturers endorsed Stackable Certification System. This system aligns industry-validated
credentials from such organizations as the Manufacturing Skill Standards Council (MSSC), National Institute for
Metalworking Skills (NIMS) and the Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) with academic programs
and occupations in all manufacturing sectors.
Earn a certificate or a degree in one or more of the manufacturing technology programs to meet the demands of
employers in modern manufacturing who are specifically looking to hire multi-skilled technicians into new and up-to-
date operations.
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 93
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
94 Degrees and Certificates Computer Information Systems
Language options Computer
Complete a first and second semester of two languages from
the options listed. Software Development
Visual BASIC Language Certificate of Achievement
CIS 120 VB.NET Programming.............................. 3 (228B) major code
CIS 220 Advanced VB.NET, ASP.NET...................... 3 The Computer Software Development Program provides
students basic knowledge, skills and the option to focus on select
C++ Programming Language programming languages.
CIS 130 C++ Programming................................... 3
CIS 230 Advanced C++......................................... 3 Course Requirements
CIS 110 Business Information Systems................ 3
Java Language CIS 115 Introduction to Programming................... 3
CIS 250 Advanced Java........................................ 3 CIS 116 Structured Program Design...................... 3
CIS 252 Mobile Device One Language -
Application Programming........................ 3 1st and 2nd Semester (see options)........ 6
Web Language Language options
CIS 142 JavaScript Programming......................... 3 Complete a first and second semester of one language from
CIS 261 PHP Web Server Programming............... 3 the options listed.
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................60 Visual BASIC Language
CIS 120 VB.NET Programming.............................. 3
* Students with limited exposure to computer concepts are
CIS 220 Advanced VB.NET, ASP.NET...................... 3
encouraged to take CIS 110 before taking CIS 115 and CIS 116.
See course choices listed on pages 72-73. C++ Programming Language
CIS 130 C++ Programming................................... 3
CIS 230 Advanced C++......................................... 3
Java Language
CIS 150 Java Programming.................................... 3
CIS 250 Advanced Java
or
CIS 252 Mobile Device
Application Programming........................ 3
Web Language
CIS 142 JavaScript Programming......................... 3
CIS 261 PHP Web Server Programming............... 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................15
Computer Gaming
Certificate of Achievement
(239A) major code
The Computer Gaming Program provides students fundamental
skills to develop web-based and computer-based games.
Course Requirements
CIS 115 Introduction to Programming................... 3
CIS 185 Game Design........................................... 3
CIS 186 Game Development................................. 3
GRD 170 Digital Image............................................ 3
GRD 280 2-D Animation and Multimedia................ 3
GRD 285 3-D Animation and Multimedia................. 3
WEB 110 Web Development with HTML................ 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................21
2017/2018
Career Education
Computer Information Systems Degrees and Certificates 95
Computer Support Computer Support
Associate in Applied Science Degree Certificate of Achievement
(223A) major code (243A) major code
The Computer Support Program provides students a background The Computer Support certificate program provides students
in computer operating systems, applications and networks fundamental skills in computer-based support with an emphasis in
necessary to perform computer support work within a variety of software applications.
industries.
Course Requirements
General Education Requirements...........................15 CIS 106 PowerPoint and Publisher for Business... 3
COM 121 or 100 Communications........................... 3 CIS 108 Comprehensive Word Processing........... 3
ENG 101 or 152 English.......................................... 3 BUS 130 Customer Service................................... 3
ENG 102 or 153 English.......................................... 3 CIS 110 Business Information Systems............... 3
Mathematics elective............................. 3 CIS 112 Comprehensive Excel Spreadsheet........ 3
Economics elective................................ 3 CIS 114 Comprehensive Access Database........... 3
CIS Core Program Requirements............................15 CIS 170 Networking Essentials............................ 3
WEB 110 Web Development
CIS 110 Business Information Systems................ 3
With HTML.............................................. 3
CIS 115 Introduction to Programming................... 3
CIS 170 Networking Essentials............................. 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................24
CIS 205 Information Technology
Project Management................................ 3
WEB 110 Web Development Office Software Specialist
With HTML.............................................. 3
Certificate of Achievement
Computer Support
(245A) major code
Major Program Requirements.................................24
This program provides students with skills word processing,
BUS 130 Customer Service................................... 3
spreadsheet, database, and presentation graphics.
BUS 100 Introduction to Business......................... 3
CIS 106 PowerPoint Presentations for Business.. 3 Course Requirements
CIS 108 Comprehensive Word Processing........... 3 CIS 106 PowerPoint and Publisher for Business.... 3
CIS 112 Comprehensive Excel Spreadsheet........ 3
CIS 108 Comprehensive Word Processing............ 3
CIS 114 Comprehensive Access Database........... 3
CIS 112 Comprehensive Excel Spreadsheet......... 3
CIS 176 Windows Server Administration............. 3
CIS 114 Comprehensive Access Database............ 3
CIS 180 Linux/UNIX Operating System................ 3
Electives......................................................................6 PROGRAM TOTAL ..............................................................12
Select electives from: Computer Information Systems (CIS),
World Wide Web (WEB)
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................60
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
96 Degrees and Certificates
Construction Management
Job Titles Construction Management
Project Manager
Site Superintendent Associate in Applied Science Degree
Construction Manager (730B) major code
Estimator The Construction Management Program provides students with the fundamental
Project Coordinator principles, practices and processes of construction management.
Contract Administrator
General Education Requirements.................................. 18
COM 121 or COM 100 Communications................ 3
About the Occupation ECN 100 or ECN 201 Economics........................... 3
Construction projects include the ENG 101 or ENG 152 English................................. 3
building and modernization of homes, ENG 102 or ENG 153 English................................. 3
schools, hospitals, skyscrapers, roads, Mathematics elective............................ 3
bridges, industrial parks and much more. Physical Science elective........................ 3
Project managers, site superintendents,
construction managers and others apply Construction Management
their knowledge and skills of materials, Major Program Requirements........................................ 21
products and processes to oversee the CMT 101 The Construction Industry....................... 3
completion of construction projects. CMT 105 Print Reading for Construction................ 3
In this vast industry, well-trained CMT 111 Construction
construction professionals become Materials and Methods I......................... 3
involved during the design and bidding CMT 115 Construction
phases of projects, and, after the job is Materials and Methods II........................ 3
awarded, they help assure that those
Select 9 semester hours
projects are completed on time and within
from the following CMT courses:
budget.
CMT 121 Sustainable Construction
and Design Principles.............................. 3
Highlights of Waubonsees Program CMT 201 Codes, Contracts and Specifications....... 3
The curriculum includes a project CMT 210 Construction Estimating.......................... 3
management course featuring the same CMT 215 Contract and Project Administration........ 3
scheduling software used by many CMT 225 Construction Project Management......... 3
construction firms. CMT 230 Construction Safety and Health............... 3
Waubonsees program is suited for CMT 240 Construction Surveying........................... 3
recent high school graduates as well
Additional Program Requirements................................ 15
as those who have been employed in
construction and want to expand their ACC 101 or ACC 202 Accounting........................... 3
skills for professional advancement. BUS 100 Introduction to Business......................... 3
Students learn from faculty with BUS 210 or BUS 211 Business Law...................... 3
decades of industry knowledge and CIS 110 Business Information Systems............... 3
hands on experience. MGT 210 or MGT 200 Management...................... 3
Waubonsee Community College is Electives............................................................................. 6
accredited by Alpha Beta Gamma
Select electives from: Accounting (ACC), Business Administration (BUS),
International Business Honor Society to
Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CAD), Computer Information Systems
initiate members into the honor society
(CIS), Construction Management (CMT), Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
for business and related professional
(HVA), Industrial Technology (IDT), Internship (ITS), Machine Tool Technology
disciplines. For additional information
(MTT), Management (MGT), Marketing (MKT), Real Estate (REL), Welding
about the society, visit www.abg.org.
Technology (WLD), World Wide Web (WEB).
PROGRAM TOTAL...................................................................... 60
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
2017/2018
Career Education
Construction Management Degrees and Certificates 97
Construction Management
Certificate of Achievement
(732A) major code
The Construction Management certificate program provides basic
knowledge of construction industry standards, practices and a
general understanding of the construction process.
Course Requirements..............................................12
CMT 101 The Construction Industry....................... 3
CMT 105 Print Reading for Construction................ 3
CMT 111 Construction
Materials and Methods I......................... 3
CMT 115 Construction
Materials and Methods II........................ 3
Electives......................................................................6
Select electives from: Business Administration (BUS),
Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CAD), Construction
Management (CMT), Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
(HVA), Industrial Technology (IDT), Machine Tool Technology
(MTT), Real Estate (REL), Welding Technology (WLD)
PROGRAM TOTAL............................................................... 18
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
98 Degrees and Certificates
Criminal Justice
Job Titles Criminal Justice
Police Officer
Police Detective Associate in Applied Science Degree
Corrections Officer (550B) major code
Sheriff s Deputy The Criminal Justice degree is designed to meet the needs of individuals seeking
Private Policing employment in the field of law enforcement and corrections. The courses are both
Parole Officer practical and theoretical and are supported by courses in the social sciences, natural
Probation Officer sciences and humanities. The design of this degree, while not a transfer degree, can
Forensics allow for transfer to a four-year institution.
Federal Agent
General Education Requirements.................................. 18
About the Occupation COM 100 Fundamentals of
Police officers, detectives and correction Speech Communication........................... 3
officers are employed to safeguard lives ENG 101 First-Year Composition I........................... 3
and property. They enforce the laws and ENG 102 First-Year Composition II.......................... 3
regulations that protect the safety and PHL 100 Introduction to Philosophy....................... 3
constitutional rights of citizens. PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology
or
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology......................... 3
Highlights of Waubonsees Program
Mathematics or Science elective .......... 3
Many Waubonsee graduates have
gone on to distinguished careers in Criminal Justice Major Program Requirements........... 33
criminal justice, including current CRJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice............... 3
Kendall County Sheriff Dwight Baird, CRJ 101 Introduction to Corrections...................... 3
current Aurora Police Chief Kristen CRJ 103 Criminal Justice Report Writing................ 3
Ziman, former Aurora Police Chief CRJ 105 Patrol Operations..................................... 3
Greg Thomas, Associate Judge Tim CRJ 107 Juvenile Justice........................................ 3
McCann of the 16th Circuit Court, CRJ 120 The American Court System.................... 3
and Waubonsee Community College CRJ 200 Criminal Investigation............................... 3
Criminal Justice Assistant Professor Pat CRJ 220 Criminal Law............................................ 3
Rolison. CRJ 230 Criminology.............................................. 3
CRJ 235 Multicultural Law Enforcement................ 3
Eligibility and Hiring CRJ 250 Ethics in Criminal Justice......................... 3
Law enforcement agencies conduct a
thorough background check on all job Additional Program Requirements.................................. 4
applicants, to include both their adult and CIS 110 Business Information Systems................ 3
juvenile records. It is highly unlikely that PED 136 or 140 Physical Fitness*.......................... 1
an agency will hire someone who has been
convicted of a felony offense. Depending (continued on next page)
on the seriousness and circumstances
of the crime, some agencies may hire
applicants who have been convicted of a
misdemeanor. Certain organizations have
a zero tolerance policy when it comes to
illegal drug use by applicants.
Law enforcement agencies require that
police officer candidates be U.S. citizens,
usually between 20 and 35 years old, and
meet rigorous physical and psychological
standards. Examinations often include
tests of vision, hearing, strength, agility
and mental health. Hiring usually depends
on competitive written examinations and
previous education and experience.
Students should contact specific
agencies for detailed hiring policies and
procedures.
2017/2018
Career Education
Criminal Justice Degrees and Certificates 99
Electives......................................................................5
Select electives from the courses listed.
CRJ 102 Criminal Justice Career Exploration......... 2
CRJ 115 Accident Investigation.............................. 3
CRJ 201 Crime Scene
Investigation Laboratory........................... 3
CRJ 202 Drug Enforcement Investigation.............. 3
CRJ 226 Criminal Evidence..................................... 3
CRJ 260 Leadership in Criminal Justice................. 3
CRJ 296 Special Topics/Criminal Justice.............. 1-3
DIS 101 Disability in Society.................................. 3
HSV 210 Psychopharmacology
and the Addictive Process........................ 3
ITS 297 Internship................................................. 1
ITS 298 Internship................................................. 2
ITS 299 Internship................................................. 3
PED 118* Personal Defense..................................... 1
PED 141* Jogging..................................................... 1
PED 142* Weight Training......................................... 1
PED 148* Conditioning............................................. 1
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology............................ 3
PROGRAM TOTAL.............................................................. 60
2017/2018 www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
100 Degrees and Certificates
2017/2018
Career Education
Early Childhood Education Degrees and Certificates 101
Electives and Emphasis Areas..................................6 Infant and Toddler Level 4 Emphasis
Students who plan to teach in Early Childhood Education Complete the courses listed.
settings or those pursuing Early Childhood Education Level m ECE 104 Infant and Toddler Development.............. 3
4 should select electives from Early Childhood Education m ECE 204 Infant and Toddler Curriculum.................. 3
Level 4 emphasis; students who are pursuing Infant and
Toddler Level 4 or School-Age Level 4 should complete the
School-Age Level 4 Emphasis
specialized courses listed in the Infant and Toddler Level 4 Complete the courses listed.
emphasis or in the School-Age Level 4 emphasis. m ECE 107 Development
and Guidance of the
Early Childhood Education Level 4 Emphasis School-Age Child...................................... 3
Select electives from the courses listed. m ECE 207 School-Age Programming......................... 3
m ECE 102 Career Explorations in Early Childhood... 3
m ECE 104 Infant and Toddler Development.............. 3 PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................60
m ECE 107 Development See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
and Guidance of
the School-Age Child............................... 3 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m ECE 145 Multiculturalism in Early Childhood......... 3
m ECE 204 Infant and Toddler Curriculum.................. 3
m ECE 207 School-Age Programming........................ 3
m ECE 225 Play and Creative
Expression for the Young Child................ 3
m ECE 230* Early Childhood Center Administration.... 3
ECE 101
Introduction to ECE 115
Early Childhood Child Growth and
Education Development
ECE 106 ECE 120 ECE 125 ECE 130 ECE 198
Guiding Young Health, Safety and Child, Family and Observation and Curriculum for Early ECE Elective*
Children Nutrition Community Assessment Childhood Programs
ECE 250**
Early Childhood
Education Practicum
(Must be taken last
semester)
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
102 Degrees and Certificates Early Childhood Education
Child Care Worker Early Childhood
Certificate of Achievement Education Level 2
(572B) major code Certificate of Achievement
The Child Care Worker certificate prepares students to work as (573C) major code
teachers, teacher's aides, or other assistants in a variety of early
This certificate/credential provides students the essential
childhood education settings. The coursework aligns with the
knowledge, skills and experience necessary to provide quality
State of Illinois Department of Children and Family services
programing for children birth through age 8. Gateways credentials
licensing standards for child care staff, and students with the
are awarded and recognized by the Illinois Department of Human
certificate and the requisite number of contact hours with children
Services Bureau of Child Care and Development. Gateways
may be qualified, subject to the requirements of individual
credentials are symbols of professional achievement.
programs, for positions as early childhood education teachers in
licensed facilities. Course Requirements
Course Requirements m ECE 101 Introduction to
Early Childhood Education........................ 3
m ECE 101 Introduction
m ECE 106 Guiding Young Children........................... 3
to Early Childhood Education.................. 3
m ECE 115 Child Growth/Development ..................... 3
m ECE 106 Guiding Young Children........................... 3
m ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition..................... 3
m ECE 115 Child Growth and Development.............. 3
m ECE 130 Observation and Assessment................. 2
m ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition.................... 3
m ECE 198 Curriculum for
m ECE 125 Child, Family and Community................. 3
Early Childhood Programs....................... 3
m ECE 130 Observation and Assessment................. 2
m ECE 140 Inclusion in Early Childhood: PROGRAM TOTAL............................................................... 17
Birth Through Age Eight.......................... 3
m ECE 198 Curriculum m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
for Early Childhood Programs.................. 3 To obtain the Gateways credential, students must have a high
m ECE 210 Language Arts for the Young Child.......... 3 school diploma or high school equivalency and apply via
m ECE 215 Creative Gateways.
Activities for the Young Child................... 3
m ECE 220 Mathematics
and Science for the Young Child.............. 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................32
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2017/2018
Career Education
Early Childhood Education Degrees and Certificates 103
Infant and Toddler Level 2 School-Age Level 2
Certificate of Achievement Certificate of Achievement
(574C) major code (575C) major code
This certificate/credential provides students who wish to This certificate acquaints students with basic knowledge about the
specialize in working with infants and toddlers the essential development, guidance, and appropriate curriculum for a school-
knowledge, skills and experience necessary to provide quality age program.
programming. Gateways credentials are awarded and recognized
by the Illinois Department of Human Services Bureau of Child Course Requirements
Care and Development. Gateways credentials are symbols of m ECE 101 Introduction
professional achievement. to Early Childhood Education.................. 3
m ECE 107 Development and
Course Requirements Guidance of the School-Age Child........... 3
m ECE 101 Introduction to
Early Childhood Education....................... 3 PROGRAM TOTAL.................................................................6
m ECE 104 Infant and Toddler Development.............. 3 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m ECE 106 Guiding Young Children........................... 3
m ECE 115 Child Growth and Development.............. 3 To obtain the Gateways credential, students must have a high
m ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition.................... 3 school diploma or high school equivalency and apply via
m ECE 130 Observation and Assessment................. 2 Gateways.
m ECE 198 Curriculum for Early
Childhood Programs................................ 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................20
NOTE: Students must complete 200 hours of documented work
experience in an infant and toddler program within a two-year
time period to attain the Infant and Toddler Credential Level 2.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
To obtain the Gateways credential, students must have a high
school diploma or high school equivalency and apply via
Gateways.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
104 Degrees and Certificates
2017/2018
Career Education
Emergency Medical Technician Degrees and Certificates 105
PROCEDURE FOR ENTERING THE Requirements for Entering the Program:
EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN - Have a current American Heart Association Basic Life Support
(BLS) for Health Care Providers certification.
PROGRAM PARAMEDIC - Proof of up-to-date immunizations and 2-step tuberculosis
The Emergency Medical Technician Program Paramedic is testing required prior to emergency room experience.
offered in a 12-month program format which runs from January - Be able to lift 150lb. with partner.
through December. Students seeking admission to the paramedic
program are required to: Course Requirements
m EMT 120 Emergency Medical Technician-
1. Complete the special application required for entry into the Basic +..................................................... 9
program, which is available in the Health Professions and
Public Service office or at http://www.sfvemss.com after June PROGRAM TOTAL.................................................................9
1, each year. This application must be returned by July 15 with
appropriate documents, including the New Student Information + Program admission required for enrollment.
Form.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
2. Prospective students that have submitted the application and
the New Student Information Form will receive a testing ticket
via written mail that will outline the testing process. The testing Procedure for Entering the Emergency Medical
will include the Paramedic Entrance Exam, reading, writing, Technician Program
and/or math assessments required. Placement in the program The ability to register for the program is based on assessment
is based on multiple criteria, including a successful score of 75% results with documentation of reading skills at a 10th grade
on the Paramedic Entrance Exam. level. Students should contact Learning Assessment and Testing
Services (see directory) for details.
3. All applicants will be notified by written mail of their tentative
acceptance status. Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the Emergency Medical
Technician student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Emergency Textbook................................................................................. $140
Medical Technician-Basic CPR/BLS Certification...............................................................$80
IDPH Examination Fee..............................................................$20
Certificate of Achievement Stethoscope............................................................................. $15
(402A) major code Immunizations/TB Testing......................... per health care provider
This certificate program prepares individuals for employment as EMT Uniform Shirt....................................................................$20
primary medical responders or as ambulance personnel. Those Total Estimated Costs
receiving the certificate are prepared to take either the state
licensure examination, Emergency Medical Technician-Basic, (excluding medical requirements)........................................... $275
through the Illinois Department of Public Health or the National
Registry of Emergency Medical Technician Examination for NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
employment as an Emergency Medical Technician-Basic (EMT-B). subject to change without prior notice to the student.
Additional education and experience offer the EMT-B certificate-
holder an opportunity for employment in a variety of occupations,
including Paramedic. The course is taught to the National EMS
Education Standards and the Illinois Department of Public Health
(IDPH) Scope of Practice.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
106 Degrees and Certificates
Fire Science
Job Titles Fire Science Technology
Firefighter
Fire Inspector Associate in Applied Science Degree
Fire Chief (610A) major code
Fire Engineer This degree is designed for individuals seeking a career in the fire service. All fire
Fire Officer science courses at Waubonsee are approved by the Office of the Illinois State Fire
Fire Instructor Marshal.
2017/2018
Career Education
Fire Science Degrees and Certificates 107
Program Costs Fire Officer I
In addition to tuition and fees, the Fire Science Technology
student has the following minimum fees and expenses: Certificate of Achievement
Textbooks......................................................................$110 (613C) major code
Uniform........................................................................... $50 This certificate is designed for those wishing to pursue a career in
Physical Exam.................................. Per healthcare provider fire science as an officer.
Total Estimated Costs
Course Requirements
(excluding medical requirements)................................ $ 160 m FSC 105 Basic Operation
Firefighter Module A............................... 4
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are m FSC 115 Basic Operation
subject to change without prior notice to the student. Firefighter Module B............................... 4
m FSC 118 Basic Operation
PROCEDURE FOR ENTERING THE FIRE Firefighter Module C................................ 4
SCIENCE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM m FSC 120 Hazardous Materials Operations............. 3
Students need to provide proof of physical exam including m FSC 125 Advanced Technician Firefighter............... 4
approval to use respirator, proof of health and medical insurance. m FSC 140 Fire Apparatus Engineer.......................... 4
Students should refer to the current Fire Science Technology m FSC 150 Vehicle and Machinery Operations........... 3
Student Handbook for appropriate waivers for participation. m FSC 160 Tactics and Strategy I.............................. 3
m FSC 170 Fire Science Instructor I.......................... 3
m FSC 215 Technical
Firefighter Rescue and Vehicle Operations............... 1
m FSC 220 Fire Inspection and Prevention................. 3
Certificate of Achievement m FSC 231 Fire Science Administration I................... 3
(612A) major code m FSC 232 Fire Science Administration II.................. 3
This certificate is for those interested in completing the
requirements for Basic Operations Certification or for those PROGRAM TOTAL..............................................................42
seeking advancement in the field. m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
Course Requirements
m FSC 105 Basic Operation
Firefighter Module A............................... 4
m FSC 115 Basic Operation
Firefighter Module B............................... 4
m FSC 118 Basic Operation
Firefighter Module C................................ 4
m FSC 120 Hazardous Materials Operations............. 3
m FSC 215 Technical
Rescue and Vehicle Operations............... 1
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................16
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
108 Degrees and Certificates
2017/2018
Career Education
Geographic Information Systems Degrees and Certificates 109
Geographic Advanced Geographic
Information Systems Information Systems
Certificate of Achievement Certificate of Achievement
(263A) major code (265B) major code
The certificate program offers a sequence of courses to individuals This advanced GIS certificate offers students a sequence of GIS
who wish to learn GIS technology to begin or complement careers courses that builds on basic GIS concepts to provide a working
in government, planning, environment, public works and other knowledge of more advanced software modeling techniques.
urban agencies. The program provides a solid understanding Emphasis is placed on real world applications, including
of basic GIS concepts, technical and institutional factors in GIS transportation logistics. The content of this certificate can be
design and implementation, and applications of the technology in adapted to suit a variety of interests and to advance ones GIS
various settings. knowledge within a specific industry sector.
Course Requirements Course Requirements..............................................21
GEO 130 GIS and Mapping Principles..................... 3 GEO 120 World Regional Geography
GEO 131 Geographic Information Systems I .......... 3 or
GEO 132 Geographic Information Systems II.......... 3 GEO 220 Geography of the Developing World........ 3
GEO 120 World Regional Geography GEO 130 GIS and Mapping Principles..................... 3
or GEO 131 Geographic Information Systems I........... 3
GEO 220 Geography of the Developing World........ 3 GEO 132 Geographic Information Systems II.......... 3
GEO 140 Geographic Information Systems III......... 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................12 GEO 200 Applications for
Geographic Information Systems............. 3
GEO 210 GIS and Logistics Management............... 3
Electives......................................................................6
Select electives from the disciplines listed:
Business (BUS), Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CAD),
Computer Information Systems (CIS), Construction
Management (CMT), Earth Science (ESC), Economics (ECN),
Geography (GEO), Graphic Design (GRD), Management
(MGT), Marketing (MKT), Political Science (PSC),
Real Estate (REL), Web Development (WEB).
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................27
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
110 Degrees and Certificates
Graphic Design
Job Titles Graphic Design
Graphic Designer
Web Designer Associate in Applied Science Degree
Animator/Illustrator (930B) major code
Desktop Publishing Specialist The Graphic Design Program provides students fundamental skills in layout, design,
Production Artist desktop publishing and print preparation using industry software.
General Education Requirements.................................. 15
About the Occupation COM 100 or 120 or 121
Graphic designers create visual concepts or 135 Communications........................... 3
using computer software to communicate ENG 101 or 152 English.......................................... 3
ideas that inspire, inform, or captivate ENG 102 or 153 English.......................................... 3
consumers. They help to make an Social and Behavioral Sciences elective
organization recognizable by selecting (recommend PSY100)............................... 3
color, images, or logo designs that Mathematics elective (recommend
represent a particular idea or identity to MTH101, MTH102, or MTH103).............. 3
be used in advertising and promotions.
Graphic Design Major
Most graphic designers are employed in Program Requirements................................................... 43
specialized design services, publishing or
ART 110 Design I.................................................... 3
advertising, public relations and related
ART 120 Basic Drawing I........................................ 3
services. Designers need to continually
ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography................ 3
redefine their field, and knowledge of GRD 135 Desktop Publishing.................................. 3
current events and attitudes will help the GRD 160 Computer Illustration................................ 3
designer create designs that reflect and GRD 165 Typography............................................... 3
affect society. As the number of people GRD 170 Digital Image............................................ 3
online continues to grow and the use of GRD 173 Graphic Design I....................................... 3
visual messages through television and GRD 190 Prepress and Print Production.................. 3
film expands, the need for designers to GRD 273 Graphic Design II...................................... 3
shape the messages that society reads will GRD 280 2D Animation and Multimedia.................. 3
increase dramatically. GRD 285 3D Animation and Multimedia.................. 3
GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio........................... 1
WEB 110 Web Development With HTML................ 3
Highlights of Waubonsees Program WEB 230 Dreamweaver.......................................... 3
At Waubonsee, students develop a
professional portfolio that can help Electives............................................................................. 3
them land a job after graduation. Select electives from the courses listed.
Award winning faculty. ART 111 Design II.................................................. 3
Waubonsee Community College is ART 112 Color........................................................ 3
accredited by Alpha Beta Gamma ART 260 Painting I................................................. 3
International Business Honor Society to ART 265 Watercolor............................................... 3
initiate members into the honor society GRD 290 Graphic Design Studio Art....................... 3
for business and related professional ITS 297 Internship................................................ 1
disciplines. For additional information ITS 298 Internship................................................ 2
visit www.abg.org. ITS 299 Internship................................................ 3
MCM 243 Film Production....................................... 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...................................................................... 61
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
2017/2018
Career Education
Graphic Design Degrees and Certificates 111
Graphic Design Animation
Certificate of Achievement Certificate of Achievement
(938C) major code (945A) major code
This program provides a practical hands-on experience in This certificate program provides students the tools to tell a story
digital design and graphic fundamentals such as design, layout and give life to characters through the use of the most modern
techniques, computer applications, Web design, illustration/ electronic media.
animation, digital prepress techniques and portfolio development.
A professional portfolio will be expected to attain this certificate. Course Requirements
ART 110 Design I.................................................... 3
Course Requirements ART 120 Basic Drawing I........................................ 3
ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography................ 3 ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography................ 3
GRD 135 Desktop Publishing.................................. 3 GRD 160 Computer Illustration................................ 3
GRD 160 Computer Illustration................................ 3 GRD 170 Digital Image............................................ 3
GRD 165 Typography............................................... 3 GRD 280 2D Animation and Multimedia.................. 3
GRD 170 Digital Image............................................ 3 GRD 285 3D Animation and Multimedia.................. 3
GRD 173 Graphic Design I....................................... 3 GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio........................... 1
GRD 190 Prepress and Print Production.................. 3 WEB 230 Dreamweaver.......................................... 3
GRD 273 Graphic Design II...................................... 3
GRD 280 2D Animation and Multimedia.................. 3 PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................25
GRD 285 3D Animation and Multimedia.................. 3
GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio........................... 1
WEB 110 Web Development With HTML................ 3
WEB 230 Dreamweaver.......................................... 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................37
There are several Web development certificates and degrees offered by both the Graphic Design and World
Wide Web curriculums. The certificate and degree titles in both areas may sound similar, but there are distinct
differences between the two. Your own specific background and interest will determine which certificate or degree
is best for you. If you are interested in the artistic design of Web pages through the use of design software,
design layout techniques, advanced use of multimedia, animation, sound and video, the Graphic Design certificates
and programs are appropriate for study. If you are interested in the construction, maintenance and support of
Web pages through the use of computer programming and limited Web design software, the World Wide Web
certificates and degrees are appropriate. In short, the Graphic Design certificates and degree focus on the design
of Web pages, while the World Wide Web certificates and degrees primarily focus on the maintenance and support
of websites. Please contact Counseling (see directory) for more specific descriptions of these certificates and
degrees and to discuss which one may be most appropriate for you.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
112 Degrees and Certificates Graphic Design
Web Design
Certificate of Achievement
(944B) major code
This certificate program provides Web design fundamentals using
multimedia, animation, sound and video in developing attractive
and effective Web pages and publications.
Course Requirements
ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography................ 3
GRD 160 Computer Illustration................................ 3
GRD 170 Digital Image............................................ 3
GRD 173 Graphic Design I...................................... 3
GRD 280 2D Animation and Multimedia.................. 3
GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio........................... 1
WEB 110 Web Development with HTML................ 3
WEB 230 Dreamweaver.......................................... 3
WEB 250 Advanced Website Development............ 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................25
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 113
Professional Certification
Opportunities
Students who complete the certificate
program are eligible to take the Certified
Medical Interpreter (CMI) exam through
the National Board of Certification for
Medical Interpreters or the Certified
Healthcare Interpreter (CHI) exam
through the Certification Commission for
Health Care Interpreters.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
114 Degrees and Certificates
2017/2018
Career Education
Health Information Technology Degrees and Certificates 115
Health Information
Technology Major Program Requirements............ 31
Health Care Coding
m HIT 210 ICD Coding.............................................. 3 Certificate of Achievement
m HIT 212 Inpatient Medical Coding......................... 3 (118D) major code
m HIT 215 CPT Coding............................................. 3 This program prepares students for a career in medical coding.
m HIT 216 Advanced Clinical Medical coding opportunities exist in physician offices, billing
Classification Systems............................ 3 companies, insurance offices and in the home. Students who
m HIT 218 Reimbursement Systems........................ 3 complete this certificate are eligible to take the Certified Coding
m HIT 220 Pathophysiology and Pharmacology Associate (CCA) Exam or the Certified Coding Specialist (CCS)
for the Health Information Exam.
Technology Professional.......................... 3
m HIT 230 Data Applications Course Requirements
and Health Care Quality.......................... 3 m BIO 260 Human Structure and Function................ 4
m HIT 240 Health Information Processes................. 3 m CIS 110 Business Information Systems............... 3
m HIT 245 Health Information Data Analysis............ 2 m HIT 100 Introduction to Health
m HIT 248 Organization Resources.......................... 2 Information Technology........................... 3
m HIT 299 Professional Practice Experience............ 3 m HIT 110 Medical Terminology................................ 3
m HIT 135 Health Care Delivery Systems................ 2
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................60 m HIT 140 Legal/Ethical Issues in Health Care......... 2
m HIT 210 ICD Coding.............................................. 3
m Major course requires a minimum grade of C.
m HIT 212 Inpatient Medical Coding......................... 3
m HIT 215 CPT Coding............................................. 3
Medical Office m HIT 216 Advanced Clinical
Classification Systems............................. 3
Certificate of Achievement m HIT 218 Reimbursement Systems......................... 3
(115A) major code m HIT 220 Pathophysiology and Pharmacology
This program prepares students to work in medical offices for the Health Information
including the use of computerized systems. Technology Professional.......................... 3
m HIT 290 Professional Practicum Experience.......... 2
Course Requirements
m CIS 110 Business Information Systems............... 3 PROGRAM TOTAL.............................................................. 37
m BUS 130 Customer Service................................... 3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m HIT 100 Introduction to Health
Information Technology........................... 3
m HIT 110 Medical Terminology................................ 3
m HIT 120 Medical Office Procedures...................... 3
m HIT 130 Medical Insurance
and Reimbursement................................ 3
m HIT 140 Legal/Ethical Issues in Health Care.......... 2
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................20
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
116 Degrees and Certificates
PROGRAM TOTAL...................................................................... 60
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
2017/2018
Career Education
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Degrees and Certificates 117
Heating, Ventilation
and Air Conditioning
Certificate of Achievement
(804B) major code
This certificate provides the fundamental skills necessary to
install, maintain and service residential and light commercial
systems.
Course Requirements
HVA 110 Refrigeration Principles........................... 3
HVA 120 HVACR Electrical Systems...................... 3
HVA 130 Residential Comfort Systems.................. 3
HVA 140 Basic Heating Systems........................... 3
HVA 150 Basic Sheet Metal
Fabrication and Print Reading.................. 3
HVA 160 Refrigerant Transition
and Certification...................................... 1
MTT 100 Safety Principles....................................... 1
PROGRAM TOTAL............................................................... 17
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
118 Degrees and Certificates
Human Services
Job Titles Human Services
Certified Addictions Counselor
Community Outreach Worker Associate in Applied Science Degree
Family Support Worker (650A) major code
Group Home Worker This program prepares paraprofessionals for employment in a variety of social
Mental Health Worker service organizations. The alcohol or other drug abuse (AODA) counseling program
Residential Counselor is accredited at the advanced level by the Illinois Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse
Social Services Aide Professional Certification Association (IAODAPCA).
Youth Worker
General Education Requirements.................................. 15
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication............. 3
About the Occupation ENG 101 First-Year Composition I........................... 3
Projected to be among the futures fastest ENG 102 First-Year Composition II.......................... 3
growing occupations, human services PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology....................... 3
workers are employed in a wide variety Mathematics/Science elective .............. 3
of settings under many different job
titles that are all characterized by a single Human Services
unifying feature their primary job Major Program Requirements........................................ 20
function is helping people cope with HSV 105 Survey of Human Services....................... 3
their problems. HSV 110 Group Dynamics....................................... 3
HSV 115 Crisis Intervention.................................... 3
HSV 120 Introduction to Substance Abuse............. 3
Highlights of Waubonsees Program HSV 140 Assessment and Treatment of the
Because of its advanced accreditation Dual-Disordered Client ............................ 4
from the Illinois Alcohol and Other HSV 235 Human Services Seminar
Drug Abuse Professional Certification and Field Experience................................ 4
Association (IAODAPCA), graduates
of Waubonsees Human Services AAS Additional Program Requirements.................................. 6
degree program can become Certified CIS 110 Business Information Systems................ 3
Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse SPN 110 or SGN 101............................................... 3
Counselors (CADC) and enter the
workforce more quickly.
Visits to and field experiences at local
human services agencies allow students
to see what career areas are a good fit
for them.
2017/2018
Career Education
Human Services Degrees and Certificates 119
Electives and Emphasis Area.................................. 19 Addictions Counseling
Students wanting to specialize in addictions counseling
should select electives from the emphasis area listed; Certificate of Achievement
students wanting a more general approach can select any (652B) major code
electives from the categories listed. This certificate prepares individuals for employment as alcohol
Addictions Counseling Emphasis and other drug abuse (AODA) counselors in a variety of agencies
and facilities that serve persons who are substance abusers.
HSV 125 Counseling Theories and Strategies......... 3
Students with prior and/or additional education can become
HSV 210 Psychopharmacology and the
AODA counselors as a result of completing this program. The
Addictive Process..................................... 3
program includes both classroom instruction and on-the-
HSV 220 Addictions Counseling I............................ 3
job training (field experience) and may be applied toward the
HSV 225 Addictions Counseling II........................... 3
Associate in Applied Science degree in human services. The
HSV 230 Addictions Counseling Seminar
program is accredited by the Illinois Alcohol and Other Drug
and Field Experience I.............................. 3
Abuse Professional Certification Association (IAODAPCA).
HSV 240 Addictions Counseling Seminar
and Field Experience II............................. 3 Course Requirements
Electives HSV 105 Survey of Human Services....................... 3
HSV 110 Group Dynamics....................................... 3
Electives may be selected from the courses listed.
HSV 115 Crisis Intervention.................................... 3
HSV 205 PTSD-Modern Letters
HSV 120 Introduction to Substance Abuse ............ 3
for an Ancient Condition........................... 1
HSV 125 Counseling Theories and Strategies......... 3
HSV 215 Introduction to Social Work ..................... 3
HSV 210 Psychopharmacology and the
HSV 296 Special Topics III.................................... 1-3
Addictive Process..................................... 3
PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care.................. 3
HSV 220 Addictions Counseling I............................ 3
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging............................... 3
HSV 225 Addictions Counseling II........................... 3
PSY 220 Child Psychology...................................... 3
HSV 230 Addictions Counseling Seminar
PSY 235 Social Psychology..................................... 3
and Field Experience I.............................. 3
SGN 101 Sign Language I........................................ 3
HSV 240 Addictions Counseling Seminar
SGN 102 Sign Language II....................................... 3
and Field Experience II............................. 3
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology......................... 3
SPN 111 Survival Spanish II.................................... 3 PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................30
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................60
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
120 Degrees and Certificates Human Services
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 121
Interpreter Training
Interpreter Training Job Titles
Interpreter for the Deaf
Associate in Applied Science Degree Sign Language Interpreter
(660B) major code
Interpreter training is an Associate in Applied Science degree that prepares people to About the Occupation
be sign language interpreters for the Deaf. Interpreter training was the first program
Sign language interpreters facilitate
of its kind established in Illinois in 1975. Waubonsees program provides students with
communication between individuals who
the opportunity to become proficient in American Sign Language and gain knowledge
are deaf or hard of hearing and those who
of Deaf culture.
can hear. The interpreter is considered
First Semester................................................................. 15 to be a bilingual/bicultural mediator in
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I........................... 3 the communication exchange. Those
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology....................... 3 engaged in conversation rely heavily on
SGN 101 American Sign Language I....................... 3 the skill, fluency, professionalism and
SGN 104 Signs of Everyday Use............................. 3 ethical behavior of the interpreter. The
SGN 105 Linguistics of ASL I................................... 3 interpreter is an integral part of the
communication exchange.
Second Semester............................................................ 15
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II.......................... 3
SGN 102 American Sign Language II...................... 3 Highlights of Waubonsees Program
SGN 106 Linguistics of ASL II.................................. 3 In 1975, Waubonsee became the
SGN 108 Conceptually Accurate Signed English..... 3 first college in the state to design an
SGN 110 Introduction to American interpreter training program.
Deaf Culture............................................. 3 The program utilizes technology
to create a rich visual learning
Third Semester ............................................................... 18 environment. Students signing
(All third-semester ITP courses must be taken concurrently.) performances are captured by digital
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication............. 3 video cameras, uploaded to a computer
ITP 200 Introduction to Interpreting ..................... 3 and then reviewed by both the student
ITP 210 Etymology for Interpreters ...................... 3 and the instructor.
ITP 211 Transliterating I ........................................ 3
ITP 221 Interpreting I ............................................ 3
ITP 231 Sign to Voice I .......................................... 3
Fourth Semester.............................................................. 18
(All fourth-semester ITP courses must be .taken concurrently and
after successful .completion of all third semester ITP courses.)
ITP 212 Transliterating II ....................................... 3
ITP 222 Topics in Interpreting ............................... 3
ITP 223 Interpreting II ........................................... 3
ITP 230 Specialized Areas of Interpreting ............. 3
ITP 232 Sign to Voice II ......................................... 3
Math or Physical and Life Sciences
elective .................................................. 3
Fifth Semester................................................................... 3
ITP 290 The Interpreter as Practitioner +.............. 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...................................................................... 69
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
122 Degrees and Certificates Interpreter Training
Procedure for Entering the Interpreter Training Program
Waubonsee offers a full-time Interpreter Training Program (ITP)
that must be completed in a block fashion. Students are eligible to
register for ITP courses after completing the following steps:
1. Meet with Counseling to establish a schedule for taking the
Sign Language (SGN) courses.
2. Complete all SGN courses with a grade of C or better; also,
a grade of C or better AND cumulative grade point average
of 3.0 or higher in SGN104, SGN105, SGN106 and SGN108
is required.
3. Submit an ITP application by April 1.
4. Earn acceptable scores on the ITP admissions test. Contact
the Learning Assessment and Testing Services for more
information on the ITP admissions test and scores. Testing
must be completed by May 1 before starting in the ITP that
fall.
5. Complete the last SGN course within 18 months of planned
start date for ITP. This requirement can only be waived by
the Dean for Health Professions and Public Service when
the student has documented interpreting experience.
ITP courses are only offered during the day. Students may repeat a
course only once.
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 123
Kinesiology
Kinesiology Job Titles
Personal Trainer
Associate in Applied Science Degree Group Exercise Instructor
(440B major code) Fitness Instructor
This two-year degree prepares the wellness specialist to assess, design and implement Program Director
individual and group exercise and fitness programs for healthy individuals and
individuals with controlled disease. The graduate will be skilled in evaluating health
behaviors and risk factors, conducting fitness assessments, writing appropriate About the Occupation
exercise prescriptions, and motivating individuals to modify negative health habits and Fitness professionals work with clients to
maintain positive lifestyle behaviors for health promotion. develop an individualized exercise and
health program and train them during
General Education Requirements.................................. 15 exercise sessions. Fitness professionals
COM 100 or 120 Communications........................... 3 design and implement exercise programs
ENG 101 or 152 English.......................................... 3 for healthy individuals, as well as
ENG 102 or 153 English.......................................... 3 individuals with controlled disease.
MTH 104 Business Mathematics They lead health and fitness programs
or in a variety of settings including fitness
MTH 107 Basic Statistics facilities, universities/colleges, businesses
or and community centers.
BIO 200 Nutrition................................................... 3
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology....................... 3
Highlights of Waubonsees Program
Kinesiology Major Program Requirements................... 40 Students can complete their internship
BIO 260 Human Structure and Function................. 4 requirement on-campus at the colleges
HED 100 Personal Wellness.................................... 3 newly remodeled Total Fitness Center
ITS 298 Internship................................................. 2 or off-campus at a variety of health and
PED 150 Basic Prevention fitness facilities.
and Care of Athletic Injuries..................... 3
PED 209 Intro-Exercise Science/Sports Prof........... 3
PED 205 Sci Foundations of Human Movement..... 3 Professional
PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care.................. 3 Certification Opportunities
PED 234 Group Exercise Instruction....................... 2 Certified Personal Trainer (CPT)
PED 236 Exercise for Special Populations.............. 3 Degree and certificate students who
PED 237 Strength and Conditioning Principles....... 3 complete all courses are encouraged
PED 238 Fitness Assessment to take the exam for this certification
and Exercise Programming...................... 3 from the American College of Sports
PED 239 Exercise and Sport Nutrition.................... 3 Medicine (ACSM).
PED 240 Busn Mngmt for the Fitness Profess....... 3 Certified Group Exercise Instructor
PED 242 Lifestyle Wellness Coaching..................... 2 (GEI) Degree and certificate students
who complete all courses are also
Electives............................................................................. 5 encouraged to take the exam for this
Select electives from the courses listed. certification from the American College
BUS100 Introduction to Business.......................... 3 of Sports Medicine (ACSM).
MKT 200 Principles of Marketing............................ 3
MKT 210 Principles of Selling.................................. 3
BIO 262 Neuro-musculoskeletal Systems.............. 3
BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I........................ 4
BIO 272 Anatomy and Physiology II....................... 4
PROGRAM TOTAL...................................................................... 60
* Take the Certified Personal Trainer exam and the Certified Group Exercise Instructor
exam through American College of Sports Medicine after completion of all courses.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
124 Degrees and Certificates Kinesiology
Kinesiology
Certificate of Achievement
(442B) major code
This certificate will prepare the graduate to deliver a variety
of exercise assessment, training, risk factor identification and
lifestyle management services to individuals with or at risk for
cardiovascular, metabolic or pulmonary diseases.
Course Requirements
BIO 260 Human Structure and Function................. 4
HED 100 Personal Wellness.................................... 3
PED 209 Introduction to Exercise
Science and Sports Professions............... 3
PED 205 Scientific Foundations
of Human Movement............................... 3
PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care.................. 3
PED 234 Group Exercise Instruction....................... 2
PED 236 Exercise for Special Populations.............. 3
PED 237 Strength and Conditioning Principles....... 3
PED 238 Fitness Assessment
and Exercise Programming...................... 3
PED 239 Exercise and Sport Nutrition.................... 3
PED 240 Business Management
for the Fitness Professional...................... 3
ITS 297 Internship................................................. 1
or
ITS 298 Internship................................................. 2
PROGRAM TOTAL..........................................................34-35
* Take the Certified Personal Trainer exam and the Certified
Group Exercise Instructor exam through the American
College of Sports Medicine after completion of all courses.
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 125
Laboratory Technology
Laboratory Technology Job Titles
Chemical Lab Assistant
Associate in Applied Science Degree Chemical Lab Technician
(845A) major code Biology Lab Assistant
The Laboratory Technology Program prepares students for entry-level employment Biology Lab Technician
in a variety of non-medical laboratory settings. Through hands-on laboratory work, Quality Control Technician
students gain valuable knowledge, skills and experience in laboratory techniques such Process Control Technician
as testing food flavors and environmental procedures.
General Education Requirements.................................. 15 About the Occupation
ENG 101 or 152 English.......................................... 3 Laboratory technicians use specialized
ENG 102 or 153 English.......................................... 3 instruments and techniques to assist
MTH 129 or 131 Mathematics................................. 4 scientists in conducting experiments,
Humanities/Fine Arts/Languages course; researching and developing new
PHL105 recommended............................ 3 products, performing quality tests,
Social and Behavioral Sciences elective; and producing a chemical or biological
ECN100 or PSY100 recommended.......... 3 product. Technicians work in a variety
of industries including agriculture,
Laboratory Technology consumer and environmental protection,
Major Program Requirements........................................ 25 food processing, manufacturing, and
CHM 202 Biochemistry............................................ 3 pharmaceuticals.
CIS 110 Business Information Systems................ 3
LBT 100 Laboratory Safety or
substitution with consent of instructor.... 1
Highlights of Waubonsees Program
LBT 101 Fundamentals of Laboratory Technology.. 2 Students learn the techniques, processes
LBT 221 Lab Applications of Microbiology............. 4 and procedures of industrial laboratories
LBT 251 Lab Instruments I..................................... 3 through hands-on laboratory
LBT 252 Lab Instruments II.................................... 3 experiences designed to simulate tasks in
LBT 260 Environmental Labs.................................. 2 the workplace.
LBT 270 Food Analysis Labs................................... 2 Internships provide students a work-
LBT 280 Current Issues in Chemical Labs.............. 2 based learning opportunity for their
resume.
The LBT program was developed
Electives........................................................................... 20 with a Trade Adjustment Assistance
Select electives from the discipline and courses listed: Community College and Career Training
Biology (BIO), Chemistry (CHM), Earth Science (ESC), Physics (PHY), grant from the Department of Labor.
Spanish (SPN), COM 121 Communications in the Workplace, Laboratory
Technology Internships ITS 297 (1 credit hour), ITS 298 (2 credit hours) and ITS
299 (3 credit hours).
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
126 Degrees and Certificates Laboratory Technology
Laboratory Technology
Certificate of Achievement
(847B) major code
The Laboratory Technology Certificate of Achievement prepares
graduates for employment as laboratory assistants with duties
such as solution preparation, sample collection, basic analysis and
inventory control of supplies, chemicals, and samples.
Course Requirements
LBT 100 Laboratory Safety or
substitution with consent of instructor.... 1
LBT 101 Fundamentals of
Laboratory Technology.............................. 2
LBT 251 Lab Instruments I..................................... 3
LBT 252 Lab Instruments II.................................... 3
LBT 221 Lab Applications of Microbiology............. 4
LBT 260 Environmental Labs.................................. 2
or
LBT 270 Food Analysis Labs................................... 2
or
LBT 280 Current Issues in Chemical Labs.............. 2
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................15
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 127
Legal Interpreting
Legal Interpreting: English/Spanish Job Titles
Legal Interpreter
Certificate of Achievement
(621C) major code
About the Occupation
Legal interpreting is a certificate of achievement that provides English/Spanish
Legal interpreters are bilingual individuals
bilingual individuals the knowledge and skills to interpret successfully in legal
who interpret in legal settings for persons
settings. Students learn the procedures and processes of the American justice system,
whose primary language is not English.
specialized legal vocabulary, and the legal interpreters code of ethics and standards.
For those involved in a legal proceeding,
Students also receive targeted practice with the three modes of legal interpreting:
communication is vital, and legal
consecutive, simultaneous and sight translation.
interpreters ensure justice is served by
bridging language barriers.
Structured written and oral screening tests are conducted to determine proficiency
in both English and Spanish. Students must be 18 years of age or older at the time of
The Legal Interpreting Certificate
assignment to a practicum site.
provides opportunities for each student
Course Requirements to develop knowledge, practice skills, and
CRJ 120 The American Court System..............................3 receive exposure to the justice system.
LGI 100 Introduction to Legal This program is built upon the belief
Interpreting: English/Spanish.............................3 that exemplary interpreters ought to be
LGI 105 Legal System and exceptionally knowledgeable in all the
Terminology: English/Spanish.............................3 realms of the judicial system, possess
LGI 110 Legal Interpreting: Simultaneous, a sound comprehension of ethics and
Consecutive and Sight: English/Spanish ...........3 legal vocabulary, demonstrate the ability
LGI 120 Introduction to Legal to accurately interpret with an effective
Translation: English/Spanish.............................. 3 rendition of cultural nuances, and show a
LGI 290 Legal Interpreting Seminar willingness to polish and develop
and Field Experience: English/Spanish ........... 1.5 critical interpreting skills through
professional development activities.
PROGRAM TOTAL................................................................... 16.5
Highlights of Waubonsees Program
This program is designed to prepare
the student to take the Administrative
Office of the Illinois Courts (AOIC)
state certification.
This legal interpreting program is the
only one of its kind in the region. This
program targets bilingual (English/
Spanish) individuals who seek entry-
level training and skills, as well as
working interpreters who need more
formal training. Entry-level wages are
significantly above the minimum wage,
and with experience, provide middle-
class income.
The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS)
projects the interpreters and translators
occupation to grow faster than the
average through 2022. The BLS projects
this occupation to grow by 35 percent in
years to come.
Sound Interesting?
Students interested in this program
may also be interested in Health Care
Interpreting; see page 113.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
128 Degrees and Certificates
2017/2018
Career Education
Machine Tool Technology Degrees and Certificates 129
PROGRAM TOTAL.............................................................. 24
Students can prepare for a career in modern manufacturing by earning a degree or certificate at Waubonsee. Our
program has strong ties to the real world of work due to our experienced faculty members and our support of the
National Association of Manufacturers endorsed Stackable Certification System. This system aligns industry-validated
credentials from such organizations as the Manufacturing Skill Standards Council (MSSC), National Institute for
Metalworking Skills (NIMS) and the Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) with academic programs
and occupations in all manufacturing sectors.
Students can earn a certificate or a degree in one or more of the manufacturing technology programs to meet the
demands of employers in modern manufacturing who are specifically looking to hire multi-skilled technicians into new
and up-to-date operations.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
130 Degrees and Certificates
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 131
Mass Communication
Mass Communication Job Titles
Camera Operator
Associate in Applied Science Degree TV/Radio Production Staff
(970B) major code TV/Radio Program Host
This degree is intended for individuals interested in working in the fields of television, Audio/Video Editor
film, Internet and/or radio broadcasting as announcers, radio/TV producers, camera Producer/Director
operators and directors. The program utilizes Waubonsees television studio in Internet/Multimedia Specialist
preparing students for this medium.
About the Occupation
Although the intent of this degree program is occupational, many courses within
The mass communication field provides
the program are individually articulated with four-year colleges offering radio/TV
a vast opportunity for individuals to
programs to facilitate continued study at a four-year institution. Courses are aligned
learn the skills and techniques necessary
with IAI courses when possible.
to produce, direct or support television,
film, radio and Internet productions.
General Education Requirements.................................. 18 Technical positions in this field can go
COM 100 Fundamentals of from the broad-based to the more highly
Speech Communication........................... 3 specialized, and include camera operators,
ENG 101 or 152 English ......................................... 3 a wide variety of production staff
ENG 102 or 153 English ......................................... 3 positions, on-air personalities, audio
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology....................... 3 and video editors, producers, directors
Humanities/Fine Arts elective ................ 3 and Internet producers. Knowledge and
Mathematics or Science elective .......... 3 experience in a variety of aspects in audio,
video and Internet media production offer
Mass Communication students an opportunity for employment
Major Program Requirements........................................ 27 in many venues and allow the student to
ITS 297 or 298 or 299 move as the needs of the field shift.
Internship................................................. 3
MCM 130 Introduction to Mass Communication...... 3
MCM 140 Television and Media Production I............ 3
Highlights of Waubonsees Program
MCM 201 Broadcast Writing..................................... 3 Students gain hands-on experience
MCM 205 Basic Broadcast Announcing.................... 3 creating shows in the colleges own
MCM 211 Introduction to Radio Production.............. 3 television studio, located in Collins Hall.
MCM 215 Basic News Writing.................................. 3
MCM 245 Mass Media Ethics and Laws.................. 3
MCM 280 Mass Communication Capstone:
The Business, Media and Careers
of TV/Internet/Radio/Film.......................... 3
Electives........................................................................... 15
Select electives from the courses listed.
COM 110 Voice and Diction...................................... 3
COM 115 Digital Communication............................. 3
COM 121 Communication in the Workplace............ 3
COM 135 Introduction to Integrated
Marketing Communications..................... 3
COM 150 Intercultural Communication.................... 3
COM 200 Advanced Speech Communication.......... 3
MCM 240 Television and Media Production II........... 3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
132 Degrees and Certificates Mass Communication
MCM 296
Special Topics/
Mass Communication........................... 1-3
Mass Communication
MUS 110 Music Careers.......................................... 2 Certificate of Achievement
MUS 211 Introduction to the Recording Studio....... 3 (972B) major code
MUS 213 Advanced Studio Recording..................... 3
This certificate is intended for individuals interested in working in
THE 110 The Art of Oral Interpretation................... 3
the fields of television and/or film as announcers, TV producers,
camera operators, directors and related occupations. The program
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................60 utilizes Waubonsees television studio in preparing students for
these media.
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
Course Requirements
ITS 297 or 298 or 299
Internship.............................................. 1-3
MCM 130 Introduction to Mass Communication...... 3
MCM 140 Television and Media Production I............ 3
MCM 201 Broadcast Writing..................................... 3
MCM 205 Basic Broadcast Announcing.................... 3
MCM 240 Television and Media Production II
or
MCM 243 Film Production........................................ 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................16
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 133
Medical Assistant
Medical Assistant Job Title
Medical Assistant
Certificate of Achievement
(422A) major code
About the Occupation
This certificate program prepares individuals for employment in the administrative
Medical assistants perform routine
and clinical areas of medical offices, clinics, and other health care agencies. The
administrative, clinical and laboratory
Waubonsee Community College Medical Assistant Program is accredited by the
tasks to keep medical offices, clinics,
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), on
laboratories and other health care agencies
recommendation of the Medical Assisting Education Review Board (MAERB).
running smoothly.
CAAHEP Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs
25400 U.S. Highway 19 North, Suite 158, Clearwater, FL 33763 Highlights of Waubonsees Program
(727) 210-2350 Phone Students may choose to complete the
(727) 210-2354 Fax program in four semesters (full-time) or
www.caahep.org six semesters (part-time).
The required externship allows students
MAERB Medical Assisting Education Review Board to gain experience at a local physicians
20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 1575 office, clinic or outpatient facility.
Chicago, IL 60606
(800) 228-2262 Phone
(312) 899-1259 Fax Professional Certification
www.maerb.com Opportunities
Certified Medical Assistant (CMA)
Graduates of the program who meet CAAHEP requirements are eligible to take the Graduates who meet certain
national certification exam for Certified Medical Assistants, CMA. Students who requirements are eligible to take this
are able to meet American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) requirements will national certification exam from the
be eligible to take the national certification exam for Phlebotomy Technician, PBT American Association of Medical
(ASCP). Assistants (AAMA).
Phlebotomy Technician (PBT)
NOTE: This sequence is intended for full-time students in the medical assistant Students who meet certain requirements
program. Students interested in a part-time program option should contact the Dean will be eligible to take this national
for Health Professions and Public Service for scheduling options (see directory). certification exam from the American
Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP).
Summer Semester.......................................................... 10
m BIO 260 Human Structure and Function................. 4
m HIT 105 Medical Terms for Health Occupations.... 1
m MLA 220 Pharmacology/Med.Assist. ..................... 2
m PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology....................... 3
Fall Semester ............................................................... 12.5
m CIS 110 Business Information Systems................ 3
m MLA 150 Basic Administrative Procedures for
the Medical Assistant............................... 3
m MLA 171 Medical Assistant Clinical I ................... 2.5
m MLA 230 Medical Law and Ethics........................... 1
m PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology............................... 3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
134 Degrees and Certificates Medical Assistant
Spring Semester.................................................... 10.5 5. Understand that the medical assistant application, previous
m COM 125 Communication Strategies transcripts, and program assessment testing in math and
for Health care Careers............................ 2 reading are required for admission to the program. Students
m MLA 172 Medical Assistant Clinical II .................. 2.5 are notified via mail approximately three weeks after the
m MLA 210 Laboratory application deadline date as to selection status.
Procedures/Med. Assist. ......................... 3 It is the responsibility of the applicant to make sure the
following required documents are received by Registration and
Summer Semester.....................................................2 Records: WCC New Student Information Form; high school
m MLA 298 Medical Assistant Externship .................. 2 transcript or high school equivalency certificate; transcripts
from other colleges or vocational schools attended.
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................32 6. Follow the program sequence once a student is accepted
Veterans or military members eligible for education benefits into the program. The student is expected to follow either
should see Programs with Special Admission Applications, the accelerated or part-time program sequence for all MLA
page 228. courses. Students may opt to complete any or all of the CIS,
BIO, COM, HIT or PSY courses prior to submitting an
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. application to the medical assistant program.
For continuation in the medical assistant program, a 2.0 or
Procedure for Entering
better GPA must be received in each of the major courses.
the Medical Assistant Program
Please contact the offices of Health Professions and Public
The medical assistant program is offered in either an accelerated Service for specific course information.
(four semester) or part-time (six semester) sequence. Students 7. Submit documentation of a physical examination,
seeking admission to the medical assistant program are required immunizations and 2-step tuberculosis (TB) test upon
to: acceptance into the accelerated program, and prior to the start
1. Meet with Counseling (see directory) to establish a schedule of MLA 171 Medical Assistant Clinical I for students accepted
for taking program courses. into the part-time program.
2. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the Dean 8. Science courses taken more than five years before the
for Health Professions and Public Service (see directory). application deadline must be retaken. There are no exceptions.
3. Complete the special application required for entry into
the program, which is available in the Health Professions Program Costs
and Public Service office, the Counseling, Advising and In addition to tuition and regular fees, the medical assistant
Transfer Center or on the Internet at www.waubonsee.edu/ student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
healthcareers. Enrollment in the medical assistant (MLA) Textbooks for MLA classes
courses is limited in order to provide the best possible (excludes general education courses).......................... $120
educational experience for students. Students interested in Uniform/white shoes...................................................... $70
the accelerated sequence and desiring to take courses with the Stethoscope ............................................................. $15
MLA prefix in the summer must make application by Physical exam, immunizations,
April 1. Students interested in the part-time sequence and TB testing ............................. per health care provider
desiring to take courses with the MLA prefix in the fall must
make application by July 1. Total Estimated Costs
4. Complete required Pre-Admission Exam (PAX). (excluding medical requirements)................................. $205
Note: Acceptance into the program is based on assessment
results, with documentation of verbal, math and science of 50 NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
percent for the PAX, as well as a composite of 60 percent for subject to change without prior notice to the student.
the PAX. A student has two opportunities to successfully meet Advanced Placement
assessment requirements. Eight weeks must elapse between
testing sessions for the PAX assessment. Applicants who wish to transfer medical assistant courses
from another college or vocational school to Waubonsee may
be considered for advanced placement. Advanced placement
applications are considered on an individual basis and require that
specific documentation (e.g. transcripts, course descriptions) be
submitted along with the medical assistant application.
This program does not grant credit for life or work experience.
2017/2018 www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 135
Music
Audio Production Technology Job Titles
Radio Operator
Certificate of Achievement Broadcast Technician
(986A) major code TV/Radio Announcer
This certificate is intended for individuals interested in working in the field of Audio/Video Equipment Technician
electronic music production in a variety of venues including radio, television, recording Producer/Director
studios, internet broadcasting and live sound reinforcement. Using a variety of Sound Engineering Technician
software audio applications, students gain knowledge and practice in digital audio Media and Communications Equipment
recording and editing, digital sampling, audio mixing console operations, fundamentals Workers
in electronics and fundamentals of music theory. Students also gain experience in small
entrepreneurial endeavors to be applied in music business practices. About the Occupation
Course Requirements Professionals in this field use a variety
MCM 130 Introduction to Mass Communication..... 3 of equipment, processes and techniques
MUS 211 Introduction to the Recording Studio...... 3 to capture, create, edit and mix sound
MUS 213 Advanced Studio Recording ................... 3 and/or music. They combine a general
MUS 215 Electronics for Audio Production............. 3 knowledge of acoustics with more
specialized knowledge about electronics
BUS 140 Introduction to Entrepreneurship (3) and recording software. Job opportunities
or exist in radio, TV and recording studios,
MUS 110 Careers in Music (2).............................. 2-3 as well as at live entertainment venues.
MUS 120 Basic Elements of Music (3) Highlights of Waubonsees Program
or
With a deeper and more narrowed focus
MUS 121 Theory of Music I (4)............................. 3-4
than a general mass communication
PROGRAM TOTAL.............................................................. 17 program, this certificate is unique within
the Illinois community college system.
Students use Waubonsees recording
studio/lab to produce class projects.
For those students wanting to start their
own businesses, an entrepreneurship
course is included as an option in the
program.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
136 Degrees and Certificates
Nurse Assistant
Job Title Basic Nurse Assistant Training
Certified Nurse Assistant (CNA)
Certificate of Achievement
(427A) major code
About the Occupation
Graduates of this program have the competencies to work as nurse assistants in
Certified nurse assistants are valued hospitals and long-term care facilities and for home health agencies. The program
members of the health care team, working is approved by the Illinois Department of Public Health (IDPH) and meets the
in acute and long-term care settings. requirements of the Nursing Home Reform Act of 1979.
A certified nurse assistant career is Students are eligible to take the State of Illinois Nurse Assistant/Nurse Aide
rewarding for compassionate individuals Competency Examination after successful completion of this course.
who enjoy caring for people. The job may
be demanding, but CNAs can receive a Course Requirements
sense of satisfaction from helping patients m NAS 101 Basic Nurse Assistant Training.................. 7
feel comfortable and loved. CNAs spend
a lot of time with patients and have the PROGRAM TOTAL.................................................................7
opportunity to develop close relationships
m Major course requires a minimum grade of C.
with them.
Procedure for Entering Basic Nurse Assistant Training
A student who wants to pursue a career in Students seeking admission to the basic nurse assistant training program are required
health care should have a sincere desire to to:
work with people and be empathetic to the 1. Attend a mandatory orientation and fingerprint session prior to registering.
needs of others. Nurse assistants receive 2. The ability to register for the program is based on assessment results, with
satisfaction from knowing their work documentation of reading skills at an 8th grade level. Students should contact
contributes to the well-being of others. Learning Assessment and Testing Services (see directory) for details.
3. Be at least 16 years of age or older.
Highlights of 4. Submit required documentation of a 2-step tuberculosis (TB) test prior to entering
Waubonsees Program the clinical experience.
5. Pass the 21 manual skills mandated by IDPH.
Certified nurse assistant status may 6. Attend the required number of hours mandated by the Illinois Department of
serve as a springboard for a variety Public Health IDPH. Any student who does not meet these IDPH attendance
of careers within the health care requirements will be withdrawn from NAS 101, without exception.
field, such as phlebotomy technician, 7. Present a valid social security number at the time of enrollment in NAS101.
medical assistant, massage therapist or
registered nurse. Certification testing will be arranged and documentation of course completion will be
submitted to the IDPH by the college.
Waubonsee Community College's
pass rate on the Illinois Nurse Aide (continued on next page)
Competency Exam from January 1, 2016
through December 31, 2016 was 91%.
2017/2018
Career Education
Nurse Assistant Degrees and Certificates 137
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the nurse assistant student has the following
minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks............................................................................... $150
Uniform/shoes..........................................................................$43
Name Badge...............................................................................$4
Supplies (e.g. gait belt)...............................................................$9
Immunizations, TB testing........................ per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements): .........................................$206
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are subject to change
without prior notice to the student.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
138 Degrees and Certificates
Paraprofessional Educator
Job Titles Paraprofessional Educator
Paraprofessional Educators
Parapros Associate in Applied Science Degree
Paraeducators (590A) major code
Classroom Teacher Assistants This degree offers students a wide range of educational experiences and prepares them
Special Education Teacher Assistants to assist classroom teachers at all levels of the K-12 educational system. Students who
Clerical/Support Staff Assistants complete this degree meet the requirements for paraprofessional educators established
Computer Laboratory Assistants by the No Child Left Behind legislation.
Library/Media Center Assistants
Bilingual Teacher Assistants General Education Requirements.................................. 15
COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech
Communication........................................ 3
About the Occupation ENG 101 First-Year Composition I........................... 3
Employment options and job ENG 102 First-Year Composition II.......................... 3
responsibilities for paraprofessional PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology....................... 3
educators vary widely. Some para MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I............... 3
educators exclusively perform non-
instructional or clerical duties, such as Paraprofessional Educator
working in the main office, monitoring Major Program Requirements........................................ 33
playgrounds or hallways, or supervising DIS 101 Disability in Society.................................. 3
lunchrooms or field trips. Many ECE 115 Child Growth/Development
paraprofessional educators in the or
general classroom, however, provide a PSY 220 Child Psychology
combination of instructional and clerical or
tasks. They may reinforce instruction by PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology............................ 3
working with students individually or ECE 120 Health, Safety, and Nutrition.................... 3
in small groups. Paraeducators may be EDU 100 Strategies for the
asked to help prepare the classroom by Paraprofessional Educator........................ 3
setting up/maintaining media equipment, EDU 200 Introduction to Education......................... 3
ordering supplies, or creating bulletin EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education............... 3
boards and displays. Paraeducators may EDU 205 Introduction
assist teachers with grading, typing, filing, to Technology in Education....................... 3
duplicating, maintaining health and EDU 210 Educational Psychology............................ 3
attendance records, and collecting money. EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education............. 3
A teacher may require a paraprofessional MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II.............. 3
educator to research a topic and assemble PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care.................. 3
materials to be used in a particular
Electives and Emphasis Areas....................................... 12
instructional unit.
Students wanting to specialize in a particular paraprofessional educator area
should select electives from one emphasis area; students wanting a more general
Highlights of Waubonsees Program approach can select any electives from the categories listed.
Because of the important role it plays
Content Specialist Emphasis
in todays educational environment,
technology is emphasized throughout Students should select courses related to their content area from sections B, C,
the paraprofessional curricula. Students and D of the Associate in Applied Science degree (see pages 72-73).
create an electronic portfolio to aid
them in their job search and take a
technology in education course where (continued on next page)
they learn to do Web research, develop a
Web page and work with digital cameras
and scanners.
2017/2018
Career Education
Paraprofessional Educator Degrees and Certificates 139
Disability Studies Emphasis Paraprofessional Educator
DIS 110 Perspectives on Disability........................ 3
Certificate of Achievement
Early Childhood Education Specialist Emphasis (594A) major code
ECE 101 Introduction to Early
The core courses in this certificate provide students with a
Childhood Education................................ 3
basic knowledge of the American educational system, an
ECE 106 Guiding Young Children........................... 3
understanding of the roles and responsibilities of paraprofessional
ECE 107 Development and Guidance
educators, and an opportunity to develop proficiency in assisting
of the School-Age Child............................ 3
classroom teachers.
ECE 125 Child, Family and Community.................. 3
ECE 130 Observation and Assessment................. 2 Course Requirements
ECE 207 School-Age Programming......................... 3 DIS 101 Disability in Society.................................. 3
Support Specialist Emphasis ECE 115 Child Growth and Development
or
Select courses from: Computer Information Systems (CIS)
PSY 220 Child Psychology
Electives or
Electives may be selected from the courses listed. PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology............................ 3
EDU 296 Topics/Issues for Education................... 1-3 EDU 100 Strategies for
HSV 120 Introduction to Substance Abuse............. 3 Paraprofessional Educator........................ 3
MUS 210 Music for Elementary Teachers................ 3 EDU 200 Introduction to Education......................... 3
SGN 101 American Sign Language I....................... 3 EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education............... 3
SGN 102 American Sign Language II...................... 3 EDU 205 Introduction
SPN 101 Elementary Spanish I............................... 3 to Technology in Education....................... 3
SPN 102 Elementary Spanish II.............................. 3 EDU 210 Educational Psychology........................... 3
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I..................................... 3 EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education............. 3
SPN 201 Intermediate Spanish I............................. 3 MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers................. 3
SPN 202 Intermediate Spanish II............................ 3 PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care.................. 3
SPN 205 Spanish for Native Speakers.................... 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................30
SPN 211 Conversational Spanish............................ 3
NOTE: Proficiency credit is limited to 15 semester hours for
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................60 this program.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
140 Degrees and Certificates
Phlebotomy Technician
Job Title Phlebotomy Technician
Phlebotomy Technician
Certificate of Achievement
(435B) major code
About the Occupation
The Phlebotomy Technician Certificate Program prepares students for all aspects of
Phlebotomy technicians (phlebotomists)
phlebotomy in a health care setting, including collection procedures, safety guidelines,
are responsible for the collection,
patient rights, test requirements and equipment basics. Students will be able to
transport handling and processing of
accurately perform venous collection, explain the proper steps for collection, and
blood specimens for analysis.
identify the supplies needed for collection.
Highlights of Waubonsees Program
This program is 9 credit hours, allowing This program also provides a foundation for possible transition into other health care
students a quick entry into or way to careers.
advance in the health care field. Course Requirements
m COM 125 Communication Strategies for
Professional Health Care Careers ................................ 2
Certification Opportunities m HIT 105 Medical Terms for
Phlebotomy Technician (PBT) Health Care Occupations......................... 1
Graduates who meet certain m PBT 105 Theoretical and Clinical Aspects of
requirements will be eligible to take Phlebotomy .......................................... 4.5
this national certification exam from m PBT 297 Phlebotomy Externship .........................1.5
the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists (ASCP). PROGRAM TOTAL................................................................9
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
Procedure for Enrolling in Phlebotomy Technician (PBT) Courses
Previous or concurrent enrollment in COM 125, HIT 105, and program assessment
testing in reading are required for enrollment in PBT courses. The ability to register for
the program is based on assessment results, with documentation of reading skills at a
10th grade level. Students should contact Learning Assessment and Testing Services
(see directory) for details.
For continuation in the phlebotomy technician program, a 2.0 or better GPA must be
received in each of the major courses.
Current American Heart Association Basic Life Support (BLS) for Health Care
Providers, completed health form, documented immunizations, and 2-step
tuberculosis (TB) test are required prior to the start of PBT 297 Phlebotomy
Externship. Each student is required to carry a personal health insurance policy.
Proof of insurance is due by the fourth week of the 8-week PBT 105, Theoretical and
Clinical Aspects of Phlebotomy course or by the seventh week of the 16-week PBT 105,
Theoretical and Clinical Aspects of Phlebotomy course.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the phlebotomy technician student has the
following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks for PBT classes (excludes
general education courses)..................................................... $100
BLS Certification.......................................................................$45
Uniform.....................................................................................$50
Physical exam, immunizations,
TB testing............................................... per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements)........................................... $195
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are subject to change
without prior notice to the student.
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 141
Photography
Basic Digital Photography Job Titles
Photographers Assistant
Certificate of Achievement Photographer
(905A) major code Photographic Lab Technician
This certificate is designed for students interested in advancing their traditional Digital Image Specialist
photographic skills into the digital arena. Whether for photo retouching or efficient file
management for the Web, students will acquire skills in using image editing software, About the Occupation
hardware and the peripherals relevant to the digital darkroom.
Professional photographers are
Course Requirements employed in a variety of settings.
ART 135 Basic Digital Photography........................ 3 Studio photographers capture objects,
ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography................. 3 individuals and set-ups in a controlled
ART 242 Intermediate Digital Photography............. 3 lighting environment. Documentary
ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography................. 3 photographers record events as they
occur. Commercial photographers capture
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................12 images that may be used for personal
broadcasting, as in weddings, or for public
promotion of consumer items, as in
Comprehensive Photography advertisements.
Certificate of Achievement
(907A) major code Highlights of Waubonsees Program
This certificate program offers a sequence of courses that will enable students to Waubonsee offers courses in both
assemble a professional portfolio of both traditional and digital images. The portfolio traditional and digital photographic
may be used for professional job searches. techniques.
In addition to using a traditional 35mm
Course Requirements camera, students also learn to use a
ART 104 History of Photography............................ 3 4 x 5 view camera, one of the most
ART 140 Photography I........................................... 3 important tools in professional product
ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography................. 3 and commercial photo studios.
ART 240 Photography II.......................................... 3 Camera check-out available for students.
ART 241 Photographic Lighting.............................. 3
ART 242 Intermediate Digital Photography............. 3
ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography................. 3
ART 290 Studio Art................................................. 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................24
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
142 Degrees and Certificates
Real Estate
Job Titles Real Estate Broker
Real Estate Broker
Real Estate Managing Broker Certificate of Achievement
Property and Real Estate Managers (165B) major code
The Real Estate Broker certificate prepares students for entry into the field.
Upon successful completion of this certificate, students have met the pre-license
About the Occupation
requirements to be eligible for the Illinois Real Estate Broker Examination. All real
Real estate agents help people buy or sell estate brokers and managing brokers must be licensed by the State of Illinois to
their home and base their assistance on conduct transactions in Illinois.
a thorough knowledge of the housing
market. These agents know local zoning, Requirements for the Illinois Real Estate Broker Examination:
tax laws and financing. Real estate agents 21 years of age or older
generally are independent contractors High school graduate or equivalent
who provide their services to a licensed Successful completion of the 90 hours of Broker pre-license coursework
broker on a contract basis. Property Hold an original Uniform Real Estate Transcript (provided by WCC)
managers perform an important function
in increasing and maintaining the value Requirements for the Illinois Real Estate Broker License:
of real estate investments. They can 21 years of age or older
administer income-producing commercial High school graduate or equivalent
and residential properties and/or plan Successful completion of the 90 hours of Broker pre-license coursework
and direct the purchase, development and Hold an original Uniform Real Estate Transcript (provided by WCC)
disposal of real estate for business. Sponsorship by an Illinois licensed Managing Broker
Brokers not only sell real estate owned Successfully pass the Illinois Real Estate Broker Examination
by others, but also rent and manage
Requirements for the Waubonsee
properties, perform market analyses
Community College Certificate of Achievement
and assist with developing new building
projects. Complete REL 100 and 105
Course Requirements
Highlights of Waubonsees Program REL 100 Real Estate Broker Pre-License............... 5
Earn college credit and professional REL 105 Real Estate Broker
licensure at the same time. Pre-License: Applied Principles............... 1
Learn from a team of experienced real
PROGRAM TOTAL.................................................................6
estate professionals.
Courses are available in both
face-to-face and online formats.
Professional
Certification Opportunities
Illinois Real Estate Broker
Illinois Real Estate Managing Broker
2017/2018
Career Education
Real Estate Degrees and Certificates 143
PROGRAM TOTAL............................................................... 11
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
144 Degrees and Certificates
Registered Nursing
Job Title Nursing
Registered Professional Nurse (RN)
Associate in Applied Science Degree
(430A) major code
About the Occupation
The Associate Degree in Nursing (ADN) program prepares individuals to function
Nurses use acquired skills, scientific as staff nurses in a variety of health care settings, including hospitals, nursing homes,
knowledge and nursing expertise to and offices. Graduates of the program are eligible to take the National Council of State
assess, prioritize actions and assist the Boards of Nursing Examination (NCLEX-RN) which leads to licensure as a registered
client to meet physical and psychological professional nurse (RN). The program is approved by the Illinois Department of
needs. Nurses assess and record clients Financial and Professional Regulation.
symptoms and response to treatment,
administer medications, assist in General Education Requirements.................................. 27
convalescence and rehabilitation, instruct m BIO 250 Microbiology............................................. 4
clients and families in proper care, and m BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I........................ 4
help individuals and groups m BIO 272 Anatomy and Physiology II....................... 4
take steps to improve or maintain health. m COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication............. 3
m ENG 101 First-Year Composition I........................... 3
m ENG 102 First-Year Composition II.......................... 3
Highlights of Waubonsees
m PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology....................... 3
ADN Program m PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology............................... 3
The Waubonsee Community College
Associate Degree in Nursing Program
is accredited by the Accreditation Nursing Major Program Requirements......................... 41
Commission for Education in Nursing m NUR 105 Introduction to Professional Nursing ....... 5
(ACEN). m NUR 106 Introduction to Clinical
Pharmacology for Nurses ........................ 1
m NUR 120 Basic Concepts of Nursing ..................... 5
Professional m NUR 150 Concepts of Nursing I.............................. 5
Certification Opportunities m NUR 175 Concepts of Mental Health Nursing ........ 5
Registered Professional Nurse (RN) m NUR 205 Concepts of Nursing II ............................ 5
Graduates are eligible to take the m NUR 220 Nursing Concepts
National Council of State Boards of of the Childbearing Family ....................... 5
Nursing Examination (NCLEX-RN). m NUR 250 Concepts of Nursing III ........................... 5
m NUR 275 Advanced Concepts of Nursing ............... 5
PROGRAM TOTAL...................................................................... 68
Veterans or military members eligible for education benefits should see Programs
with Special Admission Applications, page 228.
m Major course requires a minimum grade of C.
2017/2018
Career Education
Registered Nursing Degrees and Certificates 145
Procedure for Entering the Nursing Program 8. Understand that all of the following documentation must be
Students seeking admission to the nursing program are submitted in order to be considered for acceptance into the
required to: program:
1. Submit a completed New Student Information Form to New Student Information Form;
Admissions. n ursing program application (including $10 non-refundable
2. Meet with Counseling to establish a schedule for taking application fee);
prerequisite courses. ORIGINAL residency documents (see #11)
3. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the Health s uccessful completion of prerequisite courses or test results
Care Programs Office, ext. 3901. from any proficiency examinations (CLEP);
4. Complete required Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAS). nursing assessment entrance testing;
Note: Acceptance into the program is based on assessment transcripts from other colleges/universities.
results, with documentation of composite of 55 or above for the 9. Once accepted into the program, the student must:
TEAS. a ttend the mandatory new student orientation to the
A student has two opportunities to successfully meet nursing program;
assessment requirements. Eight weeks must elapse between s ubmit documentation of a physical and dental examination,
testing sessions for the TEAS assessment. current immunizations, and a 2-step tuberculosis (TB) test -
5. Complete and submit the nursing application required for entry none of which should be more than one year old at the time
into the program, along with a program application fee of $10 of entry;
(check or money order made out to Waubonsee Community follow the program sequence for all NUR courses;
College). The nursing program application form is available a ttain a 2.0 (C) or better GPA in each of the nursing courses.
from the offices of Registration and Records, Counseling, and 10. Official written notification of acceptance into the program
Health Care Programs, ext. 3901, or on the Internet at www. will be received via certified mail. Students not accepted must
waubonsee.edu/healthcareers. Application to the program reapply.
must be made prior to the deadline for the semester the student 11. In compliance with the Illinois Community College Act, in-
desires to enter: district applicants will be given preference over out-of-district
March 15 for fall semester (August/October). applicants. Proof of residency may be required. Contact
Note: Students will be required to verify residency at the Registration and Records for information regarding residency.
time of application submission to the Registration and Having paid in-district tuition rates in the past does not
Records office. Applications will not be accepted without necessarily qualify an individual as an in-district resident.
the residency verification documents. 12. Are you a veteran or military service member that has
September 15 for spring semester (January/March). current eligibility for either federal VA Education benefits
Note: Students will be required to verify residency at the or Illinois military grants? Federal VA Education programs
time of application submission to the Registration and include: Chapter 30, 31, 33, 1606 and REAP. State grants are
Records office. Applications will not be accepted without the Illinois Veterans Grant (IVG) or Illinois National Guard
the residency verification documents. (ING).
Enrollment is limited in the nursing (NUR) courses in order to
provide the best possible educational experience for students. If "yes" please attach a copy of your benefits Certificate of
(Note: Selection for admission into the program for either Eligibility to your application. Our office will confirm your
August/October or January/March will be determined by benefit eligibility by contacting the Waubonsee Financial Aid
the Admissions Committee. Applicants should anticipate Office's VA School Certifying Official.
acceptance for either start date for fall or spring semesters.) Advanced Placement
6. Attain a cumulative GPA of 2.7 or higher for prerequisite
Licensed Practical Nurses (LPNs) may be eligible for advanced
courses.
placement into the program, as well as students transferring from
7. Complete science courses within five years of application filing
another nursing program. Applications will be reviewed on an
deadline. Science courses taken more than five years before the
individual basis. Contact the Health Care Programs Office, ext.
application deadline must be retaken. There are no exceptions.
3901.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
146 Degrees and Certificates Registered Nursing
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the registered nursing
student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks/online tutorials for NUR classes
(excludes general education courses)..............................$2,500
BLS certification.......................................................................$45
Uniform/shoes........................................................................ $105
Nursing supplies (e.g. watch, stethoscope)............................ $175
NCLEX-RN licensure exam fee...............................................$200
State of Illinois criminal background check fee ........................$50
Physical examination, immunizations,
TB testing............................................... per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements):.......................................$3,075
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
subject to change without prior notice to the student.
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 147
Surgical Technology
Surgical Technology Job Title
Certified Surgical Technologist (CST)
Certificate of Achievement
(462A) major code
About the Occupation
This certificate program prepares individuals for entry-level employment as surgical
The surgical technologist assists
technologists. The program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation
in surgical procedures under the
of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) on recommendation of the
supervision of surgeons, anesthesiologists,
Accreditation Review Council on Education in Surgical Technology and Surgical
registered nurses or other surgical
Assisting (ARC/STSA).
personnel. Prior to each operation,
Fall Semester................................................................... 15 the technologist positions surgical
m BIO 250 Microbiology............................................. 4 instruments and equipment, and ensures
m BIO 260 Human Structure and Function................. 4 proper functioning. The technologist
m HIT 105 Medical Terms for Health Occupations.... 1 also aids patients by preparing incision
m SUR 100 Principles of Surgical Tech. ...................... 4 sites, transporting patients to surgery,
m SUR 110 Surgical Pharmacology ............................ 2 positioning and covering them with sterile
drapes, and observing vital signs. During
Spring Semester.............................................................. 12 surgical procedures, technologists pass
m COM 125 Communication Strategies for instruments and other sterile supplies to
Health Care Careers................................. 2 the surgeons and surgical team members,
m SUR 120 Instrumentation and Practices and may assist during procedures. They
Common to Surgical Procedures ............ 5 prepare specimens for laboratory analysis,
m SUR 150 Health Problems and Surgical apply dressings and transfer patients to
Procedures I ............................................ 2 post-anesthesia care.
m SUR 151 Surgical Tech Externship I ........................ 3
The surgical technology certificate
Summer Semester......................................................... 5.5 program provides a foundation for
m SUR 200 Health Problems and Surgical possible transition into other health care
Procedures II ........................................... 2 careers such as Certified First Assist
m SUR 201 Surgical Tech Externship II ....................... 3 (CFA) and Surgical Nurse.
m SUR 220 Seminar in Surgical Tech. ...................... 0.5
Highlights of Waubonsees Program
PROGRAM TOTAL................................................................... 32.5 The Surgical Technology Program
Veterans or military members eligible for education benefits should see Programs combines classroom instruction and
with Special Admission Applications, page 228. clinical experience at affiliated health
care agencies in the community.
m Major course requires a minimum grade of C. Graduates are competent as entry-level
technologists, qualified to provide
services in surgical areas, sterile
processing departments, ambulatory
care and other facilities.
Professional
Certification Opportunities
Certified Surgical Technologist (CST)
Graduates are eligible to take this
national certification exam offered
by the National Board of Surgical
Technology and Surgical Assisting
(NBSTSA).
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
148 Degrees and Certificates Surgical Technology
Procedure for Entering the Surgical Technology Program Costs
Program In addition to tuition and regular fees, the surgical technology
The Surgical Technology Program is offered in a full-time (three student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
semester) sequence. Students seeking admission to the surgical
technology program are required to: Textbooks for SUR classes (excludes general
1. Meet with Counseling (see directory) to establish a schedule for education courses)..............................................................$400
taking program courses. White shoes, lab coat, patch....................................................$75
2. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the Dean Stethoscope............................................................................. $15
for Health Professions and Public Service (see directory). Supplies....................................................................................$20
3. Complete the special application required for entry into Physical exam, immunizations,
the program, which is available in the Health Professions and Hepatitis-B series, TB testing................ per health care provider
Public Service office, the Counseling, Advising and Transfer
Total Estimated Costs
Center or on the Internet www.waubonsee.edu/healthcareers.
Enrollment is limited in the surgical technology (SUR) courses (excluding medical requirements)........................................... $510
in order to provide the best possible educational experience for
students. Students desiring to take courses with the SUR prefix NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
in the fall must make application by April 1. subject to change without prior notice to the student.
4. Complete required Pre-Admission Exam-(PAX).
Note: Acceptance into the program is based on assessment
results, with documentation of verbal, math and science of 50
percent for the PAX, as well as a composite of 60 percent for
the PAX. A student has two opportunities to successfully meet
assessment requirements. Eight weeks must elapse between
testing sessions for the PAX assessment.
5. Understand that the surgical technology application, previous
transcripts, and program assessment testing in math and
reading are required for admission to the program. Students are
notified via mail approximately four weeks after the application
deadline date as to selection status.
6. Provide documentation of current American Heart Association
BLS for Health Care Providers (CPR) certification. This
certification must remain current for the entire length of the
program.
7. Follow the program sequence once a student is accepted
into the program. The student is expected to follow the
program sequence for all SUR courses. Students may opt to
complete any or all of the BIO, COM or HIT courses prior to
submitting an application to the surgical technology program.
For continuation in the surgical technology program, a 2.0
or better GPA must be received in each of the major courses.
NOTE: SUR courses are offered on a limited basis during the
year. Please contact the office of Health Professions and Public
Service for specific course information.
8. Submit documentation of a physical examination,
immunization, Hepatitis-B series, and 2-step tuberculosis (TB)
test upon acceptance into the program.
9. Science courses taken more than five years before the
application deadline must be retaken. There are no exceptions.
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 149
Therapeutic Massage
Therapeutic Massage Job Title
Massage Therapist
Certificate of Achievement
(472A) major code About the Occupation
Massage therapists work in a wide variety
The certificate program in Therapeutic Massage prepares the student to work in
of settings, from spas to fitness centers to
the wellness area of professional massage therapy with clients who seek massage for
various health care facilities.
pleasure, relaxation and general health maintenance. Graduates are eligible to take the
Massage and Bodywork Licensing Examination (MBLEx).
Massage therapist may choose from
Program Prerequisite Courses......................................... 6 different approaches to produce physical,
m BIO 260 Human Structure and Function*............... 4 mental and emotional benefits through
m HIT 105 Medical Terms the manipulation of the body's soft tissue.
for Health Occupations............................ 1 These approaches vary from deep work to
m TMS 100 Introduction to Therapeutic Massage....... 1 light work to energy work.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
150 Degrees and Certificates Therapeutic Massage
Procedure for Entering the
Therapeutic Massage Program
Students seeking admission to the Therapeutic Massage Program
are required to:
1. Meet with Counseling (see directory) to establish a schedule for
taking prerequisite and program courses.
2. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the Dean
for Health Professions and Public Service (see directory).
3. Complete the special application required for entry into
the program, which is available from the office of Health and
Life Sciences, the Counseling, Advising and Transfer Center, or
on the Internet www.waubonsee.edu/healthcareers. Enrollment
in the therapeutic massage (TMS) courses is limited in order to
provide the best possible educational experience for students.
Students desiring to enter the program for fall must make
application by April 1.
4. Complete each prerequisite course with a minimum grade of C.
5. Understand that the therapeutic massage application,
completion of prerequisite courses, and previous transcripts are
required for admission to the program.
6. Follow the program sequence for all TMS courses once
accepted into the program. A student may opt to complete
the TMS 162 and TMS 164 courses prior to submitting
an application to the therapeutic massage program. For
continuation in the therapeutic massage program, a 2.0 or
better GPA must be received in each of the major courses.
7. Submit completed health form and documentation of current
immunizations and a 2-step tuberculosis (TB) test upon
acceptance into the program.
8. Science courses taken more than five years before the
application deadline must be retaken. There are no exceptions.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the therapeutic massage
student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks for TMS classes.....................................................$400
Uniform/shoes..........................................................................$80
Massage table........................................................................$450
Massage supplies................................................................... $100
Four professional massages...................................................$240
Physical exam, immunizations,
TB testing............................................... per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements)......................................... $1270
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
subject to change without prior notice to the student.
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 151
Welding Technology
Welding Technology Job Titles
Arc Welder
Associate in Applied Science Degree Spot Welder
(890A) major code Production Welder
The Welding Technology Program provides students practical skills in print reading, Construction Welder
pipe welding, MIG welding, stick welding and TIG welding, and preparation for AWS
certifications. About the Occupation
General Education Requirements.................................. 15 The job of a welder is to permanently join
COM 100 or 121 Communications........................... 3 metal parts. Some welders work in the
ENG 101 or 152 English.......................................... 3 construction industry applying their trade
ENG 102 or 153 English.......................................... 3 to buildings, bridges, pipelines and more.
Mathematics elective ........................... 3 There are four basic welding processes,
Social and Behavioral and the equipment and skills for each
Sciences elective .................................. 3 differ. Welders apply the science of joining
metal with the art and hand-
Welding Technology eye coordination required to make a
Major Program Requirements........................................ 33 good weld.
WLD 101 Blueprint Reading for Welders................. 3
WLD 115 Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting.................. 3
WLD 120 Shielded Metal Arc Welding I................... 3
Highlights of Waubonsees Program
WLD 125 Gas Metal Arc and Flux Waubonsees Welding Technology
Cored Arc Welding................................... 3 Program includes courses in each
WLD 130 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding........................ 3 of the four basic welding processes:
WLD 200 Fabrication and Weld Design.................... 3 oxyacetylene, electric arc, gas metal
WLD 220 Shielded Metal Arc Welding II.................. 3 arc (MIG or CO2) and gas tungsten arc
WLD 221 Shielded Metal Arc WeldingPipe I........ 3 (TIG).
WLD 222 Shielded Metal Arc WeldingPipe II....... 3 The curriculum includes four courses
WLD 231 Gas Tungsten Arc WeldingPipe I........... 3 devoted specifically to pipe welding.
WLD 232 Gas Tungsten Arc WeldingPipe II.......... 3 The curriculum aligns with the
standards of the American Welding
Society.
Electives........................................................................... 12
Select electives from: Accounting (ACC), Auto Body Repair (ABR), Automa-
tion Technology (AMT), Automotive Technology (AUT), Business Administra-
tion (BUS), Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CAD), Computer Informa-
tion Systems (CIS), Construction Management (CMT), Electronics Technology
(ELT), Engineering (EGR), Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVA),
Industrial Technology (IDT), Internship (ITS), Management (MGT), Marketing
(MKT), Machine Tool Technology (MTT), Welding (WLD)
PROGRAM TOTAL...................................................................... 60
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
152 Degrees and Certificates Welding Technology
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................33
You can prepare for a career in modern manufacturing by earning a degree or certificate at Waubonsee. Our program
has strong ties to the real world of work due to our experienced faculty members and our support of the National
Association of Manufacturers endorsed Stackable Certification System. This system aligns industry-validated
credentials from such organizations as the Manufacturing Skill Standards Council (MSSC), National Institute for
Metalworking Skills (NIMS) and the Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) with academic programs
and occupations in all manufacturing sectors.
Earn a certificate or a degree in one or more of the manufacturing technology programs to meet the demands of
employers in modern manufacturing who are specifically looking to hire multi-skilled technicians into new and up-to-
date operations.
2017/2018
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates 153
PROGRAM TOTAL...................................................................... 60
See course choices listed on pages 72-73.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
154 Degrees and Certificates World Wide Web
Web Authoring
Certificate of Achievement
(337A) major code
This certificate is intended for individuals interested in developing,
constructing and maintaining Web sites for the World Wide Web.
Graduates are able to develop, construct and maintain Web sites
with graphic and animated content.
Course Requirements
CIS 115 Introduction to Programming.................. 3
CIS 142 JavaScript Programming......................... 3
CIS 261 PHP Web Server Programming............... 3
GRD 160 Computer Illustration............................... 3
GRD 170 Digital Image........................................... 3
GRD 280 2-D Animation and Multimedia................. 3
WEB 110 Web Development With HTML............... 3
WEB 230 Dreamweaver.......................................... 3
WEB 250 Advanced Website Development............ 3
PROGRAM TOTAL...............................................................27
There are several Web development certificates and degrees offered by both the Graphic Design and World
Wide Web curriculums. The certificate and degree titles in both areas may sound similar, but there are distinct
differences between the two. Your own specific background and interest will determine which certificate or degree
is best for you. If you are interested in the artistic design of Web pages through the use of design software,
design layout techniques, advanced use of multimedia, animation, sound and video, the Graphic Design certificates
and programs are appropriate for study. If you are interested in the construction, maintenance and support of
Web pages through the use of computer programming and limited Web design software, the World Wide Web
certificates and degrees are appropriate. In short, the Graphic Design certificates and degree focus on the design
of Web pages, while the World Wide Web certificates and degrees primarily focus on the maintenance and support
of websites. Please contact Counseling (see directory) for more specific descriptions of these certificates and
degrees and to discuss which one may be most appropriate for you.
2017/2018
155
Course
Descriptions
www.waubonsee.edu
Course
156 Descriptions
Course Definitions
Numbering System Terminology used in course descriptions is
defined below.
All credit courses are described on the
following pages. Curriculum placement
and other course attributes are signified by
prereq
the three-digit course numbers explained prerequisite(s) courses or requirements
below. that must be completed before taking the
described course.
001-049
Adult and Workforce Development
coreq
courses. Vocational update/skills courses. corequisite(s) courses or requirements
Do not apply to any college certificate or that must be taken concurrently with the
degree. described course.
050-099 IAI
Semester hour (sem hr) credit courses for designation of Illinois Articulation
developmental education. Do not apply to Initiative course number for courses that
any college certificate or degree. are IAI general education or major courses.
Refer to the chart in this section.
100-199
Semester hour (sem hr) credit courses
lec/lab
intended primarily for freshmen. denotes the number of hours students
spend per week in either lecture and/
200-299 or laboratory time (based on a 16-week
course). Courses may be offered in less
Semester hour (sem hr) credit courses
than 16 weeks, and lecture/laboratory time
intended primarily for sophomores.
adjusted accordingly.
sem hrs
semester hours the credit hours that
apply to the course.
var
indicates that the credit hours applied
to the course can vary depending upon
projects undertaken.
2017/2018
Course
Descriptions 157
Course Discipline/ Engineering (EGR) Nurse Assistant (NAS)
English (ENG) Nursing (NUR)
Prefix Cross Reference
Film Studies (FLM) Philosophy (PHL)
Course descriptions are organized Finance and Banking (FIN) Phlebotomy (PBT)
alphabetically by discipline. The following
list shows the discipline and course prefix Fire Science (FSC) Physical Education (PED)
in the order in which they appear in this Foreign Languages: see Chinese, French, Physics (PHY)
section. German, Japanese, Spanish Political Science (PSC)
French (FRE) Psychology (PSY)
Accounting (ACC) Geography (GEO) Reading (RDG)
Anthropology (ANT) Geology (GLG) Real Estate (REL)
Apprentice Training Program (ATP) German (GER) Religious Studies (RLG)
Art (ART) Graphic Design (GRD) Sign Language (SGN)
Astronomy (AST) Health Care Interpreting (HCI) Social Science (SSC)
Auto Body Repair (ABR) Health Education (HED) Sociology (SOC)
Automation Technology (AMT) Health Information Technology (HIT) Spanish (SPN)
Automotive Technology (AUT) Heating, Ventilation and Surgical Technology (SUR)
Biology (BIO) Air Conditioning (HVA) Sustainability (SUS)
Business Administration (BUS) History (HIS) Theatre (THE)
Chemistry (CHM) Human Services (HSV) Therapeutic Massage (TMS)
Chinese (CHN) Humanities (HUM) Welding Technology (WLD)
College Success Topics (COL) Independent Study (IND) World Wide Web (WEB)
Communications (COM) Industrial Technology (IDT)
Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CAD) Interdisciplinary Studies (IDS)
Computer Information Systems (CIS) Internship (ITS)
Construction Management (CMT) Interpreter Training (ITP)
Criminal Justice (CRJ) Japanese (JPN)
Disability Studies (DIS) Laboratory Technology (LBT)
Early Childhood Education (ECE) Legal Interpreting (LGI)
Earth Science (ESC) Machine Tool Technology (MTT)
Economics (ECN) Management (MGT)
Education (EDU) Marketing (MKT)
Electronics Technology (ELT) Mass Communication (MCM)
Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) Mathematics (MTH)
Medical Assistant (MLA)
Military Science (MSC)
Music (MUS)
www.waubonsee.edu
Course
158 Descriptions
2017/2018
Course
Descriptions 159
Social and IAI General Education Core course
Behavioral Sciences: IAI Code: designations:
ANT 101 Cultural Anthropology S1 901N Communication: C
ANT 102 Human Origins S1 902 Physical and Life Sciences: P & L
ANT 110 Introduction to Mathematics: M
Archaeology S1 903 Humanities and Fine Arts: H & F
ECN 100 Introduction to Social and Behavioral Sciences: S
Economics S3 900
ECN 201 Principles of Microecon. S3 902 *under IAI review
ECN 202 Principles of Macroecon. S3 901
GEO 120 World Regional Geography S4 900N For specific, up-to-date information on the IAI,
GEO 220 Geography of the visit Waubonsees home page, www.waubonsee.
Developing World S4 902N edu/transferring or access the IAI website directly,
GEO 235 Human Geography S4 900N www.itransfer.org.
HIS 101 World History to 1500 S2 912N
HIS 102 World History Since 1500 S2 913N
HIS 121 American History to 1865 S2 900
HIS 122 American History
Since 1865 S2 901
HIS 205 History of the Middle East S2 918N
HIS 215 History of China and
Japan S2 908N
HIS 225 History of Africa S2 906N
HIS 235 Latin American History S2 910N
PSC 100 Introduction to American
Government S5 900
PSC 220 Comparative Government S5 905
PSC 240 State and Local
Government S5 902
PSC 260 Introduction to
International Relations S5 904
PSY 100 Introduction to Psych. S6 900
PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology S6 902
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging S6 905
PSY 220 Child Psychology S6 903
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology S6 904
PSY 235 Social Psychology S8 900
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology S7 900
SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic
Relations S7 903D
SOC 130 Sociology of Family S7 902
SOC 210 Social Problems S7 901
SOC 230 Sociology of Sex
and Gender S7 904D
www.waubonsee.edu
Course
160 Descriptions
2017/2018
Course
Descriptions 161
Accounting (ACC) ACC 130 Payroll Accounting ACC 221 Intermediate Accounting II
This course is a comprehensive study of the This is the second of two courses in the
AN ACCOUNTING OPPORTUNITY:
Fair Labor Standards Act, the Federal Insurance advanced study of the assumptions, principles,
Considering a career change? A job promotion?
Contributions Act, Unemployment Tax Acts, procedures and practices involved in modern
Most people holding a baccalaureate degree
the federal and state income tax withholding corporate financial accounting.
in any field can easily take accounting and
laws and fair employment laws as they relate to Recommended Prereq: ACC220.
business courses to prepare for the CPA
payroll accounting. Course coverage includes (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(Certified Public Accountant) Examination
the preparation of payroll records and tax
and/or the CMA (Certified Management
returns. The course also addresses current
Accountant) Examination. Recommended ACC 235 Taxation of Limited Liability
payroll accounting issues.
Waubonsee Community College courses
include the following:
Recommended Prereq: ACC101 or ACC202. Companies (LLCs)
For the CPA and CMA Exams: (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course is a study of the taxation of Limited
ACC 202 Financial Accounting Liability Companies (LLCs). This course
ACC 203 Managerial Accounting ACC 202 Financial Accounting examines the different ways a Limited Liability
Company (LLC) is taxed; as a sole proprietor,
ACC 215 Individual Tax Accounting This course focuses on procedures and partnership, S Corporation or C Corporation.
ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I concepts involved in providing relevant The course covers the formation, operations
ACC 221 Intermediate Accounting II financial data to external and internal decision and preparation of tax returns of the different
ACC 240 Cost Accounting makers. It emphasizes the generation, entity choices. The course highlights the
interpretation and use of financial statements. advantages and disadvantages of the entity
BUS 211 Business Law Coverage includes the accounting cycle with choices.
detailed analysis of the transactions related Recommended Prereq: ACC202; ACC215.
Additional courses for the CMA Exam: to cash, investments, receivables, inventories,
ECN 201 Principles of Economics- long-term assets, liabilities, stockholders' equity (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Microeconomics and time value of money.
ECN 202 Principles of Economics- Recommended Prereq: ACC101. ACC 240 Cost Accounting
Macroeconomics IAI: BUS 903. This advanced study of the accumulation,
FIN 200 Principles of Finance (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs analysis and use of cost information needed
MGT 200 Principles of Management for internal decision making in business
covers: accounting for quality allocation of
For additional information, contact the
ACC 203 Managerial Accounting indirect costs, activity-based costing, job-
division of Business and Career Technologies. This course focuses on accumulation, analysis order costing, process costing, accounting
and use of cost information needed for internal for spoilage, standard costing, cost-volume-
decision making in businesses. It covers cost profit analysis, inventory control, capital
ACC 101 Introduction to Accounting identification; job-order, process, and activity- budgeting, decentralization and organizational
This introductory accounting course based costing; cost-volume-profit analysis; performance.
emphasizes the development of a firm budgeting; standard costs; variance analysis; the Recommended Prereq: ACC203.
foundation in fundamental accounting statement of cash flows; capital budgeting; and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
procedures using the accounting cycle of a small short-term decision making.
business organized as a sole proprietorship. Recommended Prereq: ACC202.
Topics include: transaction analysis, financial ACC 245 VITA Program: Tax
IAI: BUS 904. Procedure and Practice
statements, the accounting cycle of service
and merchandising firms, accounting for bank (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs The basic principles of federal income taxes
accounts, cash funds, accounts receivable, notes as they relate to low-to-moderate income
receivable, notes payable, inventory, long-term ACC 215 Individual Tax Accounting individuals are applied in this hands-on course
assets and introduction to accounting for consisting of the preparation of various low-
corporations. This course is a study of the concepts of to-moderate individual income tax returns
federal income taxation as they apply to
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs individuals. Topics include gross income,
using Forms 1040EZ, 1040A, 1040 and IL1040.
Participation and certification in the volunteer
exclusions, deductions, credits, the taxation income tax program is required.
ACC 125 Accounting of sole proprietors, tax planning strategies,
and computation of gains and losses on the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Information Systems disposition of property.
This course introduces processing business
transactions using Peachtree, an integrated (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ACC 250 Auditing I
accounting software package. Accounting This course provides students with concepts
software applications include: general ledger ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I and procedures involved in the examination
systems for service and merchandising of financial statements for the purpose of
This is the first of two courses in the advanced establishing and expressing an opinion as
firms, voucher systems, fixed assets, payroll,
study of the assumptions, principles, to their reliability. This course will discuss
financial statement analysis, departmentalized
procedures and practices involved in modern statistical sampling techniques and the auditor's
accounting, accounting system set-up and
corporate financial accounting. legal liability.
spreadsheets.
Recommended Prereq: ACC203. Recommended Prereq: ACC221.
Recommended Prereq: ACC101 or concurrent
enrollment or ACC202. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
162 Accounting
ACC 251 Auditing II ACC 298 Accounting Internship ANT 110 Introduction to Archaeology
This course focuses on the practical application Combining academic credit with professional Introduction to Archaeology explores the
of the conceptual structure of the audit process, experience, this internship allows students to concepts, principles and archaeological
risk assessment in the audit process, evidence learn about, observe and work in the accounting methods utilized by anthropologists to
gathering and evaluation, and special topics to field. One hundred sixty hours are required reconstruct and interpret past cultures. Specific
auditing a comprehensive audit case. for 2 credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 prehistorical cultures are examined to illustrate
Recommended Prereq: ACC250. semester hours; 6 semester hours from the this process.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs accounting internship courses (ACC297,
ACC298, ACC299) may apply to the accounting IAI: S1 903.
degree or certificates. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ACC 252 Accounting Research Prereq: 15 semester hours of ACC courses;
and Analysis consent of instructor.
ANT 120 Cultures and Peoples of
This course is designed to teach students (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs Central America
how to perform accounting research using
This course provides a study of the
electronic databases. Students learn how to ACC 299 Accounting Internship prehistorical, historical, social, economic
research United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (GAAP) using the Combining academic credit with professional and political characteristics of the following
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) experience, this internship allows students to cultures: Guatemala, Honduras, Costa Rica,
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC). learn about, observe and work in the accounting Panama, Cuba, Nicaragua and Mexico.
Students examine International Financial field. Two hundred forty hours are required Special emphasis is placed on the prehistorical
Reporting Standards (IFRS) using the eIFRS for 3 credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 development of Mesoamerica, the Spanish
electronic database. This course meets the State semester hours; 6 semester hours from the conquest and the hybrid culture developed
of Illinois CPA examination requirement for accounting internship courses (ACC297, throughout the region.
Accounting Research and Analysis. ACC298, ACC299) may apply to the accounting (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: ACC220; ACC221. degree or certificates.
Prereq: 15 semester hours of ACC courses;
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs consent of instructor. ANT 296 Special Topics in
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs Anthropology
ACC 260 Advanced Accounting This course offers in-depth exploration of a
This course is an examination of advanced special topic, issue or trend in the anthropology
financial accounting concepts including Anthropology (ANT) field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
accounting for business combinations, with hours for different special topics; 6 semester
emphasis on the consolidation of parent/ hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
subsidiary balance sheet and income statement ANT 101 Cultural Anthropology Note: No topic can be offered more than twice
reporting. It also covers accounting for
the formation, operation and liquidation Cultural Anthropology provides an in three years.
of partnership, as well as special reporting introduction to social and cultural (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
requirements for multi-national entities. anthropology, emphasizing the socio-culture
Recommended Prereq: ACC221. and psychological characteristics of various
cultures: hunters, tribesmen, chiefdoms,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs peasants and industrial societies. Emphasis Apprentice Training
is placed on cultural universals, integration
of social institutions and the continuing Program (ATP)
ACC 297 Accounting Internship
adaptation of man to his environment.
Combining academic credit with professional
experience, this internship allows students to IAI: S1 901N. ATP 100 Carpentry Pre-Apprenticeship
learn about, observe and work in the accounting (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course is designed to introduce and
field. Eighty hours are required for 1 credit. prepare the pre-apprentice for safety and
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester accident prevention; construction/carpentry
hours; 6 semester hours from the accounting ANT 102 Human Origins terminology; tool and material identification;
internship courses (ACC297, ACC298, Physical anthropology explores the origins and proper and safe use of tools; materials/material
ACC299) may apply to the accounting degree or development of human beings and our closest handling; and physical training. Best practices
certificates. non-human relatives in the primate order. This and industry standards in construction layout,
Prereq: 15 semester hours of ACC courses; course examines the mechanics of genetics metal stud framing, ceiling systems and
consent of instructor. and the processes of evolution. Students also scaffolding will be studied. Students must be
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs investigate the fossil record and archaeological recommended by the Chicago Regional Council
evidence in order to understand the sequence of Carpenters Apprenticeship Program.
of early human ancestors. In addition, this
(3 lec/24 lab) 15 sem hrs
course studies non-human primates, both
living and extinct. The course also explores
the adaptability and variation seen in modern
human populations.
IAI: S1 902.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Apprentice Training Program 163
ATP 101 Carpenters Apprenticeship I ATP 103 Carpenters Apprenticeship III ATP 113 Electrical Apprentice IV
This course is designed to familiarize the This course is designed as a continuation of The student is introduced to transformers and
apprentice with the relationship between the stairs, and an introduction to rafters, and inductive capacitance (IC) circuits. The student
United Brotherhood of Carpenters and Joiners cabinet installation and printreading. Students will learn bending methods, wire sizing, and
of America and their Signatory Contractors, will be introduced to advanced stair concepts calculating conductor amperes. Calculating
with an emphasis placed on interpreting the including locating landings, change of direction, range loads, residential loads and multi-family
By-Laws and Working Rules from the Chicago offset decks, maintaining headroom and three dwelling loads according to National Electrical
Regional Council of Carpenters. This course step winders. Students will also be introduced Code (NEC) requirements will be studied along
is also designed to familiarize the apprentice to basic roof construction of an equal sloped with blueprints and layouts.
with best practices in construction layout, roof that includes gable and hip roofs. Rafter Recommended Prereq: ATP 112
printreading for construction carpentry, OSHA theory including terminology and the practical (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
rules and regulations regarding scaffolding, application of roof framing concepts to job
best practices in metal stud framing of non- site conditions will be discussed. Students will
load bearing partitions, and familiarization be introduced to equal pitched intersecting ATP 114 Electrical Apprentice V
with industry standards and procedures in roof construction and gable end wall framing. Student learns some applications of electronics
framing suspended ceilings for drywall and Calculations, layout, and installation of and studies diodes, power supplies, transducers,
in the installation of suspended exposed grid supporting and shortened valley rafters, hip transistors, silicon control rectifiers (SCR),
acoustical ceilings. Emphasis will be placed valley jacks, cripple jacks, and valley jack rafters triacs, diacs, amplifiers and operational
on converting finish dimensions to rough, will be introduced. Students will also become amplifiers (OP) amps and their application to
calculating and laying out rough openings familiar with best practices in installation of motor controls. Student specializes in industrial
and calculating missing dimensions. In pre-manufactured cabinets and counter tops. blueprints and complete building wiring
addition to learning scaffolding rules and There will be an emphasis on installing all layouts.
regulations, apprentices will erect supported materials and trim pieces plumb, level and Recommended Prereq: ATP 113
scaffolds including: systems, tube and clamp, square by the use of scribing: fillers, skins
welded frame, mobile tower, pump jack and (veneer facing) toe kicks and counter tops. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ladder jack. This course will also introduce This course also includes an extensive coverage
printreading fundamentals with an emphasis of reading and interpreting four different ATP 210 Electrical Apprentice VI
placed on standards, conventions, symbols commercial prints utilizing AIA (American
and abbreviations according to standard Institute of Architects) standards. Additional study of various electrical codes is
architectural practices. Apprentices will also be presented and includes a comprehensive study
(1 lec/8 lab) 5 sem hrs of electrical grounding and safety with a review
provided a broad overview of the advantages
and disadvantages of light gauge metal framing, of transformers.
standard available framing materials, basic ATP 110 Electrical Apprentice I Recommended Prereq: ATP 114
fire ratings and acoustical performances of This study of the history of apprenticeship, the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
commercial partition assemblies with an local and its by-laws, the electrical industry and
emphasis on translating dimensions from
commercial working drawings through linear
its future covers the methods and techniques ATP 211 Electrical Apprentice VII
for proper electrical wiring. In addition to a
math conversions for the purpose of rough wall general review of mathematics, also studied are The student is introduced to lightning
layout. electronic theory, Ohms Law, safety, first aid protection systems and the theory and
(1 lec/8 lab) 5 sem hrs and direct current (DC) series circuits. installation of fiber optics. Also studied are
various controls and circuits associated with
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs electric motors. Students will concentrate on
ATP 102 Carpenters Apprenticeship II starting protection devices, reverse and jog
This course is designed to familiarize the ATP 111 Electrical Apprentice II controls, and circuit design. Trouble shooting
apprentice with a variety of topics including: and circuit analysis will be introduced. Motor
The course continues the study of direct current starters and clutches with drives will also be
concrete, exterior and interior trim, and stairs. (DC) in parallel combination circuits and how
Students will become familiar with three studied.
DC theory is used to solve on the job problems. Recommended Prereq: ATP 210
representative concrete forming systems: Magnetism, circuit configurations and ground
Symons Steel-Ply System, Jahn Forming System fault and overcurrent protection devices are (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and Symons Resi-Ply, and learn the advantages emphasized. The student is introduced to
of each system. Best practices in residential
exterior trim installation, focusing on installing
blueprint reading fundamentals, including ATP 212 Electrical Apprentice VIII
symbols for electrical and mechanical devices.
fiber cement board and wood siding, roof The National Electrical Code is also introduced. Students work with the power factor and its
ventilation, proper flashing, weatherproofing, Recommended Prereq: ATP 110 correction, power factor problems, split phase
and window and door installation will be and capacitor motors, universal motors and
covered. Cutting and installing various trim (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs three-phase operations. Student is introduced
members including base, shoe, chair-rail and to digital electronics and Boolean Algebra.
crown, as well as basic window components ATP 112 Electrical Apprentice III Students continue the study of Motor Controls
will be discussed. Additionally, students will and are introduced to motor speed controls
be introduced to basic stair construction, The student is introduced to the IBEW and variable speed drives. Students will become
with an emphasis on conversions between constitution and learns parliamentary familiar with programmable logic controllers,
decimals and fractions, direct proportion procedure. Progressing through additional basic hardware, programming ladder diagrams,
and the development of a stair formula. The job information subjects the student learns start up and troubleshooting. Students will
stair formula will be used to determine all the more about safety and electric shock hazards. also learn air conditioning and refrigeration
dimensions required to build a stair that passes Students study the National Electrical Code. fundamentals. Use of testing instruments will
local codes, and shop projects will be used to Course reviews direct current (DC) theory train students in methods of locating cable
introduce basic stair layout techniques and and introduces the oscilloscope, and resistive- faults. Also studied are calculations of motor
assembly procedures. capacitance (RC) circuits. circuits, protection and relationship to National
Recommended Prereq: ATP 111 Electrical Code (NEC). Sections dealing with
(1 lec/8 lab) 5 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs hazardous locations, special equipment, and
occupancies are covered.
Recommended Prereq: ATP 211
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
164 Apprentice Training Program
ATP 213 Electrical Apprentice IX ART 102 History of Western Art- ART 110 Design I
The student is introduced to what to expect Renaissance to Modern Art This is a basic course in the application and
after their apprenticeship. Student progresses This course is a study of the historical appreciation of the principles and elements of
to building complete fire alarm systems, and are developments of the visual arts in Western two-dimensional design. It examines selected
introduced to fundamentals of instrumentation society from the Renaissance time period to the systems and elements of visual organization
and structural wiring. Students also study present. Discussion of major artistic trends and through the use of line, color, mass, value and
solar photovoltaic systems and method of movements is framed by an examination of the texture.
installation. historical context and social milieu.
Recommended Prereq: ATP 212 IAI: ART 907
Note: Participation in this course may include (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
field trips which require admission fees.
ATP 214 Electrical Apprentice X IAI: F2 902. ART 111 Design II
Students will be introduced to high voltage (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course explores the basic elements of
testing instruments and their proper use and three-dimensional design. Directed exercises
using a variety of media are included as well
purpose are studied. Students will study power ART 103 History of Non-Western Art as exploring historical and contemporary art
quality and harmonics and how to analyze and
This course is a study of the historical concepts.
trouble shoot. Fuel cells will also be studied as
developments of the visual arts in non-Western Note: Required for art majors.
alternative power generation. Types and usage
society. Discussion of major artistic trends and Prereq: ART110.
of various security and alarm systems will
movements is framed by an examination of the
be addressed along with networked building
historical context and social milieu. IAI: ART 908
automation. Culmination of all National
Electrical Code (NEC) course work previously IAI: F2 903N. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
taken with emphasis on common everyday use
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and interpretation of code book.
Recommended Prereq: ATP 213
ART 112 Color
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ART 104 History of Photography This course introduces color theory and its
application to the visual arts. Students explore
This course covers the history of photography the interaction of color in contemporary,
from its beginnings in the 1830s to the historical and cultural contexts.
Art (ART) present. It familiarizes the student with key
photographic artists, styles and movements.
Recommended Prereq: ART110.
Current photographic processes and criticism (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
ART 100 Art Appreciation are discussed.
This course is designed to encourage visual IAI: F2 904. ART 120 Basic Drawing I
literacy and develop analytical skills of the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course encompasses drawing of natural
non-art major. Students are introduced to the and artificial forms as well as interpretive
vocabulary and media of art through discussion and inventive processes. Line, shape, value,
and manipulation of materials. This course is ART 105 Women in Art mass, proportions and volume are explored
also intended to develop an understanding and This course focuses on women as creators and emphasizing the use of black and white
awareness of the contributions artists make to subjects of visual art throughout history and media. The course also includes vocabulary
society. Participation in this course may include diverse cultures. Consideration is given to how development, individual and class critiques
independent visit to galleries and/or museums gender is relevant to the definition, creation and and exposure to contemporary and historical
which may require admission fees. appreciation of art. drawings.
IAI: F2 900. IAI: F2 907D. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ART 121 Basic Drawing II
ART 101 History of Western Art- ART 106Contemporary This course is a continuation of ART120,
with development of skill in representation,
Ancient to Medieval Art - 1945 to Present interpretation, abstraction and non-objective
This course is a study of the historical This course is a study of the historical drawing techniques. Students explore color
developments of the visual arts in Western developments of the visual arts in Western theory and application. Emphasis is on the
society from prehistoric through medieval time society from 1945 to the present. Discussion use of charcoal, pastels, colored pencils, ink
periods. Discussion of major artistic trends and of major artistic trends and movements and and collage materials. Course content includes
movements is framed by an examination of the individual artists is framed by an examination of vocabulary development, individual and class
historical context and social milieu. the historical context and social milieu. critiques and exposure to contemporary and
Note: Participation in this course may include historical drawings.
IAI: F2 902.
field trips which require admission fees. Note: Required for art majors.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: ART120.
IAI: F2 901.
IAI: ART 905
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Art 165
ART 130 Ceramics I ART 142 Beginning Digital ART 240 Photography II
This course is an introduction to the processes Photography In this course, students will experiment with
and techniques involved in making clay This course is designed to introduce students advanced black and white darkroom techniques
objects through hand-building and utilizing to computer tools that manipulate and enhance which will offer them distinctive opportunities
the potter's wheel. Various forms are explored. photographic images. Students learn the skills to explore how to make creative photographs.
Issues related to both sculptural and functional to correct, retouch and enhance digital input This course will introduce medium format film,
aesthetics are addressed. in order to create high-quality digital output multiple imagery, construction of narratives,
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs utilizing Adobe Photoshop. Using a digital toning, and split filter printing. Students
camera, students will learn manual exposure, will learn to master camera operations and
digital capture, and specific lens characteristics. film processing, as well as special effects and
ART 131 Ceramics II manipulations. In the last part of the semester,
Note: Students are required to have students will apply these techniques to the
This course guides students toward developing
techniques involved in creating clay vessels on their own DSLR digital camera that has printing of photographs in a self directed
the potter's wheel and a further introduction interchangeable lenses, shoots with the project.
into hand-building. Students are challenged RAW file format, has manual settings, and Note: Students are required to have their own
with conceptual assignments relating to both has a minimum of 8 mega-pixels. Cameras SLR 35mm film camera with interchangeable
the historical and contemporary world. Various are available for checkout for checkout by lenses and manual settings. Cameras are
forms are explored. Students learn to load and
fire kilns of multiple processes. photography students. For more information available for checkout by photography
Recommended Prereq: ART130. please call the Photo Lab Coordinator, 630- students. For more information please call the
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs 466-2287. Photo Lab Coordinator, 630-466-2287.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: ART140.
ART 135 Basic Digital Photography (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
This is a basic digital photography course for ART 155 Sculpture I
non-photo majors. Students learn basic camera This studio course introduces basic sculptural ART 241 Photographic Lighting
operations using either a digital camera and/ processes, materials, and tools, and idea This course introduces students to fundamental
or an electronic device capable of taking digital communication through these methods. Studio lighting techniques and concepts encountered
photos with six or more mega-pixels as well safety is strongly emphasized. Processes include in the studio and on location. Students are
as how to create quality prints using Adobe additive, modeling, constructive, subtractive, instructed in the use of 4"x5" view camera,
Lightroom software. carving, and replacement casting. Time light meters, sheet film, instant film and digital
Note: Students are required to have a Mac arts/4-D may be considered. photographing techniques. Both the artistic and
Recommended Prereq: ART111. commercial use of lighting are explored.
compatible external hard drive with at least
100 GB of storage, digital camera and/or an (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Note: Students are required to have
electronic device capable of taking digital their own DSLR digital camera that has
photos with six or more mega-pixels. ART 222 Life Drawing interchangeable lenses, is capable of
This course focuses on the study of the photographing with the RAW file format,
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
human figure through selected assignments has manual settings, and has a minimum
in contour, value, and gesture drawing of the of 8 mega-pixels. Cameras are available
ART 140 Photography I undraped figure. Naturalistic and expressive for checkout by photography students. For
This course serves as an introduction to the art interpretations in a variety of drawing media
are included. more information please call The Photo Lab
of black and white, 35mm film photography.
The student is introduced to basic darkroom Prereq: ART120. Coordinator, 630-466-2287.
techniques including film processing, enlarging, Recommended Prereq: ART240. Prereq: ART142.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
finishing and presentation. This course is (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
made up of both lab and lectures, is designed
to emphasize basic aesthetic grammar of ART 230 Ceramics III
photography, and provide a historical and
ART 242 Intermediate Digital
This course further develops the skills acquired
critical context for visually analyzing and in ART131 with emphasis placed on a more Photography
creating photographs. personal expression within the confines of Building upon techniques learned in previous
Note: Students are required to have their own the processes and material. More complex courses, students refine their command and
SLR 35mm film camera with interchangeable techniques are explored, and issues related to control of Adobe Photoshop skills, focusing on
functional and non-functional aesthetics are the use of more advanced photo manipulation
lenses and manual settings. Cameras are addressed. Students learn to load and fire kilns tools. A strong emphasis is placed on the
available to checkout by photography of multiple processes. manipulated image, while engaging the student
students. For more information please call the Recommended Prereq: ART131. to create a cohesive final project of professional
Photo Lab Coordinator, 630-466-2287. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs quality. Students will also be introduced to
Adobe Lightroom software.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
ART 231 Materials: Clay and Note: Students are required to have
their own DSLR digital camera that has
Glaze Development interchangeable lenses, shoots with the
This course is an introduction to the processes RAW file format, has manual settings, and
and techniques involved in making clay bodies,
glazes and slips for specific firing processes. has a minimum of 8 mega-pixels. Cameras
Prereq: ART130. are available to checkout by photography
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs students. For more information please call the
Photo Lab Coordinator, 630-466-2287.
Prereq: ART142.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
166 Art
ART 243 Advanced Digital ART 265 Watercolor AST 105 Astronomy
Photography This course is an introduction to the basic This course is an introduction to the study of
This advanced level course builds upon the techniques of transparent and opaque the universe and how the scientific method
student's digital abilities from previous classes watercolor painting. Directed exercises in color and modern tools are used to study it. Topics
utilizing Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom. and technique execution are included. Students include history of astronomy; properties of
Emphasis is placed on color management, produce finished paintings of still life, figure the sun and planets and the structure and
profiling, printing, and commercial versus fine and/or landscape renditions. evolution of the solar system; nature and
art practices along with an introduction to 4"x5" Recommended Prereq: ART120. evolution of stars; galaxies and the beginning
cameras with scanning backs. The culmination (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs of the universe. Laboratory activities will
of this course is a final digital and archival print include real and virtual astronomical viewing
portfolio. and experiments and will require some basic
ART 290 Studio Art algebraic calculations.
Note: Students are required to have
This is an advanced studio course for Note: Students will not receive credit toward a
their own DSLR digital camera that has art majors. It allows continuation and degree for both AST100 and AST105.
interchangeable lenses, shoots with the concentration in a subject field with emphasis Recommended Prereq: A course in basic algebra.
RAW file format, has manual settings, and on individual research and personal exploration.
has a minimum of 8 mega-pixels. Cameras Students can further their knowledge in IAI: P1 906L.
are available for checkout for photography drawing, life drawing, painting, design, (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
photography, sculpture or ceramics. Repeatable
students. For more information please call the to a maximum of 12 semester hours; 6 semester
Photo Lab Coordinator, 630-466-2287. hours may apply to a degree or certificate. AST 296 Topics/Issues for
Prereq: ART242. Prereq: Consent of instructor. the Sciences
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs This course offers in-depth exploration of a
special topic, issue or trend in one or more
ART 255 Sculpture II ART 293 Art Portfolio and of the biological or physical sciences fields.
Repeatable to a maximum of 24 semester hours
This studio course continues the exploration of Professional Development for different special topics; 6 semester hours
sculptural processes, materials, and tools, and may apply to a degree or certificate.
the idea of communication through sculptural This course provides students the necessary
methods. Studio safety is strongly emphasized. skills to create a digital portfolio to use as a (1 to 6 lec/0 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs
Students develop proficiency in selection, promotional tool in their educational journey
use and manipulation of materials as well as and in the creative job market.
mastery of the processes involved. (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs Auto Body Repair (ABR)
Recommended Prereq: ART155.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs ART 296 Special Topics for the Arts
ABR 100 Auto Body Welding
This course offers in-depth exploration of
ART 260 Painting I a special topic, issue or trend in the arts. This course is designed to develop a high level
Repeatable to a maximum of 24 semester hours of student skill in the use of various welding and
This course is an introduction to painting fastening techniques as they relate to auto body
in acrylic and/or oil media. Students depict for different special topics; 6 semester hours
may apply to a degree or certificate. repair. Concurrently, the student practices with
a variety of subject matter using a creative various tools used in the disassembly of auto
approach. (0 to 6 lec/0 to 12 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs body panels. Familiarization with shop facility
Note: Students are strongly encouraged to and routine is also established.
complete both ART110 and ART120. Prereq: Reading assessment.
Prereq: ART110 or ART120. Astronomy (AST) Coreq: ABR105; ABR110; ABR115; ABR120;
ABR125.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs
AST 100 Introduction to Astronomy
ART 261 Painting II This course is a descriptive, nonlaboratory
survey course in astronomy. Although the
ABR 105 Sheet Metal Repair
This course is a continuation of ART260.
Students explore a variety of painting course is considered non-mathematical, some This course trains students in the use of metal
techniques pertinent to the 21st century. basic arithmetic is required. Topics include straightening tools and techniques vital to the
Prereq: ART260. earth and sky, the structure and evolution of the repair of damaged auto body panels. Skill levels
solar system, stars, galaxies and the universe. are developed which allow for metal finishing a
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs panel without the use of body fillers.
Note: AST100 will not count toward a degree Prereq: Reading assessment.
if the student completes AST105.
ART 262 Painting III Coreq: ABR100; ABR110; ABR115; ABR120;
IAI: P1 906. ABR125.
This course is a continuation of ART261.
Students explore contemporary issues and how (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
they relate to a realization of personal style in
creating art work.
Prereq: ART261.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Automation Technology 167
ABR 110 Fiberglass Panel and ABR 135 Frame Repair ABR 297 Auto Body Internship
Plastic Repair This course gives students the opportunity Combining academic credit with professional
This course is designed to enable students to to use various body frame machines and experience, this internship allows students to
make repairs of both plastic and fiberglass measuring systems to effect repairs to frames learn about, observe and work in the auto body
panels. and unibodies. repair field. Eighty hours are required for 1
Prereq: Reading assessment. Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR115; ABR120; courses. hours; 1 semester hour from the auto body
ABR125. Coreq: ABR130; ABR140; ABR145; ABR150. internship courses (ABR297, ABR298, ABR299)
(3 lec/6 lab) 6 sem hrs may apply to the auto body degree or certificate.
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
courses; consent of instructor.
ABR 115 Basic Auto Body Repair ABR 140 Glass Service (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
In this phase of auto body training, students This course trains students in the care
are given the opportunity to apply skills learned and service of automotive glass and glass
previously. Some panel replacements may be replacement. ABR 298 Auto Body Internship
necessary to complete the repair. Activities Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR Combining academic credit with professional
include feathering, taping, masking and spot courses. experience, this internship allows students
repair. Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR145; ABR150. to learn about, observe and work in the auto
Prereq: Reading assessment. (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs body repair field. One hundred sixty hours
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR120; are required for 2 credits. Repeatable to a
ABR125. maximum of 6 semester hours; 1 semester
ABR 145 Intermediate Auto hour from the auto body internship courses
(2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs
Body Repair (ABR297, ABR298, ABR299) may apply to the
auto body degree or certificate.
This course involves the student in the repair
ABR 120 Auto Painting and of a vehicle with extensive damage. Students
Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
Refinishing courses; consent of instructor.
join into teams as they now apply all of their
This comprehensive course covers the entire basic training. Sectioning, clipping, quarter (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
area of auto painting, from the equipment used panel replacement and frame straightening are
through prepainting procedures and application included. Production and speed are stressed in ABR 299 Auto Body Internship
techniques including masking and taping, and this phase of the work.
Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR Combining academic credit with professional
finishing with rubbing and polishing. Each experience, this internship allows students
student must complete a checklist of tasks that courses.
Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR140; ABR150. to learn about, observe and work in the auto
encompasses the many facets of auto painting. body repair field. Two hundred forty hours
Prereq: Reading assessment. (3 lec/6 lab) 6 sem hrs are required for 3 credits. Repeatable to a
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR115; maximum of 6 semester hours; 1 semester
ABR125.
ABR 150 Chassis and Electrical hour from the auto body internship courses
(2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs (ABR297, ABR298, ABR299) may apply to the
Systems for Auto Collision auto body degree or certificate.
This course is designed to provide auto body Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
ABR 125 Auto Body Careers students with repair skills in automotive chassis courses; consent of instructor.
This course provides students with exposure and electrical systems as they relate to work in
to the auto body field. Students experience auto body and collision. (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
and observe actual shop operations and career Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR
opportunities. courses.
Prereq: Reading assessment. Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR140; ABR145. Automation
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR115;
ABR120.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Technology (AMT)
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
ABR 215 Advanced Auto Body Repair
This final phase of the auto body repair
AMT 100 Introduction to
ABR 130 Automotive program is designed to allow the auto body Manufacturing Automation
Collision Appraisal student mastery-level experiences. Students use Systems
This course is designed to prepare students their previously learned skills to complete real-
life auto body and collision repairs. This course introduces students to the
for entry into the field of collision repair basic control systems used to automate
and collision damage estimating. It deals Prereq: Reading assessment; all advanced ABR
courses. manufacturing processes. Content includes:
with evaluating the extent of the damage hydraulics and pneumatics used for motion
and defining what repair costs will be for the (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs control, programmable controllers, sensors and
vehicle. vision systems, and robotics. This introduces
Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic ABR students to the basic concepts needed to design
courses. manufacturing automation systems.
Coreq: ABR135; ABR140; ABR145; ABR150.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
168 Automation Technology
AMT 102 Basic Electricity AMT 130 Fluid Power AUT 110 Engine Service I
This course introduces the student to This course introduces students to the field This course is designed to provide background
foundational electrical concepts from atomic of fluid power. Students learn the basic laws in design, troubleshooting and service
structure, how electricity is generated, and that govern the generation and transmission procedures of automotive engines. Use
end uses. Core electrical knowledge such of pneumatics and hydraulics, the basic of service manuals, shop safety and shop
as Ohms law, capacitance, inductance, and components of hydraulic and pneumatic procedures are covered. Students participate in
semiconductors are examined. systems, and how those components work to the disassembly, identification and inspection of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs form simple circuits. Lab time is spent building the engine components, and reassembly of the
and troubleshooting common fluid power engine. This class is a hands-on experience of
circuits. engine rebuilding and problem diagnosis.
AMT 105 Introduction to (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: AUT100.
Automated Warehousing (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
An industrial technology overview course AMT 200 Automated Programming I
covering the basic knowledge and skills
This course deals with the fundamentals of AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains
needed for supply chain technicians to
successfully work in an automated distribution programmable logic controllers, programming This lecture-lab course is designed to provide
center. Introduction to troubleshooting and basics of PLCs, troubleshooting, maintenance the student an opportunity to learn the design,
maintenance of complex electromechanical and system interconnections. Repeatable to operation and service procedures of automotive
systems is a major focus of this class. a maximum of 12 semester hours; 3 semester power train components. Clutches, manual
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. transmissions, transaxles, differentials and 4 x 4
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs service are covered.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: AUT100.
AMT 110 Machine Fundamentals (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
AMT 201 Automated Programming II
This course gives students detailed hands-on
This course introduces the student to basic
knowledge of belt/sheaves, bearings, gearing,
robotic system construction, operation, AUT 112 Automotive Brake Systems
couplings, lubrication, pumps, and shaft
alignment. Aspects of maintenance, mechanical troubleshooting, control, and programming. This lecture-lab course is designed to provide
troubleshooting, and failure analysis of Open and closed loop control systems are the student with a thorough understanding of
mechanical power transfer systems are also examined including servo systems and PID the design, operation, and service procedures
covered. control. related to the complete automotive braking
Recommended Prereq: MTT100. Recommended Prereq: AMT200. system. Both import and domestic designs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs are covered. Antilock brake systems and their
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs relationship to steering stability, TPMS, and
traction control systems are also discussed.
AMT 120 Automated Systems I Automotive Recommended Prereq: AUT100.
This course covers commercial and (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
industrial uses of motors and motor control Technology (AUT)
circuits. Emphasis is placed on reading and AUT 113 Automotive Electrical/
understanding logic and wiring schematics.
Students spend lab time wiring control systems, AUT 100 Maintenance Electronic Systems
from simple logic circuits to more complicated and Light Repair This lecture-lab course is designed to provide
relay and timer-based motor controls. the necessary knowledge and skills needed
Recommended Prereq: MTT100. This course is intended to provide individuals to service modern automotive electrical/
with the knowledge and experiences to meet electronic systems. Basic electrical/electronic
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Maintenance and Light Repair Tasks outlined topics including circuit types and designs,
by ASE. An emphasis is placed on shop electromagnetism principles, wiring diagram
AMT 121 Automated Systems II safety, vehicle systems information, and shop analysis, wire service, and electrical fault
procedures that are required. Employment diagnosis are stressed. Operation and diagnosis
This course is a continuation of the study options and responsibilities in the automotive
into motor controls and automation. Topics of battery, starting, charging, and lighting
field are also covered. systems are detailed. Theory, design, safety
include AC and DC sensors, semi-conductors,
power supplies, soft-start-stop controllers, (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs issues, and basic diagnostic techniques relating
variable speed drives and PLCs. Lab time to electric/hybrid vehicles are also covered.
is spent wiring control circuits utilizing the Recommended Prereq: AUT100.
AUT 105 Automotive Recycling
above and programming variable frequency (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
drives for specific purposes. PLC wiring and This course introduces the industry of
programming are introduced. automotive recycling. Emphasizing the Illinois
Recommended Prereq: AMT120. Green CAR Program Standards, dismantling AUT 116 Automotive Service Adviser
techniques, safety requirements, quality control, This course prepares the student for a variety of
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs environmental best practices and parts grading career opportunities in the automotive industry,
are studied in this course. Students learn of the including parts specialist, automotive service
AMT 122 Automated Systems III variety of career choices within the automotive consultant, and automotive service supervisor.
recycling industry such as dismantler and Emphasis is placed on professionalism,
This advanced course is a continuation of the inventory specialist, and in supporting
study into automation and system interactions. workplace safety and environmental
industries such as auto body repair and auto responsibility.
Topics include design, lay-out, and wiring technology.
control panels for specific purposes both Recommended Prereq: AUT100.
high and low voltage components. Variable (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
speed drive and PLC programming are further
studied.
Recommended Prereq: AMT121.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Automotive Technology 169
AUT 117 Automotive Parts Specialist AUT 231 Automatic AUT 240 Service Shop Operations
This course prepares the student for a variety Transmissions/ Transaxles This course is a simulation of the automotive
of career opportunities in the automotive parts This lecture-lab course in automatic shop environment that includes customer
field. Areas to be covered include counter and transmission/transaxle theory and service relations, vehicle diagnosis and repairs.
phone sales, inventory management, product covers the current more popular transmissions/ Students are provided the opportunity to
displays, core returns, automotive systems, transaxle drive units including electronic reinforce previously learned skills and also to
and in-store testing of components. Emphasis transmissions. Students participate in complete NATEF tasks from other courses that
is placed on professionalism, workplace safety, inspection disassembly, repair, reassembly and were not completed. This course helps to make
and environmental responsibility. testing of automatic transmissions/tranaxles. a smoother transition to the work environment.
Recommended Prereq: AUT100. Recommended Prereq: AUT100; AUT111. Recommended Prereq: AUT100; AUT110;
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs AUT111; AUT112; AUT113; AUT120; AUT122;
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs AUT123; AUT124; AUT231; AUT232; AUT233.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
AUT 120 Engine Service II AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and
This advanced course in automotive engine Suspension Systems AUT 243 Advanced Engine
service presents maintenance and service on
some of the more common procedures and This course is designed to build upon prior Control Systems
repairs on gasoline engines and related areas. skill and knowledge relating to the service/
repair of components found in the automotive This lecture-lab course is designed to acquaint
Recommended Prereq: AUT100; AUT110. students with electronic engine control systems
chassis systems. The primary focus of this
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs lecture/lab course is to provide students with (related primarily to OBD II 1996 vehicle to
an opportunity to gain "hands-on" direct present) including advanced fuel, ignition
and emission subsystems. The design and
AUT 122 Automotive Suspension work-related experience (for employment
operation of generic and brand specific PCM
preparation) relative to automotive brake,
and Wheel Alignment suspension, and steering systems. Students based systems are discussed. This is a capstone
This lecture-lab course is designed to provide enhance their knowledge in field-related performance class tying all major operating
the students an opportunity to learn the design, diagnosis and service of both manual and systems relating to vehicle performance
operation, and service procedures relating electronically controlled chassis systems. together into a cohesive unit. Emphasis is on
to automotive chassis and undercar systems. Because this course is designed to build both computer and symptom-based driveability
Specific areas of study include tire and wheel upon material previously covered in AUT112 diagnosis using scan tools, multimeters and
service, steering system diagnosis and repair, Automotive Brake Systems and AUT122 oscilloscopes as primary troubleshooting tools.
complete suspension service, and modern Automotive Suspensions and Wheel Alignment, Recommended Prereq: AUT100; AUT113;
four-wheel alignment procedures. Basic theory, it is strongly advised that students complete AUT123; AUT124; AUT233.
operation, and service relating to tire monitor those courses before taking this class. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
systems, traction control, and electronic Recommended Prereq: AUT100; AUT112;
steering stability systems are also covered. AUT122.
Recommended Prereq: AUT100. AUT 245 Automotive Heating
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs and Air Conditioning
This lecture-lab course is designed to develop
AUT 233 Applied Automotive the necessary skills and provide the knowledge
AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems Fuels and Electricity required to understand, diagnose and
This lecture-lab course is designed to provide This course is an advanced level lecture-lab service modern automotive heating and air
students with a thorough understanding and course, designed to provide students with conditioning systems.
detailed knowledge of modern automotive an opportunity to fine tune their electrical Recommended Prereq: AUT100.
ignition systems. Components of the primary and performance-related diagnostic and (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
and secondary ignition system are identified troubleshooting skills. The testing and repair of
and discussed in detail. Both distributor-based various fuel system components and electrical/
and distributorless, including coil-over-plug electronic systems are covered. In addition, AUT 246 Automotive Accessories
ignition designs are discussed. Ignition related students acquire knowledge in field-related and Diagnostics
driveability diagnostic, troubleshooting, and diagnosis and service of various sub systems
service procedures are also covered. This lecture-lab course is designed to further
including but not limited to: starting, charging, develop student competency in the area of
Recommended Prereq: AUT100. lighting, fuel delivery, and ignition system automotive diagnostics. Advanced electrical/
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs components. Because this course is designed electronic troubleshooting and repair
to build upon material previously covered in procedures related to electrical accessories are
AUT113 Basic Electricity, AUT123 Ignition
AUT 124 Automotive Fuel and Systems, and AUT124 Fuel and Emission
emphasized. Areas of coverage include, but are
not limited to, air bags, power windows, power
Emission Systems System), it is strongly advised that students locks, keyless entry, navigation systems and
This course examines the design and complete those courses before taking this class. electronic dash and gauges.
operation of various fuel delivery and emission Recommended Prereq: AUT100; AUT113; Recommended Prereq: AUT100; AUT113;
components. Covered topics include fuel AUT123; AUT124. AUT124.
injection, fuel pumps and fuel delivery system (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
components, evaporative emission, exhaust gas
circulation and air measurement devices.
Recommended Prereq: AUT100; AUT113.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
170 Automotive Technology
AUT 248 Classic Car Care and Service AUT 296 Special Topics/Automotive BIO 102 Human Biology
When current managers and mechanics in This course explores selected topics as This general survey course focuses on the
charge of the countless private and public determined by the academic department biology of the human organism. Concepts
classic car collections retire, who will step in and the instructor with emphasis on current include the structure, organization, and
to take their place? This course is designed to automotive technology trends. Specific function of human systems with a focus on the
pass the historical knowledge and mechanical special topics are announced together with interconnectedness of these systems, health
skill of the vintage car era to those who have the prerequisites each term. Repeatable to a and disease, growth and development, genetics,
always viewed cars and trucks as something maximum of 12 semester hours for different and evolution. Emphasis is placed on the
more than basic transportation. By combining special topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a relationship of the issues to the individual and
the responsibilities of the archivist, curator degree or certificate. society.
and technician into one topic, participants in (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs Note: Not intended for students majoring in
this program will learn everything from classic
car appraisal to tips on maintaining the value biology or the health professions. Students
of vintage vehicles. Topics discussed include enrolling in BIO102 are not required to enroll
establishing historical provenance, determining Biology (BIO) in BIO103 (lab).
maintenance schedules, storage considerations, See also Oceanography (ESC 130).
comprehensive detailing and mechanical IAI: L1 904.
system service. Basic service skills relating to (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
carbureted fuel systems, distributor-based BIO 100 Introduction to Biology
ignition designs and pre-electronic electrical
service will also be covered.
This general survey course deals with selected BIO 103 Human Biology Laboratory
concepts and theories in biology, including the
Recommended Prereq: AUT100. organization, function, heredity, evolution and This laboratory course is meant to be taken
concurrently with Human Biology (BIO102).
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs ecology of living things. Biological issues with
personal and social implications are introduced Through laboratory experiences, this course
to allow students to make informed decisions explores selected concepts and theories
AUT 249 Hybrid and regarding issues with a biological basis. in biology such as organization, structure,
Alternative Fuel Vehicles function, heredity and evolution using the
Note: Not intended for students majoring in human organism as a model.
An introductory course developed to explore biology or the health professions. Students
the theory, design and application of hybrid and Note: Not intended for students majoring in
enrolling in BIO100 are not required to enroll biology or the health professions.
electric vehicles (EV) used in the transportation
industry. Participants will develop the in BIO101 (lab). However, those students Recommended Prereq: BIO102 or concurrent
knowledge and skills necessary to diagnose, needing a 4 semester-hour lab science for enrollment.
service and maintain hybrid/EV vehicles. Topics transfer purposes may wish to concurrently IAI: L1 904L.
include hybrid/EV safety, electric motors. enroll in BIO100 and BIO101.
generators, controllers, hybrid batteries, Recommended Coreq: BIO101.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
regerative braking and drive train operation.
Both general and manufacturer specific hybrid/ IAI: L1 900.
BIO 110 Environmental Biology
EV types and designs will be covered. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: AUT100, AUT113. This general survey course focuses on current
environmental issues and possible solutions,
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs BIO 101 Introduction as well as historical and present courses of
to Biology Laboratory action. Concepts include environmental policy,
AUT 250 Light Duty Diesel Vehicle biodiversity, population ecology, pollution
This laboratory course is intended to be taken of land, air, and water, non-renewable and
Engine Service I concurrently with Introduction to Biology renewable resources. Both local and global
This lecture-lab course is designed to develop (BIO100). Through laboratory experiences, this environmental issues are examined from
the necessary skills and provide the knowledge course explores selected concepts and theories scientific, economic, biological, political,
required to understand, diagnose and service in biology such as organization, function, societal, and/or ethical viewpoints.
light duty vehicle diesel engines. heredity, evolution and ecology using a variety
of organisms as models. Note: Students enrolling in BIO110 are not
Recommended Prereq: AUT100.
required to enroll in BIO111 (lab). However,
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Note: Not intended for students majoring in
those students needing a 4 semester-hour
biology or the health professions.
Recommended Coreq: BIO100. lab science for transfer purposes may wish to
AUT 251 Light Duty Diesel Vehicle concurrently enroll in BIO110 and BIO111.
Engine Service II IAI: L1 900L. Recommended Coreq: BIO111.
This lecture-lab course is designed to develop (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs IAI: L1 905.
the necessary skills and provide knowledge
required to perform basic light duty diesel (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
engine service in a shop. The course will
provide the student with an introduction to
light duty diesel maintenance and repair.
Recommended Prereq: AUT100, AUT250.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Biology 171
BIO 111 Environmental BIO 200 Nutrition BIO 264 Kinesiology and Pathology
Biology Laboratory This course provides an overview of the This course is the study of the skeletal and
This laboratory course is meant to be taken physiological requirements and metabolism muscular systems and their relation to
concurrently with Environmental Biology of amino acids, carbohydrates, fats, vitamins, movement, including an introduction to
(BIO110). Through laboratory experiences, minerals, and water, which are determinants homeostatis and disease. The course focus
biotic and abiotic components of ecosystems of health and diseases in human populations. begins with the study of the anatomical aspects
are examined, as are various types of air, Cultural and psychosocial influences on food of movement, with exploration of the pectoral
water and soil pollutants. This laboratory selection and habits are studied as well as girdle, shoulder joint and upper extremities,
examines ecological principles in relation to respiration, metabolism and the digestive followed by a study of the pelvic girdle and
environmental problems, allowing students process. The latest nutrition and diet lower extremities prior to an analysis of the
to gain an awareness of their surroundings. information, and contemporary nutrition issues trunk. A brief study of the biomechanical
Procedures and techniques used in the study will also be studied in this comprehensive factors of posture and the pathological
of environmental issues are introduced, as are program. processes of the organ systems possibly
biological basics such as experimental design (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs encountered during treatments concludes this
and problem solving. course.
Recommended Prereq: BIO262.
Note: Not intended for students majoring in BIO 250 Microbiology (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
biology or in the health professions. This course focuses on the biology of
Recommended Prereq: BIO110 or concurrent microorganisms including their morphology,
enrollment. genetics, metabolism, evolution and BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I
Recommended Coreq: BIO110. ecology. Human-microbe interactions This course begins with an orientation to the
IAI: L1 905L. in health and disease are emphasized. human body, followed by a brief review of basic
Scientific methodologies and current issues biochemistry and the structure and function
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs in microbiology are addressed. Students of cells. The student is then engaged in major
develop laboratory skills for safe handling, units of study involving tissues, the skeletal,
BIO 120 Principles of Biology I isolation, observation, and identification of muscular and nervous systems and the special
microorganisms. senses. Laboratory work utilizes models,
This course includes an introduction to science,
Recommended Prereq: BIO120 strongly microscopes, animal dissections, and human
general chemistry, organic chemistry, cell
recommended. cadavers.
structures and their functions, cellular activities
(photosynthesis, respiration and reproduction), (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs Note: First of a two-semester sequence.
classical and molecular genetics, and evolution. Recommended Prereq: High school biology and
Selected topics discussed in lecture are chemistry or the equivalents within the past five
expanded upon and explored in the laboratory.
BIO 260 Human Structure years. BIO120 strongly recommended.
Emphasis in the laboratory is on cellular and Function (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
functions and processes. This study of the human body and how it works
begins with basic scientific and biological
IAI: L1 910L, BIO 910.
principles necessary to understand human BIO 272 Anatomy and Physiology II
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs anatomy and physiology and progresses Anatomy and Physiology II is a continuation of
through a brief study of all body systems. BIO 270. It includes study of the following body
BIO 122 Principles of Biology II Laboratory sessions provide the opportunity to systems: endocrine, cardiovascular, lymphatic,
identify anatomical structures on models and immune, respiratory, digestive, urinary,
A continuation of BIO120, this course also skeletal materials. and reproductive. The study of nutrition,
covers the processes of scientific inquiry metabolism, and fluid-electrolyte, acid-base
while focusing on evolution and biodiversity. (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
balance is incorporated with appropriate organ
It concentrates on the basic description systems. Laboratory work utilizes human
of organisms ranging from prokaryotes BIO 262 Neuro-musculoskeletal cadavers, microscopic examination of tissues,
to eukaryotes. Emphasis will be placed Systems animal organ dissection, models, and computer
on comparing structural and functional applications.
relationships between representatives of all This course is a study of the interrelatedness of
major phyla. Also, using morphological and the nervous, muscular and skeletal systems as Note: Second of a two-semester series.
molecular technology to reinforce phylogeny well as the influence of the hormonal system, Prereq: C or better in BIO270.
will be covered in multiple labs. with a focus on muscle control and movement. (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: BIO120 strongly The course provides the foundation for the
recommended. study of biomechanics and incorporates the
use of anatomical models and human cadaver BIO 296 Special Topics/Biology
IAI: L1 910L; BIO 910. laboratory experiences. This course offers in-depth exploration of
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: BIO260; or BIO270 and a special topic, issue or trend in biological
concurrent enrollment in BIO272. science, including specific studies in
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs entomology, genetics, disease, human body,
and ecology. Repeatable to a maximum of 24
semester hours for different special topics;
6 semester hours may apply to a degree or
certificate.
(0 to 6 lec/0 to 12 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
172 Business Administration
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
College Success Topics 173
Chemistry (CHM) CHM 121 General Chemistry Chinese (CHN)
This basic course in the principles of chemistry
emphasizes chemical calculations and structure
CHM 100 Introduction to Chemistry with laboratory. It is recommended for science CHN 101 Elementary Chinese I
This introduction to the basic concepts of and professional majors. This is an introductory course in standard,
general chemistry includes basic atomic Recommended Prereq: High school chemistry modern Mandarin Chinese and includes
structure, chemical symbols, formulas and or equivalent. Prereq: MTH070 or MTH072; pronunciation, idiomatic expressions, speech
equations, chemical equation calculations, or placement by assessment and C or better in patterns and characters for the beginning
phases of matter, algebraic manipulations, RDG070 or placement determined by asessment. student. Emphasis is placed on learning the four
molecular structure, solutions and solution IAI: P1 902L, CHM 911. basic skills of listening, speaking, reading and
chemistry. writing.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
Note: Students enrolling in CHM100 are (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
not required to enroll in CHM101 (lab).
CHM 122 Chemistry and
However, those students needing a 4 semester- CHN 102 Elementary Chinese II
hour lab science for transfer purposes may Qualitative Analysis
This course is a continuation of CHN101 for
wish to concurrently enroll in CHM100 and This continuation of CHM121 emphasizes learning standard, modern Mandarin Chinese.
CHM101. This course is not intended for solution equilibrium chemistry, including Emphasis is placed on increased accuracy and
gases, precipitation, acid/base, coordination proficiency in listening, speaking, reading and
majors in the physical sciences, students with chemistry and oxidation-reduction, culminating
previous chemistry or students with credit in writing skills.
with the Nernst equation. It also includes Recommended Prereq: CHN101 or one year of
CHM121. thermodynamics and kinetics. high school Chinese or its equivalent.
Prereq: C or better in RDG070 or placement Recommended Prereq: C or better in MTH070
determined by asessment. or MTH072 or placement by math assessment; (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
high school chemistry. Prereq: CHM121.
IAI: P1 902.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: CHM 912.
College
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
CHM 101 Introduction Success Topics (COL)
to Chemistry Laboratory CHM 202 Biochemistry NOTE: A maximum of 4 semester hours of
This course introduces students to the College Success Topics (COL) course credit
This is a beginning laboratory course for may be counted toward degree requirements for
those students with no previous laboratory chemistry of biologically active molecules
including sugars, proteins, amino acids and any associate degree.
experience. It is designed to acquaint the
student with lab safety, various basic lab skills nucleic acids. In addition, metabolic pathways
and techniques, some computer-assisted labs of carbohydrates and fats are discussed as well COL 100 Great Beginnings: College
as molecular genetics and respiration.
with their techniques and basic theory.
Prereq: C or better in CHM102 or CHM231. Life and Success
Recommended Coreq: CHM100.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course focuses on learning about and
IAI: P1 902L. utilizing college resources, developing the skills
(0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs needed for college success, and increasing
CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I self-awareness and self-discipline. This course
This course is a study of the fundamental is meant to provide students a meaningful
CHM 102Introduction aspects of organic chemistry, including experience, connect them with a peer support
to Organic Chemistry structure, classification of organic reactions and system, and assist them in their college and life
reactions of functional groups. journey.
This beginning course in organic chemistry
includes the structure and reactions of Prereq: CHM121 and C or better in CHM122. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
functional groups, with further applications IAI: CHM 913.
in biochemistry. It is designed to follow COL 101 Strategies for Success
CHM100 and to provide a one-year sequence of (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
chemistry. This course examines principles and strategies
that empower students to be successful
Recommended Prereq: CHM100 or consent of CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II personally, academically, and professionally.
instructor.
This course is a continuation of the study of the (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
IAI: P1 904. fundamental aspects of organic chemistry with
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs emphasis on the reactions mechanisms and
spectra of functional groups. COL 102 Research Strategies
Prereq: C or better in CHM231. This course introduces students to research
CHM 103 Introduction to Organic skills that enable them to effectively discover
IAI: CHM 914.
Chemistry Laboratory information in a variety of formats, and to
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs categorize, differentiate, examine, question,
This introductory laboratory for organic
chemistry and biochemistry is designed to analyze, organize and share information in their
accompany CHM102. academic, professional and personal lives.
Recommended Prereq: CHM100; CHM101. (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
Prereq: CHM102 or concurrent enrollment.
IAI: P1 904L.
(0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
174 College Success Topics
COL 105 Money Matters COM 115 Digital Communication COM 125 Communication Strategies
This course is focused on teaching adults how This course provides an introduction to for Health Care Careers
to create a financial plan to realize goals, such fundamental dimensions of computer-mediated This course explores the theory and
as graduating from college or maintaining good communication (CMC). Basic principles of practice of selected health-related models
credit for future home or car loans. Students effective communication are integrated with of communication for individuals in the
will learn how to avoid credit trouble, save and the identification of the common language, health care field. Verbal and non-verbal
invest money, stay out of bad debt, and pay for modes, strengths and limitations inherent to communication in professional-client,
college. Students will also learn how to protect CMC. Consideration of aspects of diversity, professional-professional, and family
themselves from fraud and identity theft. culture, ethics, ambiguity and effectiveness relationships is stressed. Conflict resolution,
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs are applied to the contexts of interpersonal, informed consent, ethical responsibility, and
group, workplace and e-commerce (global) effective intercultural communication are
communication situations. also emphasized. This course is designed for
COL 110 Leadership Studies (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs individuals interested in a career as a medical
This course is designed to provide emerging assistant, phlebotomist, registered nurse,
and existing leaders the opportunity to explore licensed practical nurse, nurse assistant, or
the concept of leadership and to develop and COM 120 Interpersonal other health care fields.
improve their leadership skills. The course Communication Note: COM125 cannot be substituted for
integrates readings from the humanities, This course is a study of interpersonal
experiential exercises, films and contemporary other communication courses required in a
communication with emphasis on the degree or certificate.
readings on leadership. communication process, self perception,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs self expression, verbal and nonverbal (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
communication, and listening behavior.
Students also study interpersonal relationships COM 135 Introduction to Integrated
COL 131 Strategies for Career and conflict resolution.
Exploration Marketing Communications
IAI: MC 901 (Approval Pending)
This career exploration course is designed Students in this course explore the theory and
to help people make career decisions based (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs practice of advertising with special focus on its
on in-depth personal assessment including role in integrated marketing communication.
career interests, personality type and values COM 121 Communication in the Topics include consumer behavior, market
inventories. research, communication planning, creative
Workplace strategies and types of media. Students prepare
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs an original advertising campaign from market/
This course develops effective communication
skills for a variety of business situations and product research to client presentations.
professional settings. Areas of emphasis
Communications (COM) include oral presentations for the business
IAI: MC 912.
person, communicating in a multicultural work (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
setting, verbal and nonverbal communication
COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech principles, interviewing, persuasion, COM 150 Intercultural Communication
Communication group communication and participation,
This course introduces students to the study
communication with customers, creating
This basic course in speech communication positive communication climates, and conflict of communication and culture. Students
serves three primary goals: introduction to the resolution. examine their own cultural identity and
theories of human communication, classroom how it influences communication with
experiences in a variety of communication (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs others. Theories and concepts related to
situations, and evaluation of individual communication and culture are discussed
communicative behavior. COM 122 Group Communication including values, beliefs, norms, linguistic and
IAI: C2 900. nonverbal differences between cultures, cultural
This course studies the theories and research bias, ethnocentrism, globalization, and cultural
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs explaining small group behavior and provides adjustment. Moreover, major theories of
practical experience working in problem- intercultural communication will be discussed
solving and decision-making groups. Areas of to help students build communication skills to
COM 110 Voice and Diction emphasis include interpersonal communication, improve intercultural communication, manage
Clarity of speech, articulation, accurate group leadership, individual roles, norms, conflicts successfully and build intercultural
pronunciation, effective choices of words, phases of group development, decision-making relationships.
effective use of vocal pitch, rate, and volume processes and conflict resolution methods. Recommended Prereq: COM100; ENG101.
make up the core of this course. Incorporated in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
the study is a basic understanding of the vocal IAI: MC 904 (Approval Pending)
mechanism, phonation and breath control. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
The International Phonetic Alphabet is also a
component of the course and compliments the
vocal training. COM 200 Advanced Speech
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Communication
Building on the skills developed in
Fundamentals of Speech Communication
(COM 100), this course provides advanced skill
development in the art of speechmaking. An
additional focus is on rhetorical backgrounds
in public speaking to contextualize what is
commonly seen in public address.
Prereq: COM100.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Computer Aided Design and Drafting 175
Computer Aided Design CAD 122 Geometric Dimensioning CAD 242 Advanced Parametric
and Tolerancing Modeling Using SolidWorks
and Drafting (CAD) This course introduces the student to the This course uses local and global parameters
principles of geometric dimensioning and in the area of 3D parametric solid modeling
CAD 100 Technical Drawing I tolerancing. Topics include part dimensional with SolidWorks software. Students learn
control techniques, interchangeability of to control parts with design variables, 3D
This course includes study and practice in parts, and the differences between traditional constraints, variable dimensions, table driven
technical drawing through the development dimensioning and geometric dimensioning. parts, mathematical operators and adaptive
of technical sketching, dimensioning and Symbols and terms for dimensioning datum technology. Assembly constraints are placed
tolerancing, multi-view projection, pictorial and material condition symbols are studied. on components that are linked to one another,
drawing, section view, auxiliary view, Various tolerances of form, profile, orientation and the overall engineering design process
revolutions, intersections and development, run-out and location are demonstrated. Feature through the revision process is addressed. The
working drawings and drawing reproduction. control frames are discussed. The student is effective use of global parameters in managed
Recommended Coreq: CAD102. expected to interpret all geometric tolerances assemblies, control of the assembly, interference
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs and dimensions from a print of intermediate checking, design elements and documentation
complexity. of the assembly is examined, and rapid
Recommended Coreq: CAD102, EGR101. prototyping design creation and engineering
CAD 102 AutoCAD I analysis of models are included. Repeatable to
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
This course introduces computer aided drafting a maximum of 12 semester hours; 3 semester
using AutoCAD to set up drawings and add hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
lines, circles, arcs, other shapes, geometric CAD 240 Introduction to Parametric Prereq: CAD240.
constructions, and text. Students use display Modeling Using SolidWorks (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
and editing techniques to obtain information
Using SolidWorks software, this course
about their drawings and work with drawing
files. This course examines basic dimensioning
focuses on 3D solid parametric modeling in an CAD 243 Advanced Parametric
engineering design environment. Hands-on
concepts. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
learning in basic sketch profiles with constraint Modeling Using Inventor
semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
based 2D shape control is studied. Part design, This course introduces the use of local and
a degree or certificate.
Boolean operations, placed features, parametric global parameters in the area of 3D parametric
Note: It is recommended students have PC features, dimensions and constraints, design solid modeling with Inventor software. Students
experience with MS Windows and basic modification of solid part, analyzing and learn to control parts with design variables, 3D
keyboarding skills. documentation of the part or parts are also constraints, variable dimensions, table driven
Recommended Coreq: EGR101. covered. Bi-directional control of 3D model to parts, mathematical operators and adaptive
2D part drawing is studied. The use of rapid technology. Assembly constraints are placed
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs prototyping techniques for model creation and on components that are linked to one another,
design, analysis and redesign are incorporated. and the overall engineering design process
CAD 118 Technical Drawing II Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester hours; through the revision process is addressed. The
3 semester hours may apply to a degree or effective use of global parameters in managed
This course is designed to build on the skills certificate. assemblies, control of the assembly, interference
acquired in the Technical Drawing I course. Prereq: CAD102 or EGR101. checking, design elements and documentation
Students will study, practice and learn to create of the assembly is examined, and rapid
advanced geometric constructions, threads and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
prototyping design creation and engineering
fastening devices, cams, gears, splines, drawing analysis of models are included.
management, manufacturing processes, CAD 241 Introduction to Parametric Prereq: CAD241.
assembly drawings, and an introduction into
architectural, electrical and welding drawings. Modeling Using Inventor (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: CAD100 or consent of Using Inventor software, this course focuses on
instructor. 3D solid parametric modeling in an engineering CAD 270 Product Design and
Recommended Coreq: CAD120. design environment. Hands-on learning in
basic sketch profiles with constraint based 2D Development
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
shape control is studied. Part design, Boolean This project based course focuses on the
operations, placed features, parametric product design process from conception
CAD 120 AutoCAD II features, dimensions and constraints, design through prototype modeling and testing.
This course is designed to build on the skills modification of solid parts, analyzing and Recommended Prereq: CAD240; CAD241; or
acquired in the AutoCAD I course. Students documentation of the part or parts are also consent of instructor. Prereq: CAD120.
learn how to properly create and detail covered. Bi-directional control of 3D model to (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
orthographic views with both conventional 2D part drawing is studied. The use of rapid
and geometric tolerances, and to annotate prototyping techniques for model creation and
working drawings according to ANSI standards. design, analysis and redesign are incorporated.
Additional topics of study include: dynamic Recommended Prereq: CAD185. Prereq:
blocks, block attributes, external reference files, CAD102 or EGR101.
assembly layouts, bill of materials, fasteners and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
weldments. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: CAD 100 and CAD102.
Recommended Coreq: CAD118.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
176 Computer Information Systems
Computer Information CIS 111 Introduction to Excel CIS 114 Comprehensive Access
Spreadsheet Database
Systems (CIS) This introductory electronic spreadsheet course This comprehensive course focuses on
See also World Wide Web (WEB). emphasizes creating, modifying, designing and understanding relational database management
manipulating spreadsheet models and charts. software on microcomputer systems. Students
Database concepts of spreadsheet software design, build and maintain relational databases
CIS 105 Introduction to Windows and working with multiple workbooks are while learning to integrate databases with other
This introduction to a graphical interface introduced. Repeatable to a maximum of 4.5 software. Also included is an introduction to
software package emphasizes the Windows semester hours; 1.5 semester hours may apply concepts of programming language for database
environment, manipulation of taskbar, to a degree or certificate. applications with emphasis on the fundamentals
file maintenance and folder manipulation. Note: Students will not receive credit toward of event-driven programming techniques.
Repeatable to a maximum of 3 semester hours; Repeatable to a maximum of 9 semester hours;
1 semester hour may apply to a degree or a degree or certificate for both CIS111 and 3 semester hours may apply to a degree or
certificate. CIS112. certificate.
Recommended Prereq: CIS105.
(.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs Note: Students will not receive credit toward
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs a degree or certificate for both CIS113 and
CIS 106 PowerPoint and Publisher CIS114.
for Business CIS 112 Comprehensive Excel Recommended Prereq: CIS105.
Spreadsheet (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course is an introduction to designing,
preparing and delivering electronic business This electronic spreadsheet course emphasizes
presentations using presentation graphics designing, formatting and modifying worksheet CIS 115 Introduction to Programming
software. Students will also learn to use desktop models and charts. Included are integration
features of charting, word processing, database This course is an introduction to the program
publishing software to create a variety of development process with emphasis on
promotional material such as tri-fold brochures, and macros. Repeatable to a maximum of 9
semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to problem-solving and algorithm development
newsletters, cards and business cards. using various programming languages. Students
Recommended Prereq: CIS105. a degree or certificate.
write, document and test approximately 10
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Note: Students will not receive credit toward to 12 programs in both interactive and batch
a degree or certificate for both CIS111 and modes of processing. Programs involve use of
CIS 108 Comprehensive Word CIS112. procedures, functions, and data abstraction;
Recommended Prereq: CIS105. selection, sequence and repetition structures;
Processing arrays; objects and file-based input/output
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Fundamental through expert applications operations. Emphasis is placed on structured
of features, commands, and functions of program design and style.
Microsoft Word are included to help users CIS 113 Introduction to Access Recommended Prereq: MTH070 or MTH072.
enhance productivity and develop more vibrant Database Recommended Coreq: CIS116.
documents. The course prepares students (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
to produce word documents and templates This beginning course uses relational database
emphasizing commonly used commands and management software on microcomputer
strategies for formatting, editing and revising systems. Students design, build and maintain CIS 116 Structured Program Design
text. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 semester relational databases while learning to integrate
databases with other software applications. This course provides an introduction to
hours; 3 semester hours may apply to a degree development of programming logic and
or certificate. Repeatable to a maximum of 4.5 semester
hours; 1.5 semester hours may apply to a degree algorithms using structured program design
Recommended Prereq: CIS105. techniques. Students solve problems using
or certificate.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs decision and loop structures and learn
Note: Students will not receive credit toward modularization principles. They analyze and
a degree or certificate for both CIS113 and implement data structures such as arrays, linked
CIS 110 Business Information Systems CIS114. lists, stacks, queues and binary trees. They
This introductory computer course emphasizes Recommended Prereq: CIS105. study and apply Object Oriented Principles, and
technology literacy for the purposes of develop logic in pseudocode, flowcharts and
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs UML.
enhancing business decision making,
providing business intelligence, and improving Recommended Coreq: CIS115.
organizational efficiency and effectiveness. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Students will find the course topics and skills
learned useful in their current and future
academic and business careers. Microsoft
Office technologies are used for common
desktop applications, and a variety of tools are
used for Web applications.
Note: Hardware Requirements: PC;
not compatible with MAC; Software
Requirements: 2016 Word, Excel, Access, and
PowerPoint for PC.
IAI: BUS 902.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Computer Information Systems 177
CIS 120 VB.NET Programming CIS 145 C#.NET Programming CIS 175 Windows Professional
A disciplined approach to event-driven This introductory course in C#.NET (C-Sharp), Administration
programming in a Graphical User Interface an object oriented programming language, This course offers an introduction and
(GUI) environment, this course emphasizes introduces the .NET platform, the .NET examination of the architecture and features of
problem solving and algorithm development framework library, object oriented software Microsoft Windows Professional. Repeatable
using the Visual BASIC.Net programming design, control structures, arrays, methods, to a maximum of 6 semester hours; 3 semester
language. Students write, document and test GUI programming, string processing, files hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
programs using structured procedures and data and database programming and topical Recommended Prereq: CIS105.
abstraction, selection, sequence and repetition subjects, such as Web Service Programming, Recommended Coreq: CIS170 or CIS176.
structures, arrays, data validation and exception XNA Game Programming and Mobile Device
handling, the use of multiple forms, and file and Programming. The emphasis is on building (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
database input/output operations. Emphasis a programming foundation that allows
is on interface and program design enhanced students to take advanced programming object CIS 176 Windows Server
through extensive laboratory time. oriented classes using C#.NET, to develop
Prereq: CAD 102 or consent of instructor. business applications using C#.NET, and to Administration
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs develop internet applications, database driven This course provides a hands-on introduction
applications, video games and mobile device and examination of the architecture and
applications. features of Windows Server. Repeatable to
CIS 130 C++ Programming Recommended Prereq: CIS115. a maximum of 6 semester hours for version
This introductory course in C++ programming updates; 3 semester hours may apply to a degree
IAI: CS 911. or certificate.
includes object-oriented, event-driven,
interactive programming techniques. Topics (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: CIS170 or concurrent
include data types, pointers, arrays, stacks, enrollment.
recursion, string processing, searching and CIS 150 Java Programming (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
sorting algorithms, classes and objects,
references and memory addresses, scope, This course introduces the concepts of object-
streams and files, and graphics. A wide variety oriented programming with an emphasis on CIS 180 Linux/UNIX Operating System
of business-oriented problems are solved by programming using Java. This course builds a thorough understanding
writing C++ programs. Recommended Prereq: CIS115; WEB110. of the Linux/UNIX operating system. Topics
Recommended Prereq: CIS115. IAI: CS 911. include: the role Linux/UNIX plays in today's
operating systems and Internet market, use
IAI: CS 911. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs of utility commands, navigation of file system
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs structure, VI editor, programming the Korn
CIS 170 Networking Essentials Shell, Linux/UNIX internals including process
management, Linux/UNIX networking
CIS 136 Data Science Programming Designed for the beginning network elements including file system structure, and
This course is an introduction to data science administration student, this course covers basic Linux/UNIX tools to compile software such as
programming using the R programming network fundamentals including standard C and C++.
language. The course is for the student who design principles, common network devices,
common network operating systems and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
expects to have hands-on R programming
skills and wishes to use it for effective data topologies, and network management issues.
analysis. Topics include importing, cleaning (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs CIS 181 Introduction to Information
and exporting data, accessing subsets of data, Systems Security
accessing R packages, plotting and graphing,
using control structures, using functions,
CIS 173 Introduction to TCP/IP This introductory course is intended for the
debugging and programming for data analysis Internetworking information systems and networking student.
projects. It covers an introduction to the principles
Designed for the beginning network of information security, including: the
Recommended Prereq: MTH070 or MTH072. administration student, this course covers need for security systems; legal, ethical and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs basic TCP/IP fundamentals including, IP professional issues; risk management; security
utilities, name resolution, remote access, planning; physical security; and technology,
sub-netting, IP routing, WINS, DNS server,
CIS 142 JavaScript Programming DHCP and troubleshooting issues. Repeatable
implementation and maintenance issues.
Recommended Prereq: CIS170.
This course is designed to introduce the student to a maximum of 8 semester hours; 2 semester
to JavaScript. Concepts and techniques include hours may apply to a degree or certificate. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
integrating HTML with JavaScript, creating Recommended Prereq: CIS170.
pop-up windows, adding scrolling messages, (1.5 lec/1 lab) 2 sem hrs CIS 185 Game Design
enhancing image and form objects, working
with cookies, among others. Students are also Students learn the tasks involved in the game
exposed to AJAX applications. CIS 174 Wireless Local Area development cycle and create game design
Recommended Prereq: WEB110; CIS115. Networking documents. Game concepts and worlds,
storytelling, character and user interface design,
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs This course provides a hands-on introduction core mechanics and balance are examined.
to Wireless Local Area Networking (WLANs), While learning how to design their own game,
including the design, planning, implementation, the students discuss, analyze and implement
operation and troubleshooting of WLANs. The design techniques. In addition, students discuss
course also provides a comprehensive overview the major game genres and identify the design
of the technologies, security and design of patterns and unique creative challenges that
WLANs. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 characterize them. Repeatable to a maximum
semester hours; 2 semester hours may apply to of 12 semester hours; three semester hours may
a degree or certificate. apply to a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: CIS170.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
178 Computer Information Systems
CIS 186 Game Development CIS 220 Advanced VB.NET, ASP.NET CIS 261 PHP Web Server Programming
This introductory course in Game Development An in-depth study of advanced Visual BASIC. This course introduces students to the PHP
includes object-oriented, event-driven, NET and ASP.NET concepts, this course language and issues associated with writing
interactive programming techniques. Students includes database file processing, creating applications on a Linux Web server. Topics
write various 2-D games. Topics include sprite classes, understanding inheritance and covered include CGI programming and
creation and manipulation, and working with polymorphism, and creating user controls. integrating database management software with
physics, as it relates to games. Various genres of Students write complete, large, interactive applications on the Linux platform. Repeatable
games are discussed and developed, including systems involving ADO.NET objects to to a maximum of 9 semester hours; 3 semester
serious games. Emphasis is placed on good access databases, and ASP.NET based Web hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
game design and game play. Repeatable to a applications. Recommended Prereq: WEB110; CIS115.
maximum of 12 semester hours; three semester Recommended Prereq: CIS114; CIS120. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
CIS 262 Advanced PHP
CIS 230 Advanced C++ This course presents advanced PHP concepts
CIS 202 Database Management This class covers design and implementation of such as design patterns, development
This course discusses the relational database large-scale problems; abstract data types; data frameworks and advanced database and object-
model and capabilities of standard DBMS structures (files, sets, pointers, lists, stacks, oriented programming, along with web services
packages. Students are guided through database queues, trees, graphs); program verification and AJAX. CakePHP is used to demonstrate
design using normalization and data modeling and complexity; recursion; dynamic concepts application development using a framework.
using the entity-relationship model. Strong (memory, scope, block structures); text Repeatable to a maximum of 9 semester hours;
foundation is provided in the SQL language and processing; and an introduction to searching 3 semester hours may apply to a degree or
database Access standards. Projects provide and algorithms. certificate.
practical experiences designing, building, and Recommended Prereq: CIS130 or consent of Recommended Prereq: CIS261; CIS202.
updating a database. instructor. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: CS 9121.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs CIS 280 Linux/UNIX System
CIS 203 Systems Analysis and Design Adminstration
This course covers the functions and techniques CIS 250 Advanced Java This course is designed to teach students to set
of systems analysis, design and development, up and administer the Linux/UNIX operating
including the analysis of information flow, This class covers the design and
implementation of large-scale problems; system. Students will perform hardware and
developing system specifications, and analyzing software installation and customization.
equipment needs. The traditional structured abstract data types; data structures (files, sets,
pointers, lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs); Other topics covered include networking and
methodology and associated tools as well as the installation and customization of web server
object-oriented approach are used throughout program verification and complexity; recursion;
dynamic concepts (memory, scope, block related software. Repeatable to a maximum of
the analysis process, from initial investigation 12 semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply
through installation and review. structures); text processing; and an introduction
to searching and sorting algorithms. Included toward a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: CIS110 or consent of Recommended Prereq: CIS180.
division dean. also is internet application development using
Recommended Coreq: CIS205. Java Servlets and JSP pages. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: CIS150 or consent of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor.
CIS 296 Special Topics/
IAI: CS 912. Information Systems
CIS 205 Information Technology
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Project Management This course offers in-depth exploration of a
special topic, issue or trend in the information
This course explains the foundations of CIS 252 Mobile Device systems field. Repeatable to a maximum of
project management - project integration, 12 semester hours for different special topics;
scope, time, cost, quality, human resources, Application Programming 6 semester hours may apply to a degree or
communications, risk and procurement - Developing and programming mobile device certificate.
using the experiences of real-life businesses. applications using the Android operating
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester hours; system and Java programming language are
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
3 semester hours may apply to a degree or introduced in this course. Students will have
certificate. the information they need to create their own
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs applications for mobile phones, tablets and
other devices. Focus will be on the Android
framework, user interface programming,
location aware applications, network enabled
applications and database applications.
Recommended Prereq: CIS150.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Criminal Justice 179
Construction CMT 201 Codes, Contracts and CMT 240 Construction Surveying
Specifications This course presents the principles and
Management (CMT) This course provides an introduction to local, methods for transferring engineering and
state, national and international building architectural designs to the ground to
codes and standards, including a survey of enable timely and efficient construction of
CMT 101 The Construction Industry code organizations and relevant legislation. buildings and site improvements. Associated
This survey course provides an introduction Contracts commonly used in the industry are topics include the use and care of surveying
to the construction industry, including career studied, along with an overview of project instruments, differential leveling, traversing,
paths in estimating, site supervision, project specifications necessary to meet contract calculations, coordinate geometry, and basic
management, and the trades. Also addressed requirements. site design principles.
are related areas of design, engineering, Recommended Prereq: BUS210; CMT111. Recommended Prereq: CMT105.
inspection and planning. Commercial, heavy/ (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
highway/infrastructure, industrial, institutional, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and residential industry segments are explored.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs CMT 210 Construction Estimating Criminal Justice (CRJ)
Construction estimating is covered, beginning
CMT 105 Print Reading for with an understanding of the costs of labor,
Construction
equipment and materials as well as profit and CRJ 100 Introduction to Criminal
overhead. Quantity measurements of basic Justice
Civil, architectural and structural drawings construction materials are used to develop
commonly used in residential, light commercial bidding packages. This survey and analysis of the criminal justice
buildings, industrial construction and land Recommended Prereq: CMT111; CMT115. system includes an historical and philosophical
development are studied in this course. overview of the development, with special
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs emphasis on the system's primary components
Plan views, elevations, sections, details and
schedules are examined in depth. and the relationship of these components in the
Recommended Coreq: CMT111. CMT 215 Contract and Project administration of criminal justice in the United
Administration States.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: CRJ101.
This course studies principals and procedures
of construction project administration from IAI: CRJ 901.
CMT 111 Construction Materials the differing viewpoints of an owner's project (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and Methods I representative and that of a contractor's on
This is a survey course of general building various project types. Specifically addressed
materials used in residential, commercial and are issues relating to authority, liability and CRJ 101 Introduction to Corrections
other similar new construction and renovation responsibility of each party. This overview and analysis of the United States
projects. Physical characteristics and properties, Recommended Prereq: CMT115; CMT201. correctional system covers: history, evolution,
manufacture and distribution are covered. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and philosophy of punishment and treatment;
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs operation and administration in institutional
and non-institutional settings; and issues in
CMT 225 Construction Project constitutional law.
CMT 115 Construction Materials Management Recommended Prereq: CRJ100.
and Methods II This course provides students with the IAI: CRJ 911.
This survey course introduces construction knowledge required to plan, schedule and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
techniques and installation procedures in manage construction projects. Tools such as
building construction. Subjects include Gantt Charts, PERT and CP/M are discussed.
earthwork, concrete, masonry, steel and wood Students apply electronic aids to assist in CRJ 102 Criminal Justice Career
construction in a variety of different project planning and scheduling a project. Basic total Exploration
types and systems. quality management, team building and change
Recommended Prereq: CMT111. management techniques are also presented. This course is designed to allow students to
Recommended Prereq: CMT210 or concurrent explore the various career choices within the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs enrollment. criminal justice system. Emphasizing work-
Recommended Coreq: CMT215. related characteristics, job duties employment
CMT 121 Sustainable Construction potential, and career trends, the course provides
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs an overview of the day-to-day operations and
and Design Principles activities of policing.
Sustainable Construction and Design Principles CMT 230 Construction Safety and (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
is an introduction to sustainable design, Health
building and remodeling. The elements and
techniques of sustainable construction and This overview of safety rules and procedures for CRJ 103 Criminal Justice
design are explored. Students also review major working on construction sites includes general Report Writing
state and national standards for sustainable and company safety policies, construction
building site job hazards and procedures, and personal This course provides criminal justice students
protective equipment needs and uses. It also with instruction and practice in the preparation
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs includes lifting, ladder and scaffold procedures, of accurate police reports suitable for use in the
hazards, communications requirements, and courtroom. The development of a clear, concise,
fire and electrical safety guidelines. narrative writing style is emphasized, and
weekly report writing exercises are critiqued.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: ENG101 or concurrent enrollment.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
180 Criminal Justice
CRJ 105 Patrol Operations CRJ 200 Criminal Investigation CRJ 230 Criminology
This course introduces students to the police This course introduces students to the This course introduces students to the multi-
patrol function, focusing on the history of fundamentals of criminal investigation. Topics disciplinary study and analysis of the nature,
policing, the importance of communication, include an examination of the preliminary causes and control of crime. The measurement
problem solving and tactics. Topics include and follow-up investigation, crime scene of crime and the interactive roles of the system,
law enforcement philosophies and theories, search, and collection and preservation of victim and offender are studied.
community policing, the importance of written evidence. Interviewing witnesses and victims, Prereq: CRJ100.
and verbal communication in the patrol interrogation of suspects, and rules governing
process, ethical considerations, officer safety the admissibility of evidence in court testimony IAI: CRJ 912.
and criminal investigation. are also covered. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
CRJ 235 Multicultural
CRJ 107 Juvenile Justice CRJ 201 Crime Scene Law Enforcement
This overview and analysis of the juvenile Investigation Laboratory This course studies cultural diversity in America
justice system in the United States covers This course studies the collection and and its relationship with law enforcement. The
the history and the philosophies of society's preservation of physical evidence. content of the course includes the impact of
reaction to juvenile behavior and problems. Emphasis is on reconstructing, sketching diversity on law enforcement; cultural specifics
Interaction among the police, judiciary, and and photographing/videotaping crime for law enforcement; multicultural elements
corrections is examined within the context of scenes. Techniques such as plaster casting, in terrorism and homeland security; law
cultural influences. Theoretical perspectives of fingerprinting and computer-assisted composite enforcement response strategies; and cultural
causation and control are introduced. drawing are explored. effectiveness for law enforcement officers.
Prereq: CRJ100. Recommended Prereq: CRJ100.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: CRJ 914. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs CRJ 202 Drug Enforcement CRJ 250 Ethics in Criminal Justice
Investigation
CRJ 115 Accident Investigation This course offers a study of drugs, including
This course explores moral, ethical and
professional issues that are encountered in the
This course provides a study of the evolution drug abuse and criminal usage and their criminal justice professions. Topics covered
of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. The needs, impact on society and enforcement agencies. include the following challenges faced by
trends and hazards of the driver, vehicle and Emphasis is on the detection, recognition and criminal justice practitioners: excessive use
roadway are examined. Students are introduced investigation of drugs. The history of drugs, of force, corruption and graft, bribery and
to the components of accident investigation psychological and physiological reactions, the gratuities, and diversity of cultures and values.
with an emphasis on obtaining, recording law, identification of drugs, and the tactics and
and interpreting information to successfully investigation of drug violations are also covered. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
reconstruct an accident scene. The course also (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
includes the following topics: the application CRJ 260 Leadership
of traffic engineering, use of enforcement
to solve traffic problems, the collection and CRJ 220 Criminal Law in Criminal Justice
interpretation of statistical data, and court This course examines and analyzes the This course studies the role of leadership in
testimony. structure and function of substantive criminal police organizations. The content includes
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs law and the principles of criminal law. The leadership and command roles, employee
acts, mental state and attendant circumstances satisfaction/dissatisfaction, problem employees,
that are the necessary elements of crime are remediation, employee evaluations, discipline
CRJ 120 The American Court System included. issues, deployment and conference facilitation.
This course studies the American criminal Prereq: CRJ100. Recommended Prereq: CRJ100; CRJ105; CRJ250.
court system and its relationship with law (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
enforcement and corrections. Focusing on the
adult criminal court system, topics include the
dynamics of the court system, the pivotal role CRJ 226 Criminal Evidence CRJ 296 Special Topics/
the court plays in the criminal justice system, This course introduces the student to legal Criminal Justice
and the court's relationship with the juvenile requirements as they relate to the rules of This course offers in-depth exploration of a
justice system. evidence, including testimony of witnesses, special topic, issue or trend in the criminal
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs admissibility of evidence and effective court justice field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
testimony. semester hours for different special topics;
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs 6 semester hours may apply to a degree or
certificate.
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Early Childhood Education 181
Disability Studies (DIS) Early Childhood ECE 107 Development and Guidance
of the School-Age Child
Education (ECE) This course focuses on the principles and
DIS 101 Disability in Society theories of the development of children
It has been estimated that nearly 1 in 5 people ECE 101 Introduction to Early between the ages of six and twelve. The use of
over the age of 12 have a disability. This course effective guidance and interaction techniques
is intended to give students working definitions Childhood Education with school-age children will be emphasized,
of types of disabilities, as well as to provide Introducing students to the field of early and their implications for school-age child care
an overview of various disability models and childhood education, this course presents and education programs will be discussed.
stereotypes. Students explore the experience of an overview of the philosophy, structure (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
disability through case studies, guest speakers, and organization of early childhood care
and role play. and education in the context of appropriate
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs practices. Students examine how their own ECE 115 Child Growth
personal qualities relate to the expectations and Development
of the field, and they study and observe
DIS 110 Perspectives on Disability developmentally appropriate practices in
This course provides a foundation in the
theory and principles of child development
Over 20% of people in the United States are different types of early childhood programs.
from the prenatal through early adolescent
identified as having a disability. This course Students also review the state and federal
stages. Students examine the theories of Piaget,
expands students' understanding of the regulations that govern early childhood
Erikson, Vygotsky, Skinner and others in an
impact of a disability throughout the lifespan. programs.
in-depth study of children's physical, social,
Topics include the history, economics, and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs emotional, cognitive, language and aesthetic
geographical perspectives of disability, a study development. Emphasizing implications for
of disability in infancy, inclusion in education, early childhood education practice, child
adolescence, and adulthood. ECE 102 Career Explorations development is also explored in the context of
Recommended Prereq: DIS101. in Early Childhood gender, family, culture and society.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course examines the responsibilities of an (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
early childhood professional, including practical
DIS 296 Special Topics guidelines for providing care for preschool-
aged children and their families. State and ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition
for Disability Studies local requirements, guidance techniques, This course explores the personal health of
This course offers in-depth exploration of communication with parents, health, safety students and the health, safety and nutrition
a special topic, issue or trend in the field of and nutrition, learning experiences and needs of children in group settings. Students
disability studies. Repeatable to a maximum of multicultural education are all discussed. examine the Illinois Department of Children
12 semester hours for different special topics; (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and Family Services licensing standards,
6 semester hours may apply to a degree or procedures for providing safe environments for
certificate. children, assessment of children's health, and
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
ECE 104 Infant and Toddler the nutritional requirements of children.
Development (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Focusing on the development of children
from prenatal to age three, this course studies ECE 125 Child, Family and Community
prenatal development, the birth process, growth
and development, health and nutritional needs, This course is a comprehensive study of the
social and emotional needs, and language and child as she/he relates to her/his family and
cognitive development. The role of adults in community. Emphasis is on communication,
enhancing infant and toddler development is diversity, professionalism and social policy.
explored, and current trends and research in An in-depth study of community resources is
areas such as brain development are covered. included.
Field observations in infant and toddler (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
programs are required as part of this course.
Recommended Prereq: ECE101; ECE115.
ECE 130 Observation and Assessment
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course provides the framework for
observing, documenting and assessing in the
ECE 106 Guiding Young Children field of early childhood education. Various
This course offers a study of early childhood observation and assessment methods and
guidance theories and practices. Emphasis is strategies are explored and evaluated as they
placed on the identification and application of relate to the developing child and his/her
positive guidance methods and techniques for culture and family. Extensive observation is a
the young child's optimal development. Cultural vital part of this course.
and societal influences and the impact they Recommended Prereq: ECE101; ECE115.
have on a child's behavior are also explored. (1.5 lec/1 lab) 2 sem hrs
Recording and observing behavior of teachers
and children is a strong component. Field
observations are required.
Recommended Prereq: ECE101; ECE115.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
182 Early Childhood Education
ECE 140 Inclusion in Early Childhood: ECE 210 Language Arts for ECE 250 Early Childhood
Birth Through Age Eight the Young Child Education Practicum
This course provides students with the This course offers a study of the language This course combines a supervised, 240-hour
tools and skills to work with children with development of preschool children with specific fieldwork experience with on-campus group
developmental differences. The focus of emphasis on how language is acquired and seminars. It is designed to provide students with
the course is on inclusion, including the used from ages 0-6. The course highlights the opportunity to apply the theories, principles
identification of developmental differences; developmental milestones in the child's and developmentally appropriate practices of
assessment and referral practices; the language development. Attention is given to early childhood education. Emphasis is placed
adaptation of curriculum and learning the selection and use of quality literature with on students' understanding and self-evaluation
environments, and the development of young children. of their roles as teachers of young children and
community support and parent/teacher Recommended Prereq: ECE198. as members of a teaching team.
partnerships. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: Consent of instructor.
Recommended Prereq: ECE101, ECE115. (1 lec/15 lab) 4 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ECE 215 Creative Activities
for the Young Child ECE 296 Special Topics for Early
ECE 145 Multiculturalism in Childhood Education
This course focuses on the theory and
Early Childhood research related to the creative development This course offers in-depth exploration of
This course focuses on the implementation of of young children. Art and music resources a special topic, issue or trend in the early
cultural and anti-bias education with young that encourage children's creativity are also childhood education field. Repeatable to a
children. Emphasizing the development of addressed. maximum of 12 semester hours for different
practical applications that balance classroom Recommended Prereq: ECE198. special topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a
daily routines, curriculum and teaching (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs degree or certificate.
strategies with the child's home culture, the (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
course presents effective ways that teachers can
assist children in learning to respect, appreciate ECE 220 Mathematics and Science
and develop positive interactions with for the Young Child ECE 299 Early Childhood Education
people different than themselves. Theories of
This course emphasizes the theory and Administration Internship
multicultural education and the student's own
cultural identity and attitudes toward others are developmentally appropriate practices, Combining academic credit with professional
explored. activities and materials for early childhood experience, this internship allows students
Recommended Prereq: ECE101, ECE115. education, mathematics and science curricula. to learn about, observe and work in the early
Recommended Prereq: ECE198. childhood education field. It provides students
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs with the opportunity to apply leadership
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
skills in a supervised, fieldwork experience,
ECE 198 Curriculum for Early with emphasis placed upon students'
ECE 225 Play and Creative Expression understanding and self-evaluation of their roles
Childhood Programs
for the Young Child as administrators of Early Childhood Education
This course provides an overview of the programs. The internship requires the
planning, implementation and evaluation of This course provides a study of different completion of 300 contact hours of experience
developmentally appropriate curriculum. Early theories and types of play. The role of the in an administrative role.
childhood curriculum models are introduced teacher in modeling and facilitating play is Prereq: Consent of instructor.
and such topics as lesson plans, classroom explored. Choosing appropriate materials and
equipment for play is emphasized. (0 lec/20 lab) 3 sem hrs
management strategies, scheduling, materials
and equipment are covered. Recommended Prereq: ECE115.
Recommended Prereq: ECE115. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Earth Science (ESC)
ECE 230 Early Childhood Center
ECE 204 Infant and Toddler Curriculum Administration ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science
This course prepares students to develop and This course offers a study of guidelines for This course is designed to provide an
implement an infant/toddler cuuriculum, the establishment of a child development introduction to science, the earth sciences,
including design of a developmentally center. Emphasis is placed upon the student's and to acquaint the student with earth
appropriate learning environment. It examines understanding of the written philosophy of a systems. Emphasis is on geology, meteorology,
teacher competencies necessary for working center and the program used by that center. climatology, geomorphology and environmental
with infants and toddlers. Field observations are Staffing, equipment and budgeting processes change, with lesser emphasis on the principles
required. are studied. The expectations of the state of astronomy and oceanography.
Recommended Prereq: ECE101; ECE104; licensing agency and other regulating agencies Note: Students enrolling in ESC100 are not
ECE115. are examined. required to enroll in ESC101 (lab). However,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: ECE101, ECE115.
those students needing a 4 semester-hour
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs lab science for transfer purposes may wish to
ECE 207 School-Age Programming concurrently enroll in ESC100 and ESC101.
This course examines the knowledge and IAI: P1 905.
skills needed to work effectively with the
school-age child. Focusing on the planning, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
organization, assessment and implementation
of developmentally appropriate activities, the
course also explores the impact of cultural
diversity on all aspects of care and education of
the school-age child.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Education 183
ESC 101 Survey of Earth ESC 130 Introduction to Oceanography ECN 202 Principles of Economics-
Science Laboratory This course is designed to provide an Macroeconomics
This course is designed to acquaint the student introduction to oceanography by highlighting This course provides an introduction to basic
with the scientific method and earth systems. several components of the marine environment. economic principles and the principles of
Emphasis is on topics related to geology, Emphasis is on plate tectonics, oceanic macroeconomics. Topics include demand and
oceanography and meteorology, which are circulation, the properties of seawater, waves supply; national income accounting theories;
explored through selected laboratory exercises. and tidal action, coastal features and landforms, economic growth; economic fluctuations;
Prereq: ESC100 or concurrent enrollment. and oceanic habitats and their biota. Lesser income distribution; fiscal policy and public
emphasis is placed on marine sedimentation, debt; money, banking and monetary policy;
IAI: P1 905L. the physiography of the ocean floor and general and international economics, including
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs marine productivity. international trade and finance.
IAI: P1 905. IAI: S3 901.
ESC 110 Climate and Global Change (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course is designed to provide an
introduction to climate and to acquaint the ESC 296 Special Topics/Earth Science ECN 210 Global Economic Issues
student with the processes that govern global
weather and climate conditions. The student This course offers in-depth exploration of a This course involves the analysis of current
will gain a general understanding of climate special topic, issue or trend in earth science, socioeconomic issues by actively applying basic
change, global warming, acid rain, ozone including specific studies in geology, geography, economic principles and the evaluation of
depletion, and desertification. Current theories oceanography, meteorology or any of their policy solutions from an economic perspective.
regarding humankind's impact on climate are sub-disciplines. Repeatable to a maximum of Topics may include: income distribution and
also emphasized. 24 semester hours for different special topics; poverty, labor markets, international trade,
6 semester hours may apply to a degree or immigration, environmental policy, health care,
IAI: P1 905. certificate. and education.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (0 to 6 lec/0 to 12 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs Prereq: ECN100 or ECN201 or ECN202.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ESC 120 Introduction to Meteorology
This course is an introduction to Earth's
Economics (ECN) ECN 296 Special Topics/Economics
atmosphere and the forces behind the weather. This course offers in-depth exploration of a
Topics include temperature, water vapor, cloud
and precipitation formation, atmospheric ECN 100 Introduction to Economics special topic, issue or trend in the economics
field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
stability, mid-latitude cyclones, weather This is a survey course introducing students hours for different special topics; 6 semester
forecasting, thunderstorms, tornadoes and to the basics of both macroeconomics and hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
hurricanes. A laboratory section includes microeconomics. Topics studied include:
weather observation and analysis techniques, how markets work, competition, income (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
using weather charts, diagrams and studying distribution, fiscal and monetary policy, and the
past storm events. global economy.
IAI: P1 905L Note: Not intended for students majoring in Education (EDU)
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs economics or business or for students with a See also Mathematics (MTH) and Music (MUS)
minor in economics. for additional courses for education majors.
ESC 125 Severe and Unusual Weather IAI: S3 900.
This course provides an introduction into the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs EDU 100 Strategies for the
weather phenomena that most severely impact Paraprofessional Educator
society, including thunderstorms, tornadoes, ECN 201 Principles of Economics- This course provides an overview of the roles
hurricanes, winter storms, floods, drought, and responsibilities of a paraprofessional
ENSO, and temperature extremes. Emphasis Microeconomics educator. Team building, instructional
is placed on the methods for forecasting, This course provides an introduction to basic strategies, classroom management/organization
detecting, monitoring, and mitigating the economic principles and the principles of techniques, diversity in the classroom, and
hazards associated with these atmospheric microeconomics. Topics covered include the the ethical and legal aspects of the role are
phenomena. behavior of the consumer; price theory and considered. The student is also introduced to
Prereq: RDG070 or by placement; MTH070 or resource allocation; the behavior of the firm the ages and stages of child development and
MTH072 or by placement. under different market conditions, including the field of special education.
perfect competition and imperfect competition;
IAI: P1 905.
antitrust policy; and the economics of the labor
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs market.
IAI: S3 902.
EDU 200 Introduction to Education
This course provides an introduction to the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs profession of teaching in the context of the
American educational system. The historical,
philosophical, social and legal foundations of
education are introduced, and ethical issues in
a diverse society, the organizational structure
of school systems and school governance are
examined.
Recommended Coreq: EDU202.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
184 Education
EDU 202 Clinical Experience EDU 296 Topics/Issues for Education Emergency Medical
in Education This course offers in-depth exploration of
This 45-hour documented clinical experience a special topic, issue or trend in the field of Technician (EMT)
allows students considering a career in teaching education. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
to observe and interact with children and semester hours for different special topics;
teachers in classroom settings. Focused on 6 semester hours may apply to a degree or EMT 100Introduction
the subject and age category in which the certificate. to Community Paramedic
students are planning to teach, the clinical (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs Introduction to Community Paramedic
experience is planned, guided, and evaluated by examines the work of community paramedics as
a cooperating teacher and the college instructor. members of a distinct community that works in
A weekly on-campus seminar explores such
topics as effective teaching methods, classroom
Electronics collaboration with local Public Health agencies
in order to assess and evaluate community
management techniques, and learning
styles, and assists students in assessing their
Technology (ELT) services and systems in order to identify gaps in
services between the community and healthcare
commitment to teaching as a career. systems and services. The Community
Note: To be approved for placement in the ELT 101 Introductory Electronics Paramedic navigates and establishes systems
clinical experience, the student is required to better serve citizens. They are trained as
This course introduces laboratory instruments, direct service providers which will ensure
to pass and pay for a criminal background circuit components, basic measuring basic and advanced levels of care appropriate
check. Also, the number of EDU202 Clinical techniques and basic circuits used as building to prevention, emergencies, evaluation, triage,
Experience in Education transferable hours blocks in any electronic system. disease management, and basic oral and mental
will be determined by the transfer institution. (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs health. This course serves as an introduction
Recommended Coreq: EDU200. to the Certified Community Paramedic
curriculum.
(1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs ELT 110 DC-AC Circuit Analysis
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
This course provides students with the basics of
EDU 205 Introduction to Technology Direct Current (DC) and Alternating Current
in Education (AC) circuits. This is knowledge fundamental EMT 120 Emergency Medical
to all other electronics courses and is used by Technician - Basic
This course introduces students entering the those working in the electronics field.
teaching profession to the knowledge and skills This course emphasizes emergency medical
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs care skills and teaches these skills in a job-
required to demonstrate proficiency in the
current technology standards that have been related context based on the Department of
established for educators. The course focuses ELT 120 Introduction Transportation (DOT) National Standard
Curriculum. Course content includes the care
on both knowledge and performance, and it to Solid State Devices of individuals with various traumatic/emergent
includes hands-on technology activities.
Recommended Prereq: Keyboarding; basic skill This course provides an introduction solid state medical conditions, as well as training in the
in word processing, spreadsheet and database devices. The topics covered are those most use of medical equipment and materials. This
programs. essential for modern technicians working in the course prepares the student for either the State
electronics field. licensure examination for the State Emergency
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: ELT110. Medical Technician Basic or the National
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs Registry of Emergency Medical Technician
EDU 210 Educational Psychology Examination through the Illinois Department of
Public Health. Repeatable to a maximum of 36
This course studies the psychological principles ELT 235 Microprocessors semester hours; 9 semester hours may apply to
that provide the foundation for educational a degree or certificate.
practice. The theories of cognitive and This course provides students with a practical
psychological development, human learning working knowledge of microprocessors and Note: Students must submit proof of current
and motivation are discussed, with an emphasis microcontrollers. This in turn prepares students CPR or Basic Life Support for Health Care
on application for instruction and assessment. to work on a wide variety of electronics systems
that range from electronic appliances to Providers to the instructor on the first day
Learner-centered instruction and diversity of class and are required to purchase a
issues are also addressed. automobiles and sophisticated robotic systems.
Recommended Prereq: PSY100. Recommended Prereq: ELT110. stethoscope. The State of Illinois requires
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs completion of high school equivalency or
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
a high school diploma prior to testing for
ELT 296 Special Topics/Electronics certification, and that students be at least
EDU 220 Introduction 18 years of age to test. Proof of a tuberculosis
to Special Education This course offers in-depth exploration of a
test and current immunizations must be
special topic, issue or trend in the electronics
This survey course introduces the historical, field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester submitted to the instructor prior to the first
philosophical and legal foundations of special hours for different special topics; 6 semester day of the emergency room experience.
education. Topics include an overview of the hours may apply to a degree or certificate. Prereq: Reading assessment; CPR training
characteristics of individuals with disabilities; (American Heart Association Basic Life Support
a review of the provisions of the Individuals (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
for Health Care Providers); 17.5 years of age or
With Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) and its older; ability to lift a pre-determined weight.
associated programs; and an examination of
the diverse nature of exceptional populations, (8 lec/3 lab) 9 sem hrs
with an emphasis on the relationship between
personal and student cultural perspectives.
Recommended Prereq: ECE115.
Recommended Coreq: EDU202.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Engineering 185
EMT 124 Survey of Paramedic Skills EMT 128 Paramedic IV EMT 230 In-Hospital Clinical
This course is intended to train paramedics in This course is intended to train paramedics Experience - Paramedic II
history taking, physical examintation, airway in hematology, infectious disease, abuse In-hospital clinical experience includes:
management, medical patient assessment, and assault, challenged patients, extrication instruction and supervised practice of
medical patient management, cardiac patient awareness, ambulance operations, medical emergency medical skills primarily in the
assessment and management, trauma patient incident command, crime scene awareness, Emergency Departments of Northwestern
assessment and management, venous access, rural EMS, and assessment-based management. Medicine-Delnor Hospital, Presence Mercy
medication administration, obstetric patient It includes classroom theory and laboratory Medical Center, and Rush-Copley Medical
assessment and management, delivery and experience. Center. Other experience is gained in critical
care for a newborn, pediatric assessment and Prereq: Program admission; current license as care units, operating rooms, labor and delivery
leadership skills. It includes classroom theory an EMT-B; C or better in EMT124, EMT125, or cardiac catheterization labs. The in-hospital
and laboratory experience. EMT126, EMT127, EMT130, and EMT131. clinical runs concurrently with the field clinical
Prereq: Program admission; current license as Coreq: EMT230; EMT231. and the paramedic internship.
an EMT-B. (3 lec/3 lab) 4.5 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; current license as
Coreq: EMT125; EMT126. an EMT-B; C or better in EMT124, EMT125,
(6 lec/ lab) 6 sem hrs EMT126, EMT127, EMT130, and EMT131.
EMT 130 In-Hospital Clinical Coreq: EMT128; EMT231.
Experience - Paramedic I 1 sem hrs
EMT 125 Paramedic I (0 lec/3 lab)
In-hospital clinical experience includes:
This course is intended to train paramedics instruction and supervised practice of
in pulmonology, medical/legal issues, ethics, emergency medical skills primarily in the EMT 231 Field Clinical Experience
Emergency Medical Systems, personal wellness, Emergency Departments of Northwestern for Paramedic II
injury prevention, communications, anatomy Medicine-Delnor Hospital, Presence Mercy
and physiology, pathophysiology, medication Field clinical experience includes: a period
Medical Center, and Rush-Copley Medical of supervised pre-hospital experience on an
administration and life span development. Center. Other experience is gained in critical
This course includes classroom theory and Advanced Life Support vehicle. Students are
care units, operating rooms, labor and delivery under the direct supervision of a department
laboratory experience. or cardiac catheterization labs. The in-hospital
Prereq: Program admission; current license as approved mentor. This represents the phase
clinical runs concurrently with the field clinical of instruction where the student learns how
an EMT-B. and the paramedic internship.
Coreq: EMT124 to apply cognitive knowledge and the skills
Prereq: Program admission; current license as developed in the skills laboratory and hospital
(4 lec/5 lab) 6.5 sem hrs an EMT-B; EMT124; EMT125; EMT126. clinical to the field environment. The field
Coreq: EMT127; EMT131. clinical runs concurrently with the in-hospital
EMT 126 Paramedic II (0 lec/6 lab) 3 sem hrs clinical and the paramedic internship.
Prereq: Program admission; current license as
This course is intended to train paramedics an EMT-B; C or better in EMT124, EMT125,
in International Life Support, trauma, EMT 131 Field Clinical Experience EMT126, EMT127, EMT130, and EMT131.
environmental emergencies, psychiatric and for Paramedic I Coreq: EMT128; EMT230.
behavioral disorders, gynecology, obstetrics,
neonatology, pediatrics, Pediatric Life Support, Field clinical experience includes: a period (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs
geriatric emergencies, Advanced Cardiac of supervised pre-hospital experience on an
Advanced Life Support vehicle. Students are
Life Support, airway management, patient
under the direct supervision of a department EMT 299 Paramedic Internship
assessment, arrhythmia recognition and
cardiology. It includes classroom theory and approved mentor. This represents the phase Combining academic credit with professional
laboratory experience. of instruction where the student learns how experience, the paramedic internship is the
Prereq: Program admission; current license as to apply cognitive knowledge and the skills evaluative phase of the paramedic program.
an EMT-B; EMT125. developed in the skills laboratory and hospital Students serve as entry-level paramedics under
Coreq: EMT124 clinical to the field environment. The field the supervision of an approved Southern Fox
clinical runs concurrently with the in-hospital Valley-Emergency Medical Systems preceptor.
(4 lec/5 lab) 6.5 sem hrs clinical and the paramedic internship. Prereq: Program admission; current license as
Prereq: Program admission; current license as an EMT-B; C or better in EMT124, EMT125,
EMT 127 Paramedic III an EMT-B; EMT124; EMT125; EMT126. EMT126, EMT127, EMT128, EMT130,
Coreq: EMT127; EMT130. EMT131, EMT230, and EMT231.
This course is intended to train paramedics in
medical/legal issues, ethics, emergency/medical (0 lec/7.5 lab) 2 sem hrs (0 lec/9.5 lab) 3 sem hrs
systems, personal wellness, injury prevention,
communications, life span development,
acute interventions for chronic-care patients, Engineering (EGR)
neurology, endocrinology, allergies/anaphylaxis,
gastroenterology, urology/nephrology,
toxicology, and substance abuse. It includes EGR 101 Engineering Graphics
classroom theory and laboratory experience.
Prereq: Program admission; current license as This introduction to engineering and design
an EMT-B; C or better in EMT124, EMT125, includes drafting, dimensioning, tolerancing,
and EMT126. fasteners and descriptive geometry. Engineering
Coreq: EMT130 and EMT131. graphics topics include multi-view orthographic
representations, principal auxiliary views,
(3 lec/3 lab) 4.5 sem hrs section views and production drawings. At
least 50 percent of the course will require the
student to use CAD. Additional lab time outside
of class may be required in order to complete
assignments/projects.
IAI: EGR 941.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
186 Engineering
EGR 220Analytical ENG 070 Basic Composition II ENG 153 Technical Writing
Mechanics-Statics Basic Composition II is the second in a two- This course emphasizes technical writing
This is the first part of an introduction to course developmental composition sequence basics, including defining an audience,
mechanics from an engineering perspective. It that precedes transfer-level composition understanding style and format, using graphic
is a study of systems of forces and moments as courses. This course encourages students to elements and visual aids, evaluating purpose
they apply to the equilibrium of particles and develop/refine their voice and writing skills and format and document handling with
rigid bodies and to the analysis of structures while responding to more complex formal business ethics in mind. Students develop
such as trusses, beams, frames and machines. writing situations. Students learn how to business-related documents such as proposals,
Prereq: MTH131; PHY221 or concurrent compose both formal essays and informal reports, user manuals, and technical brochures.
enrollment. writing tasks. Students also engage in the Sentence-level mechanics, conciseness,
research process as they participate in a larger paragraph structure, organization, and language
IAI: EGR 942. academic community of thinkers, readers, and precision are addressed. Collaboration and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs writers. revision are emphasized.
Prereq: C or better in ENG050 or placement by (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
assessment.
EGR 230 Analytical Mechanics- (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Dynamics ENG 204 Creative Writing: Fiction
This is the second part of an introduction to This course provides guided practice in
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I writing fiction, with emphasis on the structure,
mechanics from an engineering perspective. It
is a study of the motion of particles and rigid This course focuses on the writing and revising elements and skills common to creative
bodies, in general and as applied to simple of expository essays and writing projects expression in fiction. It is designed to help
mechanisms. and is the first in a two-course sequence. It students discover and develop their own best
Recommended Prereq: EGR220. concentrates on the writing process, identifying medium for expression.
and responding to different audiences and Prereq: ENG 101.
IAI: EGR 943. rhetorical situations, and understanding the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs conventions of format and structure in various
discourse communities, including academic
writing. Practice in critical thinking and essay ENG 205 Creative Writing: Poetry
EGR 296 Topics/Issues for Engineering development is emphasized. This course offers practice and guidance
This course offers in-depth exploration of a Note: IAI General Education requires a C or in the writing of poetry with emphases
special topic, issue or trend in the engineering better in this course. on fundamental elements of image, trope,
field. Repeatable to a maximum of 24 semester Prereq: C or better in ENG070 or placement by metaphor, voice, line, diction, syntax, and
hours for different special topics; 6 semester assessment or ETP075. rhythm. Students will read and write lyric,
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. narrative, and dramatic poems and work toward
(1 to 6 lec/0 lab) 1 to 6 sem hrs IAI: C1 900. discovering and developing their own voices in
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs a collaborative, workshop setting. Students will
also read poetry by established poets.
Prereq: ENG 101.
English (ENG) ENG 102 First-Year Composition II (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
See also Reading (RDG). This course focuses on the writing, researching
and revising of expository essays and writing
projects. The second of a two-course sequence, ENG 206 Creative Writing: Non-Fiction
NOTE: Placement in English courses is
it concentrates on the writing process, This course provides guided practice in writing
determined by scores on required assessment
identifying and responding to different creative non-fiction, with emphasis on the
tests or ACT or SAT scores.
audiences and rhetorical contexts, and structure, elements, and skills common to
understanding the conventions of format and creative expression in non-fiction. It is designed
ENG 050 Basic Composition I structure in various discourse communities, to help students discover and develop their
Basic Composition I is the first in a two-course including academic writing. Practice in critical own stories and research into fully developed
developmental composition sequence that thinking and essay development is emphasized. narratives about the world around them.
precedes transfer-level composition courses. Students write analytical and argumentative Prereq: ENG101.
essays, including an academic research paper.
This course encourages students to find/define (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
their voice while developing an understanding Note: IAI General Education requires a C or
and facility with basic writing skills and better in this course.
negotiating an individualized writing process. Prereq: C or better in ENG101.
ENG 211 American Literature to 1865
Students express themselves in a variety of both This course is a survey of representative works
formal and informal writing situations. IAI: C1 901R. illustrating the development of American
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs literature from its beginnings to the Civil War,
with an emphasis on major literary movements
understood in relation to their intellectual,
ENG 152 Business Communication social, and political contexts.
This basic communication course for the Prereq: ENG101.
occupational or technical student is intended to
improve the student's written communication IAI: H3 914.
skills, with major emphasis on writing business (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
correspondence more effectively for business
and industry.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
English 187
ENG 212 American Literature ENG 222 British Literature From 1800 ENG 230 Introduction to Poetry
From 1865 This course is a chronological study of the This course is a critical study of world poetry
This course explores writings in the United evolving world of British literature. Major works with respect to structure and content through
States from the end of the Civil War to of poetry, drama and fiction from the Romantic, close reading of poems in a variety of styles
the present with emphases on major Victorian, Modern and contemporary periods from the Renaissance to recent times.
literary movements, such as Realism, are studied. Students will forge connections Prereq: ENG101.
Naturalism, Modernism, Postmodernism and between authors, works, eras and genres
through critical analysis and synthesis. This IAI: H3 903.
Multiculturalism, understood in relation to
their intellectual, social and political contexts. course is a continuation of ENG221 but may be (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: ENG101. taken independently.
Prereq: ENG101.
IAI: H3 915. ENG 235 Short Stories to Novels:
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: H3 913. Examining Fiction
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course is a critical study of three forms of
fiction (short story, novella, and novel) from
ENG 215 Masterpieces of American
ENG 225 Masterpieces classic and contemporary selections. It includes
Literature critical analysis, study of techniques, historical
of British Literature background and thematic interpretations of the
This course emphasizes the development and
treatment of major themes and ideas in the This course emphasizes the major themes, ideas works read. English majors should be aware that
works of significant American authors. Such and eras of British literature. Selections include universities may accept only a certain number
representative writers as Bradford Edwards, Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, the Romantic, of English courses.
Franklin, Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Emerson, Victorian and Modern eras, and contemporary Prereq: ENG101.
Thoreau, Twain, James, Dickinson, Faulkner, British literature. Understanding and enjoyment
of the assigned readings is emphasized along IAI: H3 901.
Hemingway, Steinbeck and others are read.
Understanding and enjoyment of the assigned with historical and sociological contexts. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
readings are emphasized along with historical Prereq: ENG101.
and sociological contexts. IAI: H3 913. ENG 240 Introduction to Drama as
Prereq: ENG101.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Literature
IAI: H3 915.
This course explores the literary aspects,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ENG 226 Introduction to Shakespeare concepts and principles of drama. It includes
the critical study of various types of plays from
This course is an introduction of the works of
ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures a variety of periods. Consideration is given to
Shakespeare for understanding and enjoyment
the technical aspects of dramatic production,
of the United States through a study and analysis of representative
as well as backgrounds of the physical theatre,
plays.
This course is an introduction to multicultural historical development of the drama form and
Prereq: ENG101.
literary works of the United States, with selected authors.
emphases on novels, autobiographies, poetry, IAI: H3 905. Prereq: ENG101.
short stories, drama, memoir, essays, journals (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: H3 902.
and other literary genres. This course requires
students to read and understand a variety of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
texts in order to explore issues of race, ethnicity, ENG 228 Children's Literature
class, caste, gender, sex, sexuality, nation, Children's Literature introduces the students ENG 245 World Literature
region, disability, age and ecosystem, along with to the major genres of children's books, both
history, formal dynamics and the personal as This course is a survey of representative
in print and digital formats. The class focuses
political. readings from ancient times to the present.
on authors, illustrators and trends in children's
Prereq: ENG101. The course emphasizes the significance of the
literature for emerging readers through middle
selections as human documents as well as their
IAI: H3 910D. school students. The impact of popular culture,
importance as literature. Although this course
caregiver and educator influence and societal
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs focuses primarily upon Western literature,
trends on children's literature and literacy
representative texts from other cultures may be
development will be investigated. Selection of
integrated into the syllabus. A cross selection of
ENG 221 British Literature to 1800 age and reading level appropriate materials,
literary genre ranging from Greek and Roman
introducing children to books, and storytelling
This course is a chronological study of British epics to modern plays, love sonnets and modern
are also emphasized.
masterpieces from Beowulf through the pre- short stories constitutes the course reading list.
Prereq: ENG101.
Romantics. The history of ideas may be studied Prereq: ENG101.
to show the relationship between an idea and its IAI: H3 918.
IAI: H3 906.
literary embodiments. Critical analysis skills are (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
required. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: ENG101.
ENG 229 Introduction to Literature
IAI: H3 912.
This course is an introduction to fiction (short
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs story and novellas or novels), poetry and drama
from classic to contemporary selections. This
course includes study of literary techniques and
thematic interpretations of the works read.
Prereq: ENG101.
IAI: H3 900.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
188 English
ENG 255 Women's Literature Film Studies (FLM) Fire Science (FSC)
This course introduces students to novels, short
stories, poetry, essays, memoir, drama, journals
and other literary genre written by women in FLM 250 Film as Art: A Survey of Film FSC 105 Basic Operations
English across several centuries and from a An introduction to film as an art form, this Firefighter Module A
variety of racial, ethnic, sexual, class, disability, course examines aesthetic and production
age, regional and national backgrounds. This course provides the lecture and practical
elements of the motion picture medium, training toward the Basic Operations
Students explore how systems of race, ethnicity, including its narrative genres, directorial styles,
class, caste, gender, sex, sexuality, disability, Firefighter Certification by the Office of the
cinematography, film acting, and film editing. State Fire Marshal. This course covers fire
age, region, nation and ecosystem affect the
conditions under which women write as well IAI: F2 908. department organization, fire behavior, building
as what they write. Students also explore construction, safety, communications, self-
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs contained breathing apparatus, extinguishers,
differences and continuities in women writers'
perspectives and their uses of form, content and and ropes and knots.
subject. FLM 260 History of Film (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
Prereq: ENG101. This course surveys the historical development
IAI: H3 911D. of film, emphasizing the study of international FSC 115 Basic Operations
films, movements, genres, and innovations
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs in film production that have had significant Firefighter Module B
influence on film as an art form. This course provides the lecture and practical
ENG 265 Latina and Latino Literature IAI: F2 909.
training toward Basic Operations Firefighter
Certification by the Office of the State Fire
Latina and Latino Literature introduces (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Marshal. Topics discussed include nozzles and
students to major Latina and Latino writings streams, water supply, forcible entry, ladders,
in English in the United States. The course hose and appliances, ventilation. Enforced
focuses on the primary works, authors and FLM 270 Film and Literature Prereq: FSC105 or concurrent enrollment.
trends in Latina/o literature. Students read texts This course is a study of formal, thematic and/
in a variety of genres--fiction, drama, essays, or historical relationships between literary and (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
poetry, memoir, etc. Authors include, but are cinematic forms, including an examination of
not limited to, those with roots in Cuba, the adaptations and influences that demonstrate the FSC 118 Basic Operations
Dominican Republic, Mexico, Puerto Rico strengths of each artistic medium.
and throughout South, Central and North Firefighter Module C
Americas. IAI: HF 908. This course provides training toward Basic
Prereq: ENG101. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Operations Firefighter Certification by the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Office of the State Fire Marshal. Topics
discussed include Fireground Search and
ENG 296 Special Topics in Literature Finance Rescue, Fire Control, Loss Control, Alarm
Detection and Suppression Systems, Fire
This course offers in-depth exploration of and Banking (FIN) Prevention and Education, Wildland
Firefighting, Fire Fighter Survival, Preserving
a special topic, issue or trend in literature.
Repeatable to a maximum of 16 semester hours Evidence. Enforced
for different special topics; 6 semester hours FIN 200 Principles of Finance Prereq: FSC105; FSC115 or concurrent
may apply to a degree or certificate. enrollment.
In this introduction to the role of financial
Prereq: ENG101.
management in today's business world, the (4 lec/ lab) 4 sem hrs
(2 to 4 lec/0 lab) 2 to 4 sem hrs following course topics are emphasized:
financial markets, debt and equity financing, FSC 120 Hazardous Materials
short and long term financing, capital Operations
Entrepreneurship (ETR) budgeting, risk and rates of return, and financial
This course is designed to provide students
statement analysis.
Recommended Prereq: ACC120. with the skills and knowledge necessary to be
ETR 140 Introduction to examined and certified by the Illinois Office of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the State Fire Marshal as a Hazardous Materials
Entrepreneurship First Responder.
This course exposes students to the FIN 205 Personal Finance (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
entrepreneurial experience and perspective, and Investing
the role of entrepreneurship and its impact
on organizations of all types and society-at- This course offers students sound direction
large. Included are case studies of both failed in making personal financial decisions. It is a
and successful ventures and a look at current comprehensive look at the important financial
economic needs and trends. decisions that individuals make throughout
their lives and provides a foundation for making
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs informed personal financial decisions. Coverage
includes investment fundamentals and investing
strategies, guidance on consumer purchases,
insurance basics, time value of money concepts,
and retirement and estate planning.
Recommended Prereq: BUS100.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Fire Science 189
FSC 125 Advanced Technician FSC 170 Fire Science Instructor I FSC 232 Fire Science Administration II
Firefighter This course is designed to meet the needs of This course covers workplace communication,
This course provides partial training those individuals who wish to expand their work groups, group job performance, group
toward Advanced Technician Firefighter knowledge in the area of instructing other leadership, and the role of health and safety in a
Certification and instructs Basic Operations individuals. It is structured to provide basic fire science organization. This course provides
Firefighter students in advanced firefighting information about human relations in the training toward Fire Officer I Certification by
techniques. Content for this course includes teaching-learning environment, methods of the Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal.
fire department organization, fire behavior, teaching and the proper method of writing Recommended Prereq: FSC231.
safety, communications, building construction, lesson plans. This course provides training (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ladders, fire hose, water supply, tools and toward Fire Instructor I Certification by the
equipment, forcible entry, ventilation, fire Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal and is
control, protecting evidence for cause and designed using NFPA Standard 1041, Chapter FSC 233 Fire Science
origin, fire prevention and education, fire 2, 1996 edition. A Firefighter II Certification Administration III
detection and alarm suppression systems, is required to qualify for an Instructor I
Certification. This course covers the role and function of a
firefighter survival and technical rescue. Fire Officer II. Topics include organization,
Successful completion of this course, practical Recommended Prereq: Firefighter II
Certification. management, social services, capital resource
completion and passage of the state written management, public finance and budgeting,
exam along with other required Office of the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs public relations and information management
State Fire Marshal courses leads to Office of the as they pertain to a fire science organization.
State Fire Marshal Certification as an Advanced
Technician Firefighter. FSC 215 Technical Rescue and This course provides training toward Fire
Officer II Certification by the Illinois Office of
Recommended Prereq: FSC105 and FSC115; or Vehicle Operations the State Fire Marshal.
Basic Operations Firefighter Certification. This course provides training toward the Office Recommended Prereq: Fire Officer I
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs of the State Fire Marshal Technical Rescue Certification.
Awareness Certification and partial training (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
toward the Fire Service Vehicle Operator
FSC 140 Fire Apparatus Engineer Certification. The technical rescue awareness
This course is designed to provide students segment of the course covers identification FSC 234 Fire Science
with the necessary background, knowledge and of rescue situations, their specific hazards, Administration IV
skills to perform the duties of a fire apparatus and the appropriate responses. Successful
engineer, which include pump operations, completion qualifies the student for the Office This course covers personnel management,
pump functions, pumper components, pumper of the State Fire Marshal State Certification health and safety, and labor relations as they
requirements for maintaining and testing exam for Technical Rescue Awareness. The fire pertain to a fire science organization. This
apparatus, fire stream development, and service vehicle operator portion of the course course provides training toward Fire Officer II
water supply in relation to various fire ground discusses the safe operation of a fire service Certification by the Illinois Office of the State
situations. This course provides training toward vehicle during emergency and non-emergency Fire Marshal.
Fire Apparatus Engineer Certification by the situations. The classroom instruction must Recommended Prereq: FSC233.
Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal. be combined with a fire department practical (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: Firefighter II driving exam for the completion of the Office of
Certification. the State Fire Marshal examination for the Fire
Service Vehicle Operator Certification. FSC 260 Tactics and Strategy II
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs This course provides additional tactics and
strategies essential for effective ground
FSC 150 Vehicle and operations. It emphasizes strategy, incident
Machinery Operations FSC 220 Fire Inspection and management, multicompany operations,
This course provides basic skills toward the Prevention planning and stress. This course provides
training toward Fire Officer II Certification by
performance of rescue specialist operations. This fire prevention and inspection course the Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal.
It provides an introduction to the knowledge is designed to provide basic training in the Recommended Prereq: FSC160 or Fire Officer I
and skills required in the various specialties principle aspects of public education, code certification.
of extrication. This course provides training enforcement and engineering. Subject material
toward Rescue Specialist-Roadway Extrication covered includes life safety, hazards, cause, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Certification by the Illinois Office of the State codes, public education and fire prevention
Fire Marshal. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 bureau management. FSC 270 Fire Science Instructor II
semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to Recommended Prereq: Firefighter III
the degree. Certification. This course is designed to meet the needs of
Recommended Prereq: Firefighter II those individuals who wish to expand their
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs knowledge in the area of instructing others.
Certification.
It is structured to provide basic information
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
FSC 231 Fire Science Administration I about human relations in the teaching-learning
environment, methods of teaching and the
This course covers the role and function
FSC 160 Tactics and Strategy I of a Fire Officer I, management principles,
proper method of writing lesson plans. This
course provides training toward Fire Instructor
This introduction to the basic principles and organizational concepts, staffing, basic II Certification by the Illinois Office of the
methods associated with fireground tactics motivational skills and performance appraisal. State Fire Marshall and is designed using NFPA
and strategy as required of the company officer This course provides training toward Fire Standard 1041, Chapter 3, 1996 edition.
emphasizes size-up, fire ground operations, Officer I. Certification is required to qualify for
pre-fire planning, and basic engine and truck Fire Officer I. Note: Students should be aware that a
company operations. Recommended Prereq: Firefighter III Saturday class meeting may be required.
Recommended Prereq: FSC105. Certification. Recommended Prereq: FSC170 or Fire Science
Instructor I Certification.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
190 Foreign Languages
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Graphic Design 191
GEO 296 Special Topics in Geography GLG 103 Environmental Geology GER 201 Intermediate German I
This course offers in-depth analysis of a special This course examines human interaction with This course provides a thorough review of
topic, issue, or trend in geography. Topics may geologic processes and hazards, including grammar and an in-depth consideration of the
include GIS or other areas related to geography. earthquakes, volcanoes, mass wasting most difficult grammatical concepts. Emphasis
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester hours and flooding. Environmental concerns to on reading, writing and speaking the German
for different special topics; 6 semester hours be discussed include the occurrence and language is stressed throughout the course.
may apply to a degree or certificate. availability of geologic resources (energy, water Recommended Prereq: GER102 or two years of
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs and minerals), land use planning, groundwater high school German.
pollution and remediation, environmental (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
health and law. The course is intended for non-
science or potential environmental sciences
Geology (GLG) majors. GER 202 Intermediate German II
IAI: P1 908. This course is a continuation of GER201 and
GLG 100 Introduction provides a further study and review of grammar
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and idiomatic colloquial German. Increased
to Physical Geology emphasis is placed on conversational and free
This course examines the basic principles GLG 120 Geology of the composition and the reading of more difficult
of geology from a physical and historical texts.
National Parks Recommended Prereq: GER201 or three years of
perspective. It includes such topics as the
formation of rocks and minerals; internal Geology of the National Parks develops high school German.
and external processes modifying the earth's geological background, concepts and principles
through the study of selected national parks. IAI: H1 900.
surface and other natural phenomena; and the
evolutionary history of the earth, including its Students articulate the reasons why sites are (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
life forms and continents. designated as national parks, monuments, and
seashores, and the role that geology has in
Note: Students enrolling in GLG100 are not determining that status. Basic geologic concepts GER 296 Special Topics in German
required to enroll in GLG101 (lab). However, discussed are minerals, rocks, geologic time, This course offers in-depth exploration of a
those students needing a 4 semester-hour sedimentary environments and rivers, plate special topic, issue or trend as it relates to the
lab science for transfer purposes may wish to tectonics, volcanoes, weathering, mass wasting, German language.
concurrently enroll in GLG100 and GLG101. earthquakes, and glaciers and glaciation. (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
Human interactions and archeology are
IAI: P1 907. presented where appropriate.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: P1 907. Graphic Design (GRD)
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
GLG 101 Introduction
to Physical Geology GRD 135 Desktop Publishing
Laboratory German (GER) This course covers desktop publishing
technology, progressing from the beginning to
This course includes weekly face-to-face the advanced level. Students design projects
laboratory work involving mineral and rock GER 101 Elementary German I exploring the software and hardware aspects
identification, topographic and geologic map of electronic page layout and design. Students
exercises, and some fieldwork. This is an introductory course in the basic also learn to integrate various type, image and
Prereq: GLG100 or concurrent enrollment. structures and vocabulary of German. The graphic elements. Other topics include file
course is taught by using culturally authentic transfer and document printing.
IAI: P1 907L. themes from everyday life with an emphasis on
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs communication. In addition to the four basic Note: Software includes Adobe InDesign and
language skills of listening, speaking, reading, other applications.
and writing, cultural aspects of the German- (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
GLG 102 Historical Geology speaking countries are also presented.
This course is an introduction to the origin (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and structure of the earth through a study of GRD 160 Computer Illustration
the evolution of its life and continents over the This course covers vector graphics computer
last 4.6 billion years. Emphasis is placed on the GER 102 Elementary German II software, progressing from the beginning to the
formation and interpretation of sedimentary This course is a continuation of GER101 and advanced level. Students explore the methods
rocks for the purpose of understanding how expands on elementary grammar essentials. and techniques of computer-generated images
they, and the fossils contained within them, Reading and interpreting of more advanced as solutions to illustration projects. Object-
record changes in the Earth's environment German conversation, prose, diction and oriented and vector-based graphics as well as
and processes over time. Plate tectonics and composition are included. print programs are utilized. Software includes
extinctions recorded in rocks are studied to Recommended Prereq: GER101 or one year of Adobe Illustrator.
understand how they reflect environmental high school German. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
changes in the Earth's ocean, atmosphere, and
surface. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Note: Field trips may be part of the course.
Recommended Prereq: GLG100.
IAI: P1 907L.
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
192 Graphic Design
GRD 165 Typography GRD 273 Graphic Design II GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio
This course provides an introduction to This course is a continuation of the analysis This course is a culmination of the skills learned
typographic history, study of letterforms, terms, and interpretation of graphic design through in the graphic design curriculum. Students
classifications and typeface selection. Students illustration, symbolism and typography. reassess progress made and projects produced
explore type mechanics and aesthetics by using Emphasis is placed on developing a portfolio in their graphic design classes. Each student
type in a variety of design applications. Students from visualization to production techniques, produces a professional portfolio from new and
examine structure, layout, and information through directed studio exercises using the existing projects. A digital designer's resume,
hierarchy, as well as the relationship of type to Macintosh computer. an electronic portfolio, interviewing techniques
image and cultural context. Note: Software includes Adobe InDesign, and job opportunities/internships are explored.
Note: Software includes Adobe InDesign, Recommended Prereq: All major GRD, ART and
Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop and other WEB courses in the graphic design curriculum.
Adobe Illustrator, and font editing and applications.
managing applications. Prereq: GRD173. (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
Prereq: GRD135 and GRD160; or concurrent (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
enrollment.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Health
GRD 280 2-D Animation
and Multimedia Care Interpreting (HCI)
GRD 170 Digital Image
This course is a study of the computer-
This course covers digital image computer
software, progressing from the beginning to
generated animation sequence from storyboard HCI 120 Medical Interpreter
through two-dimensional rendering to final
the advanced level. Students learn techniques output. Students learn to combine images, This intense course provides hands-on
and features, with emphasis on composition illustrations, type and sound into animation. training via audio dialogues, placement
and color, through a number of challenging scenarios, vignettes and online supplements
assignments. Image scanning, manipulation, Note: Software includes Adobe Flash and for bilingual individuals interested in the field
editing, repairing and color correction are also other sound and graphic applications. of medical interpreting. This course covers
covered. Software includes Adobe Photoshop. Recommended Prereq: GRD160; GRD170. topics necessary to function as a community
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs medical interpreter such as: Role of the
Interpreter, Modes of Interpreting, Code of
Ethics, Standards of Practice, Cultural Issues
GRD 173 Graphic Design I GRD 2853-D Animation and Mental Health. The student is exposed
This course presents an introduction to and Multimedia to Medical Terminology and Anatomy in
computers and their use in the field of English/Spanish and develops proficiency in
This course explores the design and production Consecutive Interpreting, Sight Translation and
advertising design. Emphasis is placed on of 3-D animation and multimedia applications
creativity, design issues and the computer as a Simultaneous Interpreting.
and the relationship to two-dimensional Recommended Prereq: Native/Near Native
design tool. graphic production, computer animation, Spanish/English Proficiency
Note: Software includes Adobe InDesign, and multimedia concepts and production
procedures. The course also covers the different (8 lec/0 lab) 8 sem hrs
Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop or other
media of computer sound, text and imaging,
applications. and how these are combined into multimedia
Prereq: GRD135 and GRD160; or concurrent HCI 200 Simultaneous Health Care
productions.
enrollment. Interpreting: English/Spanish
Note: Software includes Autodesk Maya and
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs This coaching course is designed to assist in
other applications. improving linguistic fluency and developing
Recommended Prereq: GRD280. proficiency for simultaneous interpreting in
GRD 190 Prepress and Print (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs the health care profession. Emphasis is placed
Production on interpreting professional/client dialogues
This course covers the prepress process of GRD 290 Graphic Design Studio Art and conference settings. Through specific
graphic design from computer layout to printed techniques, audio tapes, videos, and placement
piece, using all technical aspects of digital This is an advanced studio course for art scenarios, students learn and produce
print production. Through an overview of majors and graphic design majors. It allows simultaneous interpreting.
electronic print technology, students learn how continuation and concentration in a subject Recommended Prereq: HCI110; HCI130;
to perform prepress functions by using graphic field. Emphasis is on individual research and HCI150. Prereq: Program admission.
design software and the direct-to-plate printing personal exploration. Students can further their
knowledge in graphic software, graphic project
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
process.
design, digital photography, website design or
Note: Software includes Adobe InDesign, animation. HCI 220 Approaches to Health Care
Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
Prereq: GRD173 or concurrent enrollment.
in Hispanic Culture
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs This course introduces students to the history,
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
vocabulary and practice of folk medicine in
the Hispanic culture as well as cultural issues
and vocabulary discrepancies among Spanish
speaking cultures. Students develop an
understanding of Curanderismo and its impact
in the medical setting as they create herb
catalogues and apply interpreting and cultural-
brokering skills to solving case scenarios.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Health Information Technology 193
HCI 275 Advanced Medical Health Information HIT 120 Medical Office Procedures
Translation: English/Spanish Students learn about effective organizational
This advanced medical translation course is
Technology (HIT) and medical office management, professional
designed to enhance the student's ability to organizations, legalities and ethics. The role and
produce accurate translations of more complex, responsibilities of the administrative medical
specialized medical documentation such as
HIT 090 Health Information assistant are emphasized.
clinical reports, medical journals, medical Technology Prep Recommended Prereq: HIT105 or HIT110.
transcripts and medical legal documents as well The field of health information technology (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
as review issues related to the field of medical is introduced and explored through
translation. contextualized writing and reading assignments
Prereq: Program admission; HCI175. focused on improving academic skills to
HIT 130 Medical Insurance
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs prepare students for college-level English course and Reimbursement
work. Content focus is on medical terminology, Reimbursement and payment systems of health
anatomy and physiology concepts, and legal insurance payers are examined, highlighting
HCI 290 Health Care Interpreting aspects of health information. Throughout private and governmental policies. Major
Seminar and Field Experience the course, students receive support services, classes of health insurance contracts are
which address time and stress management examined with emphasis on benefits and
This course is designed to provide training and
techniques. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 limitations.
familiarity in a health care interpreting setting
semester hours; does not apply to a degree or Recommended Prereq: HIT105 or HIT110;
and combines a supervised field experience
certificate. HIT120 or MLA150.
with an on-campus seminar. Students meet for
Prereq: C or better in ENG050 or placement by
3.5 hours four times during the semester in a
assessment. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
group seminar and spend 80 hours experiencing
on-the-job training at a health care interpreting (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
agency. The history, fields, work sources, HIT 135 Health Care Delivery Systems
freelancing, organizations and challenges HIT 100 Introduction to Health This course is an overview of the American
related to the field are discussed. healthcare system. It includes the study
Prereq: Program admission; successful Information Technology of the main components and issues of the
completion of all other HCI courses. This course is a comprehensive study of the organization, financing and delivery of health
(1 lec/5 lab) 2 sem hrs health information management profession and services in the U.S. The organization and
the health record. It introduces the student to operation of the modern acute hospital will be
the development of the HIM profession as well described and analyzed. Topics include: the role
as the history, structure and function of the of federal and state governments, non-acute
Health Education (HED) American Health Information Management healthcare facilities, healthcare workforce,
Association. The structure, content, and managed care, laws, accreditation, licensure
standards of the paper-based and electronic and certification standards and reimbursements
HED 100 Personal Wellness health record are also covered in this course. systems.
This course is designed to deal with common Emphasis is placed on healthcare data sets, data Recommended Prereq: HIT100 or concurrent
health problems. Emphasis is placed on collection, storage and retrieval. Specialized enrollment.
prevention, maintenance and improvement health records, indexes and registries will be (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
through self-responsibility in areas of: achieving described and their functionality explained.
wellness, eating and exercising toward a Recommended Prereq: Placement in college-level
healthy lifestyle, building healthy relationships, English coursework. HIT 140 Legal and Ethical
understanding and preventing disease, drug (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Issues in Health Care
use and abuse, environmental influences and Legal and ethical issues applicable to health
making healthy choices. information are emphasized within this course.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
HIT 105 Medical Terms for Emphasis is placed on the purposes and
Health Occupations goals of the Health Insurance Portability and
This course acquaints students with a method Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) Privacy
for studying the language of health care. and Security rules. Course topics examine
Students learn stems, prefixes and suffixes privacy, confidentiality and the security of
commonly used in medical terminology. the health record, access to patient health
information; release of health information
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs (ROI) policies and procedures; professional
and practice-related ethical issues in health
HIT 110 Medical Terminology information management.
Recommended Prereq: HIT100 or concurrent
This course is designed to teach word elements
enrollment.
of roots, combining forms, suffixes, and
prefixes, definitions, spelling and the use of (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
correct abbreviations of medical terms. The
course content is organized around body
systems and emphasizes the terminology
and application related to health information
technology.
Recommended Prereq: HIT100 or concurrent
enrollment.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
194 Health Information Technology
HIT 210 ICD Coding HIT 218 Reimbursement Systems HIT 240 Health Information Processes
This course is an introduction to the This course will focus on the basic concepts This course introduces systems and processes
International Classification of Diseases (ICD) and principles of healthcare reimbursement for collecting, maintaining and disseminating
coding principles for services rendered by and medical coding. The current healthcare primary and secondary health related
physicians. Practice in the assignment of valid insurance programs, commercial and information. It instructs in delivery and
diagnostic codes is emphasized to orient the government sponsored, will be described in organizational structure to include content of
students to coding requirements, terminology the context of the United States healthcare health record, documentation requirements,
and characteristics. Repeatable to a maximum delivery system. The structure and management registries, indices, licensing, regulatory
of 12 semester hours; 3 semester hours may of a coding compliance program to meet agencies, forms and screens.
apply to a degree or certificate. the internal and external requirements will Prereq: HIT100; HIT135; HIT140.
Prereq: HIT100; HIT220 or concurrent be described and analyzed. The origins, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
enrollment in HIT220. evolution and principles of managed care will
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs be analyzed as a cost effective approach to
deliver and finance healthcare. Prospective HIT 245 Health Information
payment systems will be differentiated between Data Analysis
HIT 212 Inpatient Medical Coding healthcare settings including inpatient, hospital
ambulatory services, physician offices, skilled This course provides a detailed study of the
This course provides an introduction to basic impact of computer applications on HIM
rules, regulations and principles of the ICD-10- nursing facilities and home care. The structure
and determination of Diagnosis Related Groups services and on healthcare information services.
PCS inpatient procedural coding classification In addition, students explore the growth and
system. The applied approach of this course and Ambulatory Payment Classifications are
analyzed as well as the billing processes and the development of the electronic health record
will teach students how to construct procedural and the field of health informatics. Emphases
codes through the appropriate assignment of billing forms used to submit for reimbursement.
The management of the revenue cycle is on the HIM applications include: release of
each code character. Students will apply their information; use of encoders and groupers;
skills and acquired knowledge to a variety examined.
Prereq: HIT135; HIT216 or concurrent cancer registry; chart locator system; chart
of inpatient coding scenarios via inpatient deficiency system; and transcription system.
recorders, encoder software and AHIMA's enrollment in HIT216.
The conceptual models and functionality of
Virtual Lab. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the electronic health record in the current
Prereq: HIT100; HIT220 or concurrent healthcare environment are defined. The
enrollment in HIT220.
Recommended Prereq: HIT110. HIT 220 Pathophysiology and student analyzes the technical components
of the electronic health record including:
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Pharmacology for the Health laboratory and pharmacy information systems,
Information Technology picture archiving and communication systems,
HIT 215 CPT Coding Professional order sets, clinical protocols, provider order
entry, medication administration record,
This course provides an introduction to the A working knowledge of the nature and cause of point-of-care charting, and clinical decision
guidelines, rules and terms for the Current disease including the etiology, signs, symptoms, support systems. The benefits and barriers of
Procedural Terminology (CPT) and the Center diagnostic evaluation, clinical treatment, implementing the electronic health record are
for Medicare/Medicaid Services' Healthcare and pharmacology management of disease discussed. Other topics include Admission,
Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) processes necessary for a career in the health Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) system,
classification systems and the application of information profession are presented. Emphasis financial information systems, Master Patient
those rules to coding patient services. A major is on pharmacology for health information Index, systems development life cycle, data
focus of the course is to prepare the students professionals covering general principles of quality integrity and security, document
to correctly code using the CPT manual. drug actions/reactions, major drug classes and imaging, and maintenance and monitoring of
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester hours; specific agents within each class. data storage systems.
3 semester hours may apply to a degree or Prereq: BIO260. Prereq: HIT100; HIT135; HIT140.
certificate. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Prereq: HIT100; HIT220 or concurrent
enrollment in HIT220.
HIT 230 Data Applications and HIT 248 Organization Resources
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Health Care Quality The philosophy and functions of human and
This course presents a comprehensive study financial resource management within the
HIT 216 Advanced Clinical of hospital-wide clinical quality assessment, healthcare setting are examined. Emphasis
Classification Systems utilization management, risk management and is placed on planning, organizing, directing,
This advanced course covers medical necessity, performance improvement. Topics include coordinating and controlling, theories of
coding issues for specific body systems, and for the organization by-laws, committees and decision-making, problem-solving, motivation,
general conditions. Intensive coding application credentialing of the medical staff, as well as leadership and communication, in addition
is achieved through the use of real medical the clinical quality assessment, utilization to quality and performance improvement,
records, case studies, and scenarios using an management and risk management process. budgeting, the revenue cycle, work processes
encoder. DRGs, APC's, RUGs, RBRVs and the The course will also focus on the principles and and goal setting.
Correct Coding Initiative (CCI) are also covered concepts of performance improvement and the Prereq: HIT100; HIT135; HIT140.
in this course. tools and techniques used for outcome analysis. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Prereq: C or better in HIT210; HIT212; HIT215. Prereq: HIT100; HIT135; HIT140.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning 195
HIT 290 Professional HVA 130 Residential Comfort Systems HVA 205 Heating and
Practicum Experience This course takes an in-depth look at each of Cooling Installation
Combining academic credit with professional the 4 major refrigeration system components Advanced topics in HVACR installation,
experience, this Professional Practice and their function in the refrigeration cycle. troubleshooting, and maintenance of various
Experience (PPE) is a supervised internship Different aspects of human comfort related HVAC systems are discussed. Course
in a medical coding and billing department to the HVACR industry will be discussed. Topics include: Heat pumps (air source and
(typically overseen by the Health Information Topics include: Indoor Air Quality (IAQ), geothermal), mini-split and Variable Refrigerant
Management manager) of an acute and/or Psychrometrics, Enthalpy, Ventilation and Flow (VRF) systems. Installation procedures
non-acute healthcare facility or medical billing Dehumidification. Also includes a module on like electrical wiring and system piping are also
and coding company. The PPE is designed soft skills, pertaining to performing service discussed.
to provide the student 80-hours of practical calls. Prereq: HVA110; HVA120.
experiences in the theories and concepts (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
previously acquired in the curriculum. This
experience may be gained virtually through the
use of V-lab. HVA 140 Basic Heating Systems HVA 215 Commercial HVAC Systems
Prereq: Successful completion of all other This course discusses the theory, science, Students will learn the operating principles,
coursework in the medical coding and billing and procedures behind heat production for fundamental concepts, and components of
curriculum and written permission from the residential and light commercial systems. commercial HVAC systems. Topics include:
HIT program coordinator. The student will also develop skills in testing, Fans, AHUs, Rooftop Units, Chillers, Cooling
(1 lec/6 lab) 2 sem hrs adjusting, and replacing heating components. Towers, Boilers, VAVs, FPBs, and commercial
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs refrigeration units.
Prereq: HVA110; HVA120.
HIT 299 Professional
HVA 150 Basic Sheet Metal (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Practice Experience
Combining academic credit with professional Fabrication and Print
experience, this Professional Practice Reading HVA 230 Advanced HVAC Controls
Experience (PPE) is a supervised internship in This course is designed to provide students This course introduces commercial building
a health information management department with experience in the safe use of sheet metal heating and air conditioning systems. Proper
of an acute and/or non-acute healthcare facility. tools and the methods used to make layouts. calibration and troubleshooting procedures
The PPE is designed to provide the student Students complete a drawing and fabricate the with pneumatic controls are emphasized.
160 hours of practical experiences in the parts they have drawn and become familiar with Prereq: HVA110; HVA120.
theories and concepts previously acquired in HVAC blueprints. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
the curriculum. Students are supervised by a
Registered Health Information Administrator, (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Registered Health Information Technician HVA 245 Load Calculations
or other qualified personnel assigned by the HVA 160 Refrigerant Transition and Duct Design
healthcare facility. Repeatable to a maximum of
6 semester hours on a space available basis; 3 and Certification Techniques and procedures necessary to
semester hours from the HIT internship course This course is intended to prepare students for evaluate residential and commercial heat loss,
may apply to a degree or certificate. the certification test required by Section 608 heat gain and duct layout design are presented.
Prereq: To be eligible for placement, the student of the Federal Clean Air Act. Repeatable to a Topics include heat transmission, infiltration,
must complete all required coursework for the maximum of 4 semester hours; 1 semester hour R-value, U-valve, duct analysis, duct sizing,
Health Information Technology Associate in may apply to a degree or certificate. duct and register location and selection, and
Applied Science Degree and receive written equipment sizing and selection.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs Prereq: HVA110; HVA120.
permission from the HIT Program Coordinator.
(1 lec/11 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
HVA 200 Sheet Metal Estimating,
Fabrication and Installation HVA 250 Residential Hydronic
Heating, Ventilation, and Students learn basic procedures of designing, Boiler Technology
estimating, fabricating and installing ductwork,
Air Conditioning (HVA) electrical wiring, and piping for residential This course presents an in-depth study in
hydronic technologies and the operation of
comfort systems. Emphasis is placed on
pitfalls, problems and inaccuracies that can hot water hydronic heating systems. Students
HVA 110 Refrigeration Principles occur during each of these procedures. Part receive hands-on experience in installing,
of the learning experience may include field troubleshooting, and repairing a hot water
This course introduces the learner to the boiler, baseboard heat distributing units, and
terminology, concepts and scientific principles installation.
Recommended Prereq: All 100-level HVA copper piping.
used in the refrigeration industry and develops Prereq: HVA110; HVA120.
skills in pipefitting, use of hand tools and courses; HVA210; HVA220; HVA230; IDT250.
operation of test instruments used in the (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
refrigeration trade.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
196 History
History (HIS) HIS 122 American History Since 1865 HIS 225 History of Africa
This examination of American history reviews This course surveys the economic, social,
the major historical developments from the cultural and political history of the African
HIS 101 World History to 1500 experiences of Reconstruction and western peoples and nations from ancient times to the
This course surveys the economic, social, conquest, the rise of industrial capitalism, present, paying particular attention to the ways
cultural and political history of global peoples and American ascendance as a global power in which African peoples conceived of and
and cultures from ancient times to 1500, paying through the Cold War and concludes with organized themselves and their societies, as well
particular attention to the ways in which contemporary American society. The course as their regional relationships and interactions
discrete peoples conceived of and organized employs social and cultural history, as well as with the global community.
themselves and their societies, as well as their the more traditional political and economic
approaches, to understand the transnational IAI: S2 906N.
regional relationships and interactions with
global communities. American experience since 1865. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: S2 912N. IAI: S2 901.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs HIS 235 Latin American History:
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Pre-Columbian Period to
HIS 102 World History Since 1500 HIS 125 American Culture: Colonial the Present
This course surveys the economic, social, Period to the Present This introductory course surveys the historical
development of Latin America (Caribbean,
cultural and political history of global peoples This examination of American history reviews Mexico, Central and South America) from
and cultures from 1500 to the present, paying the formation of American culture from Pre-Columbian times to the present. The focus
particular attention to relationships and the Colonial period to the present within is on the different cultural and ethnic groups
interactions with global communities. a transnational perspective with particular of these regions and how conquest, trade and
emphasis on the topics of class, gender, race, revolution have shaped Latin American nations.
IAI: S2 913N.
and ethnicity. The course also focuses on Attention is also given to the history of United
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs religion, environmental, philosophical, scientific States-Latin American relations and the history
and other social experiences that have shaped of Latinos in the U.S.
HIS 111 Western Civilization to 1648 American peoples.
IAI: S2 910N.
This examination of Western civilization IAI: H2 904.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
reviews the major historical developments (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
from the experiences of the Near Eastern
populations, the Greeks and the Romans, HIS 245 The Rise of Nazi Germany
through the Middle Ages, and concludes with HIS 205 History of the Middle East
This course surveys the German political scene
early modern history to 1648. The course This course surveys the economic, social, from unification in 1871 through the era of
employs social and cultural history, as well as cultural and political history of the Middle Nazism. The role of Germany in World War I
the more traditional political and economic Eastern peoples and nations from ancient times and the impact of the Treaty of Versailles on
approaches. to the present, paying particular attention to the emergence of the national Socialist German
the ways in which Middle Eastern peoples Workers' party (NSDAP - Nazis) are examined.
IAI: H2 901.
conceived of and organized themselves In addition, the background and emergence of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and their societies, as well as their regional Nazi racial policies and the consequences of
relationships and interactions with the global their strict enforcement are analyzed.
HIS 112 Western Civilization community.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Since 1648 IAI: S2 918N.
This examination of Western civilization (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs HIS 290 Historiography and
reviews the major historical developments in Methodology
modern history from 1648 to the present. The HIS 215 History of China and Japan
course employs social and cultural history, This course introduces students to
as well as the more traditional political and This course surveys the economic, social, historiography and the philosophy of history,
economic approaches. cultural and political history of Chinese and as well as historical methodology including
Japanese peoples and nations from ancient interdisciplinary approaches.
IAI: H2 902. times to the present, paying particular attention Recommended Prereq: Consent of instructor.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs to the ways in which the Chinese and Japanese (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
conceived of and organized themselves
and their societies, as well as their regional
HIS 121 American History to 1865 relationships and interactions with the global HIS 296 Special Topics/History
This examination of American history reviews community. This course offers in-depth exploration of a
the major historical developments from the IAI: S2 908N. special topic, issue or trend in the history field.
experiences of the indigenous peoples, the Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester hours
colonial regimes, and nation building through (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs for different special topics; 6 semester hours
the sectional crisis and concludes with the may apply to a degree or certificate.
Civil War. The course employs social, cultural HIS 220 History of South Asia
and transnational history, as well as the more (.5 to 3 lec/0 lab) .5 to 3 sem hrs
traditional political and economic approaches. This course surveys the economic, social,
cultural and political history of South Asian
IAI: S2 900. peoples and nations from ancient times to the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs present, paying particular attention to the ways
in which the South Asian peoples conceived of
and organized themselves and their societies,
their religions, and their regional relationships
and interactions with the global community.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Human Services 197
Human Services (HSV) HSV 140 Assessment and Treatment of HSV 220 Addictions Counseling I
the Dual-Disordered Client This course is one of two devoted to the specific
This course explores the special needs of clients methods and skills used in treating chemically
HSV 105 Survey of Human Services that are diagnosed with both a substance dependent persons and their families. Content
This course is designed to familiarize students abuse disorder and a psychiatric disorder and includes the characteristics of an addictions
with the field of human services. Topics covered provides students with an understanding of the counselor, federal and state confidentiality laws,
include basic communication, interviewing complexities of working with this population. legal and ethical issues of counseling, working
and assessment techniques and diversity issues. For students and practitioners that wish to with denial, structured assessment techniques,
Opportunities are provided to visit selected apply for the Mental Illness/Substance Abuse family-focused treatment, working with DUI
human services agencies/organizations. (MISA) registration offered by the Illinois offenders, and counseling strategies.
Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse Professional Recommended Prereq: HSV120 or consent of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor.
Counseling Association (IAODAPCA), this
course has been designed to cover the training (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
HSV 110 Group Dynamics required for the MISA credential.
Class discussion, lecture and individual (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs HSV 225 Addictions Counseling II
observation are used to familiarize students
with the group process. Topics include the This course is one of two devoted to the
various types of groups and the appropriate HSV 205 PTSD-Modern Letters for an specific methods and skills used in treating
use of group communication techniques. Ancient Condition dependent persons and their families. Content
Group projects and class exercises provide includes selected state and federal regulations
Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is a and standards; the significance of the family,
opportunities for students to translate theory relatively new name for an ancient condition
into practice. spirituality and education in counseling abusers;
that today is most often associated with substance abuse and psychiatric conditions; and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs returning military. PTSD is a condition professional considerations for the addictions
that can affect many people who have been counselor.
exposed to multiple forms of psychological
HSV 115 Crisis Intervention or physical trauma. This course provides a
Recommended Prereq: HSV120 or consent of
instructor.
This course is designed to familiarize historical overview and discussion of the
students with a variety of crisis situations prevalence of PTSD. Additionally, the causes, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and appropriate intervention techniques. diagnostic criteria, screening, and an overview
Opportunity is provided for students to of treatment and psycho-pharmacological HSV 230 Addictions Counseling
demonstrate intervention skills in simulated interventions for this disorder are presented.
crisis situations. Seminar and Field
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Experience I
This course, designed to provide training
HSV 210 Psychopharmacology and and familiarity in a human services setting,
HSV 120 Introduction to the Addictive Process combines a supervised field experience with an
Substance Abuse This course studies the behavioral and cognitive on-campus seminar. Students spend 250 hours
This course provides an overview of the effects of psychoactive drugs - drugs that experiencing on-the-job training at a human
historical and cultural attitudes toward alcohol affect the brain and central nervous system. services agency.
and drug use, abuse and addiction. It probes the The psychology and physiology of addictive Recommended Prereq: Completion of most
disease concept of addiction and explores the behavior; the use of drugs in treating psychiatric courses in the HSV degree and consent of
physical, psychological and family impact of the disorders; and the historical background, instructor.
disease. Clinical methods of treatment, early pharmacology, psychological and physiological (1 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
intervention and prevention are introduced. effects, medical uses and toxicity of socially
Although designed for addictions counseling abused drugs are also explored. Differences in
students and human services professionals, the the attitudes and behavior patterns of special HSV 235 Human Services Seminar
course is also suitable for individuals who desire populations are emphasized. and Field Experience
to learn more about addiction. Recommended Prereq: HSV120 or consent of This course provides a supervised field
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor. experience and seminar designed specifically
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs for addictions counseling students. Students
spend 320 hours in on-the-job training at an
HSV 125 Counseling Theories and addictions counseling facility and meet in a
Strategies HSV 215 Introduction to Social Work weekly seminar for group supervision.
This course is designed to provide students with Introduction to Social Work examines social Recommended Prereq: HSV220 or HSV225
the most current assessment of the constructs, work within the context of social welfare within the last five years and consent of
principles and techniques of major counseling service and social welfare policies, including instructor.
theories. Special emphasis is placed on historical origins, conceptual framework, and (1 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
application to an addicted population. contemporary issues. An overview of practice
methods, research considerations, policy issues,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and social work values and ethics are studied. HSV 240 Addictions Counseling and
Emphasis is on the role of social work with Field Experience II
diverse and at-risk groupings in America that
face societal challenges. This course continues the addictions counseling
seminar and field experience. Students spend
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs an additional 250 hours developing skills in
on-the-job training, and they attend a weekly
seminar for group supervision.
Recommended Prereq: HSV235 and consent of
instructor.
(1 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
198 Human Services
HSV 294 Special Topics for Public/ HUM 201 Modern Culture and the Arts Industrial
Social Services I This course provides experiences in
This course offers in-depth exploration of a contemporary art forms in literature, music and Technology (IDT)
special topic, issue or trend in the public/social graphics, and discusses the forces influencing
services field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 these arts in the 20th and 21st centuries.
semester hours for different special topics; 6 An investigation of the values of a culture IDT 230 Commercial Power
semester hours from the human services special inundated by changing technology is also Distribution and Lighting
topics courses (HSV294, HSV295, HSV296) included.
This course examines commercial and light
may apply to a degree or certificate. Note: Participation in this course may include industrial electrical power distribution systems
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs field trips which require admission fees. and end uses. Topics include lighting circuits,
transformers, 3-phase distribution panels, and
IAI: HF 903. typical single phase loads along with associated
HSV 295 Special Topics for Public/ (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs wiring.
Social Services II Recommended Prereq: IDT115.
This course offers in-depth exploration of a HUM 296 Special Topics/Humanities (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
special topic, issue or trend in the public/social
This course offers in-depth exploration of
services field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 IDT 250 Commercial
a special topic, issue or trend in the field of
semester hours for different special topics; 6
semester hours from the human services special
humanities. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 and Residential Wiring
semester hours for different special topics;
topics courses (HSV294, HSV295, HSV296) This course introduces students to basic
6 semester hours may apply to a degree or
may apply to a degree or certificate. electrical terminology and principles along with
certificate.
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs a working knowledge of tools and techniques
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs used in the installation and maintenance of
residential/commercial electrical service and
HSV 296 Special Topics for Public/ distribution. Select portions of the National
Social Services III Independent Study (IND) Electrical Code are studied.
Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent
This course offers in-depth exploration of a
enrollment.
special topic, issue or trend in the public/social
services field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 IND 200 Independent Study (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
semester hours for different special topics; 6 The independent study course provides
semester hours from the human services special students with the opportunity to explore IDT 290 Industrial
topics courses (HSV294, HSV295, HSV296) areas of special interest that expand on their
may apply to a degree or certificate. classroom studies or develop their knowledge Technology Capstone
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs in a particular discipline. Repeatable to a This capstone course includes field experience
maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester and a seminar component. Each student is
hours of the independent study courses required to pass a comprehensive examination
(IND200, IND201) may apply to a degree or that measures knowledge and understanding
Humanities (HUM) certificate. of the core competencies of the courses
Prereq: Consent of instructor. in the major program requirements. The
(0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs site supervisor's evaluation of the student's
HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities performance, the review of the student's field
This is a broad course which introduces experience journal, participation in the monthly
students to a view of their inherited culture IND 201 Independent Study seminars, and appraisal of the student's elective
through the examination of literature, art, The independent study course provides coursework will provide the basis for faculty to
music, architecture, philosophy, drama film and students with the opportunity to explore assess the student's integration and application
religion. The emphasis is twofold: on cultural areas of special interest that expand on their of specialized coursework in the degree.
history and on the present. Materials are classroom studies or develop their knowledge Prereq: Consent of instructor.
organized in terms of issues and ideas. in a particular discipline. Repeatable to a (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
Note: Participation in this course may include maximum of 8 semester hours; 4 semester
field trips which require admission fees. hours of the independent study courses
(IND200, IND201) may apply to a degree or IDT 296 Special Topics for Industry
IAI: HF 900. certificate. This course offers in-depth exploration of a
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Consent of instructor. special topic, issue or trend in the industrial
(0 lec/6 lab) 2 sem hrs technology field. Topics might include vibration
analysis; pump design, troubleshooting and
HUM 102 The Global Village maintenance; failure analysis; industrial lighting
This general humanities course introduces the systems; and supervision and leadership in the
student to the literature, art, music, religion maintenance field. Repeatable to a maximum of
and film of several continents of the world. The 12 semester hours for different special topics;
emphasis is on a worldwide understanding of 6 semester hours may apply to a degree or
the humanities. certificate.
Note: Participation in this course may include (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
field trips which require admission fees.
IAI: HF 904N.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Interpreter Training 199
IDT 297 Industrial IDS 210 Peace Studies ITS 299 Internship
Technology Internship and Conflict Resolution Combining academic credit with professional
Combining academic credit with professional This interdisciplinary course provides an experience, this internship allows students
experience, this internship allows students to introduction to non-violent approaches to to learn about, observe and work in areas
learn about, observe and work in the industrial personal, national and global conflicts. Students that expand on their classroom studies in
technology field. Eighty hours are required for 1 explore historical, philosophical, political, a particular discipline. Two hundred forty
credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester economic and psychological factors that often hours are required for 3 credits. Repeatable to
hours; 6 semester hours from the industrial lead to violence and the non-violent alternatives a maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester
technology internship courses (IDT297, for a more equitable, just and peaceful world. hours from the internship courses (ITS297,
IDT298, IDT299) may apply to a degree or ITS298, ITS299) may apply to a degree or
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs certificate.
certificate.
Prereq: All 100-level IDT courses; consent of Prereq: Consent of instructor.
instructor. IDS 220 Human Rights (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs and Social Justice
This course focuses on values and human rights
IDT 298 Industrial that allow people to live with dignity and justice. Interpreter Training (ITP)
Students examine areas in which human rights
Technology Internship have been, and possibly still are, abused, and
See also Sign Language (SGN).
Combining academic credit with professional study the treaties, declarations, organizations,
experience, this internship allows students to and laws that have been established to provide ITP 200 Introduction to Interpreting
learn about, observe and work in the industrial people with equality and social justice. Issues This course is designed to provide an
technology field. One hundred sixty hours covered include racial discrimination, gender introduction to the profession of interpreting.
are required for 2 credits. Repeatable to a equality, rights of people with disabilities, The course details the ethical and professional
maximum of 8 semester hours; 6 semester LGBTQ rights, immigration, refugees, torture, responsibilities of the interpreter, defines the
hours from the industrial technology internship prisons, and genocide. interpreting process, and presents terminology
courses (IDT297, IDT298, IDT299) may apply (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs common to the profession.
to a degree or certificate. Prereq: Program admission; successful
Prereq: All 100-level IDT courses; consent of completion of all SGN courses.
instructor. IDS 296 Special Topics for Coreq: ITP210; ITP211; ITP221; ITP231.
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs Interdisciplinary Studies (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course offers in-depth exploration of a
IDT 299 Industrial special topic, issue or trend in interdisciplinary
ITP 210 Etymology for Interpreters
studies and may integrate two or more
Technology Internship disciplines. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 This course is designed to increase sign
Combining academic credit with professional semester hours for different special topics; development for interpreters. Emphasis is
experience, this internship allows students to 6 semester hours may apply to a degree or given to the analysis of word meanings in
learn about, observe and work in the industrial certificate. various contexts, correct fingerspelling, and
technology field. Two hundred forty hours (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs the correct selection and production of sign
are required for 3 credits. Repeatable to a equivalents. Students are also introduced to the
maximum of 12 semester hours; 6 semester theory and history of transliterating as well as
hours from the industrial technology internship specific strategies to employ when voice to sign
courses (IDT297, IDT298, IDT299) may apply Internship (ITS) transliterating.
to a degree or certificate. Prereq: Program admission; successful
Prereq: All 100-level IDT courses; consent of completion of all SGN courses.
instructor. ITS 297 Internship Coreq: ITP200; ITP211; ITP221; ITP231.
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs Combining academic credit with professional (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
experience, this internship allows students
to learn about, observe and work in areas
ITP 211 Transliterating I
Interdisciplinary that expand on their classroom studies in a
particular discipline. Eighty hours are required This course is designed to assist students in
Studies (IDS) for 1 credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
developing the requisite skills necessary for
successful voice to sign transliterating. Course
internship courses (ITS297, ITS298, ITS299) work focuses on sign productions, fluency,
IDS110 Introduction to Women's may apply to a degree or certificate. speed, conceptual sign choices, clarity, mouth
Prereq: Consent of instructor. movements, affect and the incorporation of
Studies (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hrs ASL principles. The course includes a review of
This interdisciplinary course places women's basic sign vocabulary and the introduction of
experiences at the center of interpretation additional specialized sign vocabulary.
and analysis to introduce basic concepts and ITS 298 Internship Prereq: Program admission; successful
perspectives of feminism and Women's Studies. Combining academic credit with professional completion of all SGN courses.
Focusing on historical and contemporary experience, this internship allows students Coreq: ITP200; ITP210; ITP221; ITP231.
women's issues, the course examines women's to learn about, observe and work in areas (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
lives with an emphasis on the ways in which that expand on their classroom studies in a
gender, sexuality, class, caste, race, ethnicity, particular discipline. One hundred sixty hours
age, disability, ability, nation, region and are required for 2 credits. Repeatable to a
environment interact. maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs hours from the internship courses (ITS297,
ITS298, ITS299) may apply to a degree or
certificate.
Prereq: Consent of instructor.
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
200 Interpreter Training
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Machine Tool Technology 201
LBT 260 Environmental Labs LGI 110 Legal Interpreting: MTT 103Manufacturing Processes
Students in this class will operate state-of-the- Simultaneous, Consecutive and Production
art analytical instruments to test materials and Sight: English/Spanish This course is an introduction on how
using government, regulatory, and industry manufacturing transforms materials into
standards. Students will learn to test for traces Legal Interpreting: Simultaneous, Consecutive
and Sight provides the student with products. Students will learn about the
of hydrocarbons, petrochemicals, metals, varying types of production and about the
contaminants, and other materials. structured practice in the three modes of legal
interpreting. This class prepares students to materials used in production while becoming
Prereq: LBT252. familiar with the types of processes used in
successfully meet the performance outcomes
(1 lec/3 lab) 2 sem hrs of the Consortium for State Court Interpreter manufacturing including machining, casting
Certification. and assembly. Students are prepared for a
portion of the MSSC Certified Production
LBT 270 Food Analysis Labs Prereq: C or better in LGI100.
Technician (CPT) assessment.
This course focuses on the principles of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
laboratory work when applied to food
processing, food ingredients such as additives LGI 120 Introduction to Legal
and minerals, food flavoring, and food safety. MTT 104 Maintenance Awareness
Topics such as HACCP, food modifications, Translation: English/Spanish
This course introduces the concepts of
and enzymes are also covered. Students will use This course is an introduction to the translation Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and
equipment to do relevant lab experiments. of legal documents. This course provides preventative maintenance. Students are
Prereq: LBT252. exposure to the identification, definition and introduced to lubrication, electricity, hydraulics,
(1 lec/3 lab) 2 sem hrs translation of legal terms in order to convey the pneumatics, and power transmission systems.
intended meaning in the source language. Students are prepared for a portion of the
Recommended Prereq: Native or near-native MSSC Certified Production Technician (CPT)
LBT 280 Current Issues fluency in English and Spanish. assessment.
in Chemical Lab (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Students in this class analyze and research
issues, trends, and ethics in laboratory LGI 290 Legal Interpreting Seminar MTT 105 Green Production
technology. They use state-of-the-art
equipment to run drug, chemical, and biological and Field Experience: English/ This course provides a study of workplace
tests and experiments in order to further their Spanish activities across all industries within
research. This course provides 80 hours of on-the-job manufacturing that require the use of
Prereq: LBT252. experience in the legal interpreting setting for equipment, technologies, and processes that
(1 lec/3 lab) 2 sem hrs legal interpreting students. will improve the environmental performance
Prereq: Successful completion of all other of manufacturing companies. Students are
program courses or concurrent enrollment. prepared for a portion of the MSSC Certified
Production Technician (CPT) assessment.
Legal Interpreting (LGI) (.5 lec/5 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
(2 lec/ lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
202 Machine Tool Technology
MTT 111 Metrology/Mechanical MTT 200 Advanced CNC Programming MGT 220 Human Resources
Inspection This is a study of the computer aided Management II
Principles of dimensional measurement are manufacturing methodologies used by This advanced survey of human resources
covered, with a focus on the terminology, industry to aid CNC programming of two axis management and personnel administration
methodology, and practice of measurement machining for both lathe and mill applications. topics emphasizes recruitment and selection
systems and equipment in the calibration and Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester hours; strategies, compensation and reward
the use of basic measuring tools. 3 semester hours may apply to a degree or management, training and development, and
Recommended Prereq: MTT110; MTT120. certificate. labor relations.
Recommended Prereq: MTT125 or MTT126. Recommended Prereq: BUS100; BUS210;
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Prereq: MTT120 or consent of instructor.. MGT200. Prereq: MGT215.
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
MTT 112 Properties of Materials
This is a study of metals and their properties, MTT 202 Job Shop Processes
including application of metallurgical concepts,
procedures, and testing. Includes materials, This is an advanced study of machining Marketing (MKT)
alloy classification systems, industrial and processes used to complete industry related
manufacturing concepts, properties and testing, machining projects. Students will finish their
and industrial and manufacturing processes and degree by working on manufacturing parts MKT 200 Principles of Marketing
applications. supplied and supported by local industry Business free market activities related to the
partners. Students will also be able to test distribution of goods and services are studied
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs for National Institute of Metalworking Skills with an emphasis on marketing strategy, the
(NIMS) certifications in manual mill, lathe, and marketing mix, pricing, distribution channels,
MTT 120 Introduction to Computer level II CNC machining. promotion, product development, consumer
Recommended Prereq: MTT125; MTT126; behavior and global marketing.
Numerical Control MTT200. Recommended Prereq: BUS100.
Introduction into computer numerical Prereq: MTT102; MTT110.
controls (CNC) used on industrial machining (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs
centers. Topics include the economics, setup,
and operations of CNC equipment used to MKT 210 Principles of Selling
manufacture consumer goods. Students will
begin to prepare for National Institute for Management (MGT) The fundamentals and techniques of successful
selling include developing the sales personality,
Metalworking Skills (NIMS) certifications. See also Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Prereq: MTT100. the selling cycle, and customer and community
(PSY 245). relations. Emphasis is placed on creative selling,
Recommended Coreq: MTT110.
sales ethics, the organization and the customer.
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
MGT 200 Principles of Management (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course introduces management practices
MTT 125 CNC Mill Operations and theories with an emphasis on planning, MKT 215 Principles of Advertising
and Programming organizing, leading, controlling, and the ethical This introduction to the theory and mechanics
The set-up, operation, and programming of implications of management practices. A of marketing-related communications places
computer numerical control (CNC) vertical comprehensive perspective on the application primary emphasis on the role of advertising
machining centers is presented. Fundamentals of management techniques within all types of in integrated marketing communications,
in CNC concepts and programming are organizations is presented. environment, promotional strategies,
presented. Topics include shop safety, Recommended Prereq: BUS100. research, planning, media selection, program
positioning and coordinate systems used (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs management and evaluation. Various
in CNC programming, part programming, advertising media are discussed, as well as the
cutting processes, diagnosis and correction creation of a total advertising message. Other
of programming errors, and advanced MGT 210 Supervisory Management topics include consumer behavior, creative
programming techniques used in production This course examines the duties, responsibilities strategies and types of media. The student
machining. Students will be using Haas and challenges of effective supervision. prepares practical marketing applications for
vertical machining centers and will have the Emphasis is placed on communication various industries.
opportunity to test for their National Institute and human relation skills as they relate to
for Metalworking Skills (NIMS) level 1 operator, performing the basic managerial functions of IAI: MC 912.
setup, and programming credential. the front-line supervisor. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: MTT100; MTT110. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: MTT120.
MKT 260 Consumer Behavior
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs
MGT 215 Human Resources This course seeks to make a connection
Management I between customer behavior principles and the
MTT 126 CNC Lathe Operations elements of marketing strategy. Customers,
This organizational overview relates
and Programming to personnel in business. Emphasis is
both in the household and the business market,
are examined. Consumer behavior looks at
This continuation of CNC Operations focuses placed on behavioral theory and practical culture demographics, psychographics and
on lathe programming. It includes a review of analytical techniques as it relates to other factors that influence decision making.
CNC concepts and programming, diagnosis and job design, performance evaluation
correction of programming errors, advanced techniques, management-labor relations, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
programming for CNC lathes, and introduction current employment law, wage and salary
to Computer Aided Machining (CAM) administration, training programs, and
programs. everyday issues in the workplace.
Prereq: MTT100; MTT110. Recommended Prereq: BUS100.
Recommended Coreq: MTT120. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Mathematics 203
Mass MCM 211 Introduction to MCM 245 Mass Media
Radio Production Ethics and Laws
Communication (MCM) This course provides learning experiences in This course examines the legal and judicial
audio production techniques and the operation systems, governing legislation, and significant
MCM 130 Introduction to of related equipment and systems. Topics such historical/contemporary issues that influence
as basic radio production protocol, terminology, various industries and consumers of mass
Mass Communication script writing, editing, producing commercial/ communication. Special emphasis is given to
Introduction to Mass Communication PSA announcements and newscasting in a first amendment rights, libel and invasion of
surveys the nature and impact of media on studio setting are emphasized. privacy, protection of news sources, free press,
contemporary society. Areas of emphasis Prereq: MCM130. and copyright legislation and court rulings.
include: mass communication theory and Recommended Prereq: MCM130 or concurrent
IAI: MC 915. enrollment.
research, ethics and social responsibilities,
historical development, communication (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
technologies, business practices, and media
regulation and control. MCM 215 Basic News Writing MCM 280 Mass Communication
IAI: MC 911. This course introduces students to the basic Capstone: The Business,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs elements of clear, concise, accurate and
balanced news writing. Students learn the Media and Careers of TV/
techniques of news gathering, reporting, and Radio/Film
MCM 140 Television and interviewing as well as important differences This course provides students with a deeper
Media Production I between straight news stories, features, opinion understanding of the broadcasting industries-
pieces and various other types of news articles. -the business and economic structures,
Television and Media Production I provides
Additionally, the course includes discussion current and developing media technologies of
production experiences in multiple-camera
of ethical issues facing the press and laws acquisition and transmission and the career
studio production and on-location video
governing journalists. opportunities within each. Students also focus
production and recording. Production
Prereq: ENG101 or ENG152 or concurrent on formats, ratings, programming, state/federal
responsibilities, studio and control room
enrollment. regulations, digital transmission and video
equipment operation, script and graphics
preparation, set design and lighting, and IAI: MC 919. streaming. Hands-on practical information and
talent/performance techniques, as well as skills assist students in the creation of resumes
the U.S. system of regulation and control of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and portfolio materials.
broadcasting are emphasized. Recommended Prereq: MCM130 and 3
IAI: MC 916.
MCM 240 Television and Media additional MCM courses. Prereq: Consent of
Production II instructor.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course provides more advanced multi-
camera studio television and media production
MCM 201 Broadcast Writing experience with an emphasis toward live-to- MCM 296 Special Topics/Mass
This course focuses on writing broadcast copy record/live-broadcast situations. Students Communication
and scripts for visual and audio presentations assume production roles both in the control
for news and special events. Students learn to room and studio setting. Pre- and post- This course offers in-depth exploration of
research, compose, and edit standard script production, scripting, graphics set design and a special topic, issue or trend in the mass
formats for radio and television, as well as lighting, system process engineering, and post- communication field. Topics might include
to distinguish between broadcast and print production skills are also emphasized. current events, film genre, specialized film/
writing styles. Students also learn about ethical Prereq: MCM140. television projects, and more in-depth analyses
considerations in the news, libel laws, effective of industry trends. Repeatable to a maximum of
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs 12 semester hours for different special topics;
interview techniques, and interview etiquette.
6 semester hours may apply to a degree or
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs MCM 243 Film Production certificate.
This course provides more advanced field (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
MCM 205 Basic Broadcast television and film production experience with
Announcing an emphasis toward single-camera electronic
This course provides students with a general
field production (EFP) and electronic news
gathering (ENG). Students assume production
Mathematics (MTH)
knowledge of broadcast announcing principles NOTE: Placement in mathematics courses is
roles as producers, directors, camera operators,
and techniques. Students are required to create, determined by scores on required assessment
and video editors. Pre- and post-production,
read and deliver commercials, news, interviews, tests or ACT or SAT scores. The geometry
scripting, graphics, lighting, legal requirements
public service announcements and special requirement may be met by verification of
and non-linear video editing skills are
events. Emphasis is placed upon developing successful completion of high school geometry.
emphasized.
an appropriate broadcasting style, operating To request a review of your high school
Recommended Prereq: MCM140 or consent of
broadcast studio equipment and developing transcript to verify your ACT scores and
instructor.
impromptu on-air skills. Additionally, students geometry completion, email
analyze, edit and deliver broadcast copy. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
mathplacement@waubonsee.edu.
Prereq: MCM130.
IAI: MC 918. MTH 050 Basic Mathematical Skills
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs This course is a review of the structure
and applications of arithmetic. Topics
covered include the addition, subtraction,
multiplication, and division of decimals and
fractions.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
204 Mathematics
MTH 060 Elementary Algebra MTH 070 Intermediate Algebra MTH 101 College Mathematics
This course in beginning algebra covers This course in intermediate algebra covers This course in mathematics is designed to
algebraic expressions, equations, inequalities, functions, systems of linear equations, satisfy the general education requirement at
problem solving, graphing, polynomials, inequalities, exponents and radicals, quadratic the university level. The emphasis of the course
factoring, rational expressions and rational equations, and exponential and logarithmic is on understanding logical arguments, doing
equations. functions. abstract thinking and solving verbal problems.
Prereq: C or better in MTH050 or placement by Prereq: C or better in MTH060 or MTH062 or Topics covered include logical statements
assessment. MTH067; or placement by assessment. and arguments, geometry in problem
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs solving, estimation, approximation, judging
reasonableness of answers, problem solving and
statistics.
MTH 061 Elementary Algebra I MTH 071 Intermediate Algebra I Note: A graphing calculator is strongly
This course in beginning algebra covers This course in intermediate algebra covers recommended for the course; a TI-83 is
algebraic expressions, equations, inequalities, functions, systems of linear equations, sufficient.
problem solving, graphing, and polynomials. inequalities, absolute value equations, and Prereq: C or better in MTH067 or MTH072, or
Note: This is the first course in a two-course systems of inequalities. placement by assessment.
sequence. Prereqs must be met before taking Note: This is the first course in a two-course
IAI: M1 901.
this course. sequence for science, math, business, and
Prereq: C or better in MTH050 or placement by education majors. If you have a different (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
assessment. major, you should enroll in MTH066 and
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs MTH067. MTH 102 Applied Practical Math
Prereq: C or better in MTH062 or MTH067; or This course is designed to help students
placement by assessment. develop mathematical reasoning and real-world
MTH 062 Elementary Algebra II
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs problem solving skills. Topics covered include
This continuation of beginning algebra covers applications of geometry, counting techniques
polynomials, factoring, rational expressions, and probability, statistics and graph theory.
and rational equations. MTH 072 Intermediate Algebra II Prereq: C or better in MTH067 or MTH072, or
Note: This course is for science, math, This course in intermediate algebra covers placement by assessment.
business, and education majors. If you are a exponents and radicals, quadratic equations,
IAI: M1 904.
different major, please see an advisor. This is and exponential and logarithmic functions.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
the second course in a two-course sequence. Note: This is the second course in a two-
Prereq: C or better in MTH061 or placement by course sequence for STEM, business, and
assessment. education majors. If you have a different MTH 103 Technical Mathematics
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs major, you should enroll in MTH066 and This course, intended primarily for those
MTH067. The next choices in math courses students majoring in the technical-vocational
areas, includes an elementary review and survey
MTH 066 Mathematics Literacy I are 101, 102, 107, 111, 112, 201. See an of arithmetical operations, common fractions,
This course focuses on solving realistic advisor to make the best choice for you. fundamentals of algebra, mensuration formulas
problems, gaining number sense, and improving Prereq: C or better in MTH071; or placement by and geometry.
mathematical literacy. assessment.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Note: This is the first course in a two-course (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
sequence. Prereqs must be met before taking MTH 104 Business Mathematics
this course. In addition to the textbook, an MTH 075 Elementary Geometry
Business Mathematics is a comprehensive
access code is required for this class. This elementary geometry course covers the introduction to the concepts and applications
Prereq: C or better in MTH050 or placement by language of geometry, similarity, congruence, of mathematics to personal and commercial
assessment. properties of points, lines, triangles, rectangles, business problems. Basic arithmetic and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs parallelograms, squares, trapezoids, other problem solving techniques used in sales,
quadrilaterals, circles, volumes, surface areas, marketing, banking, finance, accounting,
spheres, cylinders, cones and other solids. consumer and other business situations are
MTH 067 Mathematics Literacy II Prereq: C or better in MTH060 or MTH062 or emphasized.
This second course in Math Literacy continues MTH067; or placement by assessment.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
to focus on solving realistic problems, further (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
improving number sense and mathematical
literacy. MTH 107 Basic Statistics
Note: This is the second course in a two- This course in mathematics is designed to
course sequence. Prereqs must be met before assist the student in the understanding and use
of numerical data. Course content includes
taking this course. In addition to the textbook, descriptive methods, probability, probability
an access code is required for this class. distributions, statistical inference, confidence
Prereq: C or better in MTH066. intervals, tests of hypotheses, and correlation
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and regression.
Prereq: C or better in MTH067 or MTH072, or
placement by assessment.
IAI: M1 902.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Mathematics 205
MTH 109 Algebra for Business and MTH 129 Precalculus I MTH 132 Calculus With
Social Science This course is designed to provide the STEM Analytic Geometry II
This course is designed to provide the Business, student with basic algebraic concepts needed This second course in calculus and analytic
Nursing, Education, or other non-STEM to continue onto MTH131. Topics include: geometry is a continuation of MTH 131. Topics
student with basic algebraic concepts necessary real numbers, complex numbers, solutions covered include formal integration techniques,
to continue in non-STEM related mathematics of inequalities and equations, coordinate numerical integration, area between two
courses. Topics include: real numbers, solutions systems, functions, polynomials, rational curves, volumes of revolution, average value
of inequalities and equations, coordinate functions, graphing and transformations of a function, work, center of mass, improper
systems, functions, polynomials, rational of functions, exponential and logarithmic integrals, arc length, surfaces of revolution,
functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, and systems of equations. While polar coordinates, slopes in polar coordinates,
functions, graphing and transformations of there may be overlap with topics from College areas in polar coordinates, parametric
functions, and systems of equations. While Algebra, this course develops these topics in a equations, calculus with parametric equations,
there may be overlap with topics from rigorous manner and should not be considered sequences, series, the integral test, alternating
Precalculus I, this course develops these topics equivalent to Algebra for Business and Social series, comparison tests, absolute convergence,
in a non-rigorous manner and does not meet Science (MTH109). ratio and root tests, power series, calculus
the prerequisite requirement for MTH131 Note: Students wishing to take Calculus for with power series, Taylor series, and Taylor's
Calculus With Analytic Geometry I. Business and Social Science (MTH211) should Theorem.
Note: Students wishing to take Calculus With NOT register for this course. This course does Prereq: C or better in MTH131.
Analytic Geometry I (MTH131) should NOT not fulfill the mathematics requirement in IAI: M1 900-2, MTH 902.
register for this course. This course does not some Associate degree programs. Please check (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
fulfill the mathematics requirement in some with your counselor.
Associate degree programs. Please check with Prereq: C or better in MTH072 and MTH075; or MTH 201 Mathematics
your counselor. placement by assessment.
Prereq: C or better in MTH072 and MTH075; or (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
for Elementary Teachers I
placement by assessment. This first course in mathematics for elementary
education majors follows the curriculum
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs MTH 130 Precalculus II standards of the National Council of Teachers
This course in trigonometry of the plane of Mathematics. Topics include: problem-
MTH 111 College Algebra concentrates on trigonometric, exponential, and solving strategies, patterns and sequences, set
This course is designed to provide the student logarithmic functions and their applications. theory, numeration systems, number theory,
with basic algebraic concepts necessary to Topics covered include the trigonometric and operations with whole numbers, integers,
continue in other mathematics courses. Topics functions, solution of right triangles, radian rational numbers, and real numbers. Emphasis
include: real numbers, complex numbers, measure, fundamental identities, angular is on math content and manipulatives used to
solutions of inequalities and equations, measure, graphs, logarithms, functions teach mathematics in grades K-8.
coordinate systems, functions, polynomials, of composite angles, oblique triangles, Prereq: C or better in MTH070 or MTH072 and
rational functions, exponential and logarithmic trigonometric equations, inverse trigonometric MTH075; or placement by assessment.
functions, graphing and transformations of functions, and complex numbers (including (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
functions, and systems of equations. powers and roots).
Note: This course does not fulfill the Note: This course does not fulfill the MTH 202 Mathematics for
mathematics requirement in some Associate
mathematics requirement in some Associate Elementary Teachers II
degree programs. Please check with your degree programs. Please check with your
counselor. This second course in mathematics for
counselor. elementary education majors follows the
Prereq: C or better in MTH070 or MTH072, and Prereq: C or better in MTH072 and MTH075; or
placement by assessment. curriculum standards of the National
MTH075; or placement by assessment. Council of Teachers of Mathematics. Topics
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs include: probability, statistics, geometry, and
measurement. Emphasis is on math content and
MTH 131 Calculus With manipulatives used to teach mathematics in
MTH 112 Plane Trigonometry grades K-8.
This course in trigonometry of the plane Analytic Geometry I Prereq: C or better in MTH201.
concentrates on trigonometric functions and This first course in calculus and analytic
IAI: M1 903.
their applications. Topics covered include geometry covers limits and continuity, the
the trigonometric functions, solution of definition of the derivative, rate of change, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
right triangles, radian measure, fundamental and slope, derivatives of polynomial,
identities, angular measure, graphs, logarithms, rational, trigonometric, exponential, and MTH 210 Finite Mathematics
functions of composite angles, oblique triangles, logarithmic functions, the chain rule, implicit
trigonometric equations, inverse trigonometric differentiation, approximation by differentials, This course is intended for students in business,
functions, and complex numbers, including L'Hopital's Rule, higher order derivatives, economics, or social and life sciences with
powers and roots. Rolle's Theorem, the Mean Value Theorem, applications from these fields. Topics covered
applications of derivatives, an introduction to include vectors, determinants, matrices,
Note: This course does not fulfill the systems of inequalities, linear programming,
antiderivatives and definite integrals, areas and
mathematics requirement in some Associate the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. simplex method, sets and counting, probability
degree programs. Please check with your Prereq: C or better in MTH111 and MTH112; theory, stochastic processes, Markov processes,
counselor. or C or better in MTH129 and MTH130; or C difference equations, and the mathematics of
Prereq: C or better in MTH070 or MTH072, and or better in MTH130 and required placement finance.
MTH075; or placement by assessment. score; or placement by assessment. Prereq: C or better in MTH109 or MTH111 or
placement by assessment.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: M1 900-1, MTH 901.
IAI: M1 906.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
206 Mathematics
MTH 211 Calculus for Business Medical Assistant (MLA) MLA 210 Laboratory Procedures for
and Social Science the Medical Assistant
This course presents an elementary treatment This course introduces the student to basic
of topics from differential and integral calculus. MLA 150 Basic Administrative techniques for performing routine laboratory
It is intended primarily for students in the fields Procedures for the tests done in the medical office. These include
of business and social science. The emphasis is Medical Assistant phlebotomy skills and the physical, chemical
on skill-building and on applications of calculus and microscopic examination of urine and
to the areas of business, economics, and A patient-centered approach is used in blood, as well as understanding the implications
social science. The types of functions studied this course that introduces the student to of normal and abnormal results. The proper
include polynomials, rational, exponential, and administrative medical assisting competencies collection, handling and labeling of urine and
logarithmic. Multivariable content includes utilized in the health care setting. Students blood specimens, agglutination and coagulation
applications of partial derivatives. receive CPR and First Aid certification. tests, and an introduction to microbiology are
Prereq: C or better in MTH109 or MTH111 or Students are taught fundamental triage skills, also covered. The student continues to observe
placement by assessment. techniques of patient instruction, and basic all OSHA and bloodborne pathogen standards.
clerical duties such as maintaining patient Prereq: Program admission; MLA171.
IAI: M1 900-B. records, scheduling appointments and
procedures, processing telephone calls, and (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
handling finances for a medical practice.
Recommended Prereq: CIS110 and HIT105; or MLA 220 Pharmacology for the
MTH 233 Calculus With Analytic concurrent enrollment.
Geometry III Medical Assistant
(2.5 lec/1 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course examines how drugs are processed
This third course in calculus and analytic and utilized in the body, and medication
geometry is a continuation of MTH132. Topics MLA 171 Medical Assistant Clinical I classification and administration. Therapeutic
include vectors, vector-valued functions, and adverse effects of drugs are considered.
space curves, multivariate functions, partial This course is designed to instruct the
medical assistant student in the routine Patient education related to drug therapy is
derivatives, differentials, directional derivatives, emphasized. A component of mathematics
gradients, double and triple integrals, vector clinical procedures of the medical office.
Students are taught OSHA regulations and utilizing metric and apothecary systems to
fields, line integrals, and differential equations. calculate the dosage of medications is included.
Prereq: C or better in MTH132. the use of Standard Precautions in the medical
office. Proficiency is obtained in taking vital Prereq: Program admission; HIT105 or HIT110;
IAI: M1 900-3, MTH 903. signs, collecting patient information and BIO260 or concurrent enrollment.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs documentation. The student is taught body (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
positions for examinations, methods of
examination and aseptic technique, and are
MTH 236 Introduction introduced to venipuncture in order to assist MLA 230 Medical Law and Ethics
to Linear Algebra the primary health care provider in the medical This course addresses medical ethics, moral
setting. principles, state health care provider practice
This course covers basic concepts and Prereq: Program admission; ability to read acts, legal responsibilities, liability, HIPAA
techniques of matrix theory and linear at the 10th grade level or higher and perform regulations and civic duties of the health care
algebra. It includes systems of linear required math skills as determined by professional.
equations, operations with matrices, inverses, assessment testing; BIO260; HIT105 or HIT110.
determinants, vector spaces, inner product (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
spaces, linear transformations, eigenvalues and (1.5 lec/2 lab) 2.5 sem hrs
eigenvectors. Numerical iterative methods are MLA 298 Medical Assistant
discussed and formal proof constructions are MLA 172 Medical Assistant Clinical II
stressed. Externship
Prereq: C or better in MTH233. This course instructs the student in performing Combining academic credit with professional
the more advanced and invasive procedures experience, this externship allows students to
IAI: MTH 911. that are required of the medical assistant. learn about, observe and work in the medical
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs The student is taught techniques of specimen assistant field. It provides students with 160
collection, basic 12-lead electrocardiography hours of on-site experience in the role of
(ECG), principles of medication administration, medical assistant. Students are assigned to
MTH 240 Differential Equations and the proper use and application of assistive an area physician's office, clinic or outpatient
This course covers linear equations of the devices. This course emphasizes reinforcing facility to participate in both the administrative
first order linear equations with constant basic patient care instruction to encompass and clinical areas of the practice, and observe
coefficients; the general linear equations; all phases of the life cycle and special patient various health care personnel perform tasks
variation of parameters; undetermined needs. and duties. The student does not receive
coefficients; linear independence; the Prereq: Program admission; MLA210. remuneration or payment for this learning
Wronskian; exact equations; separation of (1.5 lec/2 lab) 2.5 sem hrs experience. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
variables; applications; solutions of Laplace semester hours on a space available basis;
transforms; solution by power series and partial 2 semester hours may apply to the medical
differential equations. assistant certificate.
Prereq: C or better in MTH233. Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
IAI: MTH 912. MLA courses and HIT130; recommendation of
instructor.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(.5 lec/9.5 lab) 2 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Music 207
MSC 101 Leadership and Music (MUS) MUS 121 Theory of Music I
Personal Development This course presents a study of the technical
This course introduces Cadets to the personal aspects of music, such as scales, chords, melody,
challenges and competencies which are critical MUS 100 Music: The Art of Listening harmony, and notation, and the musical results
for effective leadership. Cadets learn how This course enhances the student's of their interrelationships. The student gains
the personal development of life skills such understanding and enjoyment of music. By an understanding of compositional techniques
as critical thinking, time management, goal listening to a variety of music such as orchestral, through the analysis of music and individual
setting, stress management, and comprehensive jazz and folk, the student gains insight into the creative projects. Keyboard skills and ear
fitness relate to leadership, and the Army works of composers through periods of musical training are also included.
profession. The focus is on developing basic development. Music of other world cultures is Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
knowledge and comprehension of Army also examined. appropriate course placement. Please contact
leadership dimensions while gaining a big Note: This course is not recommended for the Music Department at (630) 466-7900, ext.
picture of understanding the Reserve Officer's
Training Corps (ROTC) program, its purpose in
music majors. Participation in this course 5785 before registering for this course.
the Army, and its advantages for the student. may include field trips which require Recommended Prereq: MUS120.
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs admission fees. (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
IAI: F1 900.
MSC 102 Foundations in Leadership (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs MUS 123 Theory of Music II
This course introduces Cadets to the personal This course is a continuation of MUS121,
challenges and competencies which are critical MUS 101 Musics of the World including the application of seventh chords,
for adaptive leadership. Cadets learn the modulation and compositional form.
This course provides an introduction to music
basics of the communication process and the
in various parts of the world, with an emphasis
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
importance for leaders to develop the essential appropriate course placement.
on how music functions within each society.
skills to effectively communicate in the Army. Recommended Prereq: MUS120; MUS 121.
The music and cultures of South America,
Students will examine the Army Profession Coreq: MUS124.
India, Southeast Asia and China are presented.
and what it means to be a professional in the
U.S. Army. The overall focus is on developing Note: Participation in this course may include (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
basic knowledge and comprehension of Army field trips which require admission fees.
leadership while gaining a big picture of
IAI: F1 903N.
MUS 124 Aural Skills II: Developing
understanding the Reserve Officer's Training the Musical Ear
Corps (ROTC) program, its purpose in the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Army, and its advantages for the student. This course is a continuation of aural skills
developed in MUS121. Aural identification
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs MUS 102 Music in America of intervals, scales, and chord qualities are
This course is an overview of America's rich emphasized, and pitch and rhythm drills are
MSC 201 Innovative Tactical and diverse musical heritage from Colonial featured to aid in the development of notation
Leadership times to the present. Jazz, rock, folk and skills.
country, as well as music for the concert hall, Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
This course explores the dimensions of creative stage and screen are explored.
and innovative tactical leadership strategies and appropriate course placement.
styles by examining team dynamics and two Note: Participation in this course may include Recommended Prereq: MUS121.
historical leadership theories that form the basis field trips which require admission fees. Coreq: MUS123.
of the Army leadership framework. Aspects (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
IAI: F1 904.
of personal motivation and team building are
practiced by planning, executing, and assessing (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
team exercises. The focus continues to build on MUS 150 Vocal Techniques: An
developing knowledge of leadership attributes MUS 110 Careers in Music Introduction to Singing
and core leader competencies through the This course provides an introduction to the
understanding of Army rank, structure, and This course presents a wide-ranging survey
of the careers available in the field of music. vocal techniques of singing: breathing, phrasing
duties as well as broadening knowledge of land and interpretation. Music for the class is chosen
navigation and squad tactics. Case studies Guest speakers who work in music publishing,
recording, arts management, education, and from many styles, ranging from Broadway to art
provide a tangible context for learning the compositions.
Soldier's Creed and Warrior Ethos. performance provide students with insights into
careers in the profession. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
Note: It is recommended that music students
MSC 202 Leadership in Changing enroll their first semester. MUS 151 Class Instruction-Piano I
Environments (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Conducted in the electronic piano lab, this
course provides beginning instruction in piano
This course examines the challenges of for students with no previous background in
leading in complex contemporary operational MUS 120 Basic Elements of Music music. Students learn music notation, chords
environments. The cross-cultural dimensions This introductory course is designed to and harmonization. Music study includes
of leadership in a constantly changing world develop knowledge and understanding of popular, folk and classical music for beginners.
are highlighted and applied to practical Army the basic elements of music (sound, rhythm,
leadership tasks and situations. As students
Note: For noncredit course see MUS891 in
form, etc.) through the application of these
practice communication and team building elements in creative work. Students with no the Community Education section of the
skills, case studies offer insight into the prior background are introduced to notation, noncredit schedule.
importance and practice of teamwork and music reading, scales, chords, and the piano (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
tactics in real world scenarios. keyboard. Computer-assisted instruction of
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs these elements is also included.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
208 Music
MUS 154 Class Guitar I MUS 166 Vocal Ensemble: MUS 171 Percussion Ensemble
This course provides beginning guitar Waubonsee Chorale In this performance ensemble of 20th century
instruction focusing on reading chords, chord The Waubonsee Chorale is a vocal ensemble of percussion music and world drumming,
symbols, musical notation, and playing chord approximately 30 male and female singers. The individual percussion instruments and
progressions using a variety of guitars and group explores the lively art of small ensemble techniques are discussed. Traditional and
guitar-playing styles. singing through performances of selected contemporary percussion notation are taught
Note: Guitar must be brought to the first music, such as madrigals, spirituals and other to enable the student to perform assigned parts.
traditional choral music forms. It is open to all Mallet instruments (marimba, vibes, etc.) as
class. For noncredit course see MUS890 in well as pitched and nonpitched percussion
the Community Education section of the students and community residents. Repeatable
to a maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester instruments are used. Repeatable to a maximum
noncredit schedule. hours may apply to a degree or certificate. of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs apply to a degree or certificate.
Note: For noncredit course see MUS898 in
Note: For noncredit course see MUS892 in
the Community Education section of the
MUS 160 Jazz Ensemble the Community Education section of the
noncredit schedule.
noncredit schedule.
This course focuses on the performance of (0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: Music background.
jazz music composed for the standard 15-17
piece ensemble. Music of the swing, bebop and (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
contemporary periods is performed. Repeatable MUS 167 Community Vocal Ensemble:
to a maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester Fox Valley Festival Chorus MUS 171 Percussion Ensemble
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. The Fox Valley Festival Chorus, an ensemble of In this performance ensemble of 20th century
Note: For noncredit course see MUS894 in approximately 60 singers, performs a variety of percussion music and world drumming,
the Community Education section of the vocal music from all periods of music literature. individual percussion instruments and
noncredit schedule. Performances are often in conjunction with techniques are discussed. Traditional and
orchestras or other instrumental groups. contemporary percussion notation are taught
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; to enable the student to perform assigned parts.
4 semester hours may apply to a degree or Mallet instruments (marimba, vibes, etc.) as
MUS 161 Jazz Improvisation Combo certificate. well as pitched and nonpitched percussion
This course includes techniques for solo Note: New students should contact Dr. Mark instruments are used. Repeatable to a maximum
jazz improvisation in a small combo setting. Lathan, (630) 466-7900 ext. 2501. of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may
Blues and modal scales, and standard chord apply to a degree or certificate.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
progression are studied. Repeatable to a Note: For noncredit course see MUS892 in
maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester the Community Education section of the
hours may apply to a degree or certificate. MUS 168 Community Instrumental
noncredit schedule.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Ensemble: Fox Valley Recommended Prereq: Music background.
Concert Band (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
MUS 162 Rock Music Ensemble This performing ensemble is designed for
This course, which is a study of the various students who have advanced level skills in wind MUS 172 Guitar Ensemble
styles and techniques of rock music from the and percussion performance. Band repertoire
consists of traditional concert band literature This course is a guitar ensemble that covers
1950s to the present through a performance
from all periods of music history. Attendance at classical to jazz, and various popular styles.
group, is open to all musicians guitar,
rehearsals and concerts is required and includes Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours;
percussion, keyboards, horns, singers and
two hours per week in evening rehearsals along 4 semester hours may apply to a degree or
any other instruments used in rock music
with several concert dates scheduled outside certificate.
performance. Repeatable to a maximum of four
semester hours; four semester hours may apply of regular class meeting times. Repeatable to Note: For noncredit course see MUS887 in
to a degree or certificate. a maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester the Community Education section of the
hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
Note: For noncredit course see MUS895 in noncredit schedule.
Note: New students should contact Dr. Mark
the Community Education section of the (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) 466-7900
noncredit schedule.
Recommended Prereq: Music background. ext. 2501. For more information about the
band go to www.fvcb.org. MUS 175 All College Steel Band
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Prereq: Audition with the Fox Valley Concert This entry-level steel pan ensemble performs
band conductor is required. Caribbean, Pop, Classical and other genres of
MUS 164 Concert Band (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs music. Introduction to the history, construction,
development and voices of the instruments, as
This course is an instrumental ensemble in
well as, technique will be discussed. Repeatable
which students rehearse and perform chamber MUS 170 Electronic Music Ensemble to a maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester
music, concert band, and adapted literature.
This performance ensemble utilizes hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours;
4 semester hours may apply to a degree or Waubonsee's recording studio facilities and Note: For noncredit course see MUS893 in
certificate. equipment to develop and perform original the Community Education section of the
compositions. Tape recorders, microphones, noncredit schedule.
Note: For noncredit course see MUS896 in signal processors and computers are
the Community Education section of the the "instruments" in this ensemble, and (1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
noncredit schedule. experimentation is encouraged. Repeatable to
Recommended Prereq: Music background. a maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs hours may apply to a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: Music background.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Music 209
MUS 176 Waubonsee Community MUS 182 Applied: Voice MUS 185 Applied: String Instruments
College Performing Steel This course provides private instruction in This course provides private instruction in
Band voice individually designed for each student's string instruments individually designed for
need. Students concentrate on technique and each student's need. Students concentrate on
This intermediate-level steel pan ensemble repertory commensurate with their current technique and repertory commensurate with
performs Caribbean, Pop, Classical and ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum
other genres of music. Students will take a hours; 4 semester hours may apply to a degree of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may
more in-depth look at these genres and will or certificate. apply to a degree or certificate.
be introduced to basic steel band arranging.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours; Note: A total of 8 contact hours are provided Note: A total of 8 contact hours are provided
6 semester hours may apply to a degree or per semester. Cost per half-hour lesson is per semester. Cost per half-hour lesson is
certificate. approximately $16, which is covered by approximately $16, which is covered by
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for tuition and course fee. Contact Dr. Mark tuition and course fee. Contact Dr. Mark
appropriate course placement. Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) 466-7900, Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) 466-7900,
Recommended Prereq: MUS175. ext. 2501. ext. 2501.
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: MUS150. Recommended Prereq: MUS154 or MUS254.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
MUS 180 Applied: Composition/
Arranging MUS 183 Applied: Woodwinds MUS 186 Applied: Organ
This course provides private instruction in This course provides private instruction in This course provides private instruction in
composition individually designed for each woodwinds individually designed for each organ that is individually designed for each
student's need. Students concentrate on student's need. Students concentrate on student's need. Students concentrate on
compositional technique and creative projects technique and repertory commensurate with technique and repertory commensurate with
commensurate with their current ability. their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may
4 semester hours may apply to a degree or apply to a degree or certificate. apply to a degree or certificate.
certificate. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Note: A total of 8 contact hours are provided
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for appropriate course placement. A total of 8 per semester. Cost per half-hour lesson is
appropriate course placement. A total of 8 contact hours are provided per semester. Cost approximately $16, which is covered by
contact hours are provided per semester. Cost per half-hour lesson is approximately $16, tuition and course fee. Contact Dr. Mark
per half-hour lesson is approximately $16, which is covered by tuition and course fee. Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) 466-7900,
which is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, ext. 2501.
Contact Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) 466-7900, ext. 2501. (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
(630) 466-7900, ext. 2501. (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs MUS 187 Applied: Percussion
MUS 184 Applied: Brass This course provides private instruction in
MUS 181 Applied: Piano This course provides private instruction in percussion individually designed for each
This course provides private instruction in brass individually designed for each student's student's need. Students concentrate on
piano individually designed for each student's need. Students concentrate on technique and technique and repertory commensurate with
need. Students concentrate on technique and repertory commensurate with their current their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum
repertory commensurate with their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may apply to a degree apply to a degree or certificate.
hours; 4 semester hours may apply to a degree or certificate. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
or certificate. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for appropriate course placement. A total of 8
Note: A total of 8 contact hours are provided appropriate course placement. A total of 8 contact hours are provided per semester. Cost
per semester. Cost per half-hour lesson is contact hours are provided per semester. Cost per half-hour lesson is approximately $16,
approximately $16, which is covered by per half-hour lesson is approximately $16, which is covered by tuition and course fee.
tuition and course fee. Contact Dr. Mark which is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor,
Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) 466-7900, Contact Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) 466-7900, ext. 2501.
ext. 2501. (630) 466-7900, ext. 2501. Recommended Prereq: One semester of
Recommended Prereq: One year of piano study percussion study.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
or MUS151 or MUS251. (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
210 Music
MUS 188 Applied: Audio Production MUS 221 Theory of Music III MUS 251 Class Instruction-Piano II
This course provides private instruction in A continuation of MUS123, this course features Continuing the skills taught in MUS151, this
audio production individually designed for observations of counterpoint, chromatic course emphasizes more advanced materials
each student's need. Students concentrate on harmonies (borrowed chords, augmented in music notation, chords and harmonization.
audio recording and Musical Instrument Digital sixth chords, and mediants) form and A minimum of 4 hours of practice per week is
Interface(MIDI)projects commensurate with analysis techniques, and the application of required.
their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum compositional techniques. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
of 4 semester hours; 4 semester hours may Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
apply to a degree or certificate. appropriate course placement.
appropriate course placement. Recommended Prereq: MUS151.
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Recommended Prereq: MUS123. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
appropriate course placement. A total of 8 Coreq: MUS222.
contact hours are provided per semester. Cost (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
per half-hour lesson is approximately $16, MUS 252 Class Instruction-Piano III
which is covered by tuition and course fee. This course provides group piano instruction
MUS 222 Aural Skills III: with an emphasis on developing advanced
Contact Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, Developing the Musical Ear harmonization techniques, such as extended
(630) 466-7900, ext. 2501. chords, transposition and accompanying
Recommended Prereq: MUS121. Prereq: This course is a continuation of MUS124,
presenting a study of syncopated rhythmic techniques. A survey of appropriate piano
MUS211; MUS213. literature is also included.
patterns, intervals, and triads, isolated and in
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs context. Singing of folk songs and selected art Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
songs in treble and bass clefs, as well as ear appropriate course placement.
MUS 200 Music Literature: training correlated with sight singing, are also Recommended Prereq: MUS251.
included.
A Historical Survey (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
This course contains an overview of the various
appropriate course placement.
historic music styles in the Western Tradition.
Recommended Prereq: MUS124. MUS 254 Class Guitar II
Representative works are chosen for study
which illustrate the styles and the principal Coreq: MUS221. This course provides intermediate level
components of those genres. (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs instruction in guitar and includes chord
Recommended Prereq: MUS120 or MUS121. formation with bar chords, finger picking,
accompaniment patterns, and seventh chords.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs MUS 223 Theory of Music IV Note: Guitar must be brought to the first
This course is a continuation of MUS221, class.
MUS 211 Introduction to the covering 20th and early 21st century Recommended Prereq: MUS154 or equivalent.
Recording Studio techniques. The study of polychords, synthetic
scales, new instrumental and notational (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
This course is designed as an introduction to systems, twelve-tone composition, and
the tools and techniques used in digital sound influences of non-Western music are included. MUS 266 Chamber Choir
production and recording. Topics include
digital recording and editing techniques, Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Chamber Choir is an auditioned choral
microphone techniques, audio mixing console appropriate course placement. group intended to offer expanded vocal
operations, basic principles of acoustics and Recommended Prereq: MUS221. music opportunities. Class sessions consist
audio signal processing. Students have access to Coreq: MUS224. mainly of auditions, sight-reading and
the recording studio for assigned projects. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs rehearsal of material to prepare a repertoire
Recommended Prereq: Familiarity with basic for performances. Emphasis is placed on
functions of Mac OS. musicianship skills such as reading, effective
MUS 224 Aural Skills IV: Developing ensemble technique and interpretation of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
the Musical Ear various chamber (small group) musical styles,
such as the Renaissance Madrigal, motets,
MUS 213 Advanced Studio Recording This course is a continuation of MUS222 with part songs, and contemporary chamber music.
a focus on the study of advanced rhythmic Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours;
This course provides creative applications of patterns, continued use of triads, and chords 4 semester hours may apply to a degree or
the concepts and tools acquired in MUS211, of the seventh and altered chords, isolated and certificate.
including applications using Musical in context. Sight singing of more advanced
Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI), digital materials and ear training correlated with sight Note: Contact Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant
recording, editing, mixdown, sampling, looping singing are also covered. Professor, at (630) 466-7900, ext. 2501, for
software, ReWire and mastering. audition information. Students must audition
Prereq: MUS211. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
appropriate course placement. by Friday of week 2 and register by Friday of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: MUS222. week 3.
Coreq: MUS223. Coreq: MUS166.
MUS 215 Electronics for Audio (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
Production
This course is an introduction to the analysis
of circuits and electronics using resistors,
capacitors, inductors, diodes and integrated
components as they apply to electronics within
the music industry.
Note: Knowledge of basic algebra is
recommended.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Music 211
MUS 280 Applied: MUS 283 Applied: Woodwinds MUS 286 Applied: Organ
Composition/Arranging This course provides private instruction in This course provides private instruction in
This course provides private instruction in woodwinds individually designed for each organ individually designed for each student's
composition that is individually designed for student's need. Students concentrate on need. Students concentrate on technique and
each student's need. Students concentrate on technique and repertory commensurate with repertory commensurate with their current
compositional techniques and creative projects their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester
commensurate with their current ability. of 8 semester hours; 8 semester hours may hours; 8 semester hours may apply to a degree
Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester hours; apply to a degree or certificate. or certificate.
8 semester hours may apply to a degree or Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
certificate. appropriate course placement. A total of 16 appropriate course placement. A total of 16
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for contact hours are provided per semester. Cost contact hours are provided per semester. Cost
appropriate course placement. A total of 16 per hour lesson is approximately $33, which per hour lesson is approximately $33, which
contact hours are provided per semester. Cost is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact
per hour lesson is approximately $33, which Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630)
is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact 466-7900, ext. 2501. . 466-7900, ext. 2501.
Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
466-7900, ext. 2501.
Recommended Prereq: MUS121.
MUS 284 Applied: Brass MUS 287 Applied: Percussion
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
This course provides private instruction in This course provides private instruction in
brass individually designed for each student's percussion individually designed for each
MUS 281 Applied: Piano need. Students concentrate on technique and student's need. Students concentrate on
This course provides private instruction in repertory commensurate with their current technique and repertory commensurate with
piano individually designed for each student's ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum
need. Students concentrate on technique and hours; 8 semester hours may apply to a degree of 8 semester hours; 8 semester hours may
repertory commensurate with their current or certificate. apply to a degree or certificate.
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
hours; 8 semester hours may apply to a degree appropriate course placement. A total of 16 appropriate course placement. A total of 16
or certificate. contact hours are provided per semester. Cost contact hours are provided per semester. Cost
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for per hour lesson is approximately $33, which per hour lesson is approximately $33, which
appropriate course placement. A total of 16 is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact
contact hours are provided per semester. Cost Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630)
per hour lesson is approximately $33, which 466-7900, ext. 2501. 466-7900, ext. 2501.
is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: One semester of
Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) percussion study.
466-7900, ext. 2501. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: One year of piano study. MUS 285 Applied: String Instruments
2 sem hrs This course provides private instruction in
(2 lec/0 lab)
string instruments individually designed for MUS 288 Applied: Audio Production
each student's need. Students concentrate on This course provides private instruction in
MUS 282 Applied: Voice technique and repertory commensurate with audio production individually designed for
This course provides private instruction in their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum each student's need. Students concentrate on
voice individually designed for each student's of 8 semester hours; 8 semester hours may audio recording and Musical Instrument Digital
need. Students concentrate on technique and apply to a degree or certificate. Interface (MIDI) projects commensurate with
repertory commensurate with their current Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for their current ability. Repeatable to a maximum
ability. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 semester of 8 semester hours; 8 semester hours may
appropriate course placement. A total of 16 apply to a degree or certificate.
hours; 8 semester hours may apply to a degree contact hours are provided per semester. Cost
or certificate. Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for
per hour lesson is approximately $33, which
Note: Student's skill level will be assessed for appropriate course placement. A total of 16
is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact
appropriate course placement. A total of 16 contact hours are provided per semester. Cost
Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630)
contact hours are provided per semester. Cost per hour lesson is approximately $33, which
466-7900, ext. 2501.
per hour lesson is approximately $33, which Recommended Prereq: MUS154 or MUS254. is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact
is covered by tuition and course fee. Contact Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630)
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Dr. Mark Lathan, Assistant Professor, (630) 466-7900, ext. 2501.
466-7900, ext. 2501. Recommended Prereq: MUS121. Prereq:
Recommended Prereq: MUS150. MUS211; MUS213.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
212 Nursing
Nurse Assistant (NAS) NUR 105 Introduction to NUR 150 Concepts of Nursing I
Professional Nursing This course focuses on the use of the
This course is designed to provide the student nursing process to meet the needs of
NAS 101 Basic Nurse with concepts of professional nursing upon patients experiencing stress, respiratory or
Assistant Training which all subsequent nursing courses are gastrointestinal conditions, or surgery. Pediatric
built. It focuses on cognitive, psychomotor and geriatric concepts are integrated. Clinical
This course, approved by the Illinois experiences are provided in an acute care
Department of Public Health, is designed to and communication skills that are basic to
client care and that can be utilized by the facility including the operating and recovery
prepare persons to function in the role of nurse rooms.
assistant in a variety of health care settings. professional nurse or delegated to assistive
Content includes basic nursing procedures, personnel. Students achieve mastery of these Note: Clinical may be scheduled early
food service, body mechanics, safety measures, skills through classroom instruction, laboratory mornings, afternoons or evenings and is
special treatments, communication skills, and demonstration, peer review and clinical practice dependent on the clinical site. Clinical sites
care of persons with Alzheimers disease and in a geriatric setting. Special consideration
is given to concepts of geriatric nursing. and times will be given at the first class
related dementias. Clinical experiences are
provided in long-term care facilities. Laboratory proficiency testing is emphasized. meeting.
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
Note: Due to state attendance requirements, Note: Clinical may be scheduled early NUR120.
students must register by the first day of mornings, afternoons or evenings and is Coreq: Current American Heart Association
class. Included in the fees are: $4 for a WCC dependent on the clinical site. Clinical sites Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers
student name badge. Students must complete and times will be given after the first class (CPR).
CNA testing in Learning Assessment and meeting. (3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in all of
Testing Services for appropriate advising and/
the following: PSY100, PSY205, BIO250, BIO270,
or placement into the course. In addition, BIO272, ENG101, ENG102, COM100; current NUR 160 Pharmacology
students must provide evidence of a 2-step American Heart Association Basic Life Support This course examines how drugs are processed
test for tuberculosis (TB) prior to the first for Health Care Providers (CPR). and utilized in the body. A client's reactions
clinical day. A valid social security number is Coreq: NUR106. to a drug both therapeutically and adversely
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs are considered. Potential drug interactions
required at the time of enrollment.
are explored. Client education related to drug
Prereq: Program admission; reading assessment;
therapy is emphasized.
16 years of age or older. NUR 106 Introduction to Clinical Recommended Prereq: BIO270 and BIO272; or
(4 lec/6 lab) 7 sem hrs Pharmacology for Nurses BIO260.
This course is designed for nursing students (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
beginning the study of pharmacology and
Nursing (NUR) medication administration. It introduces the NUR 175 Concepts of
thinking process for the safe administration
of medication. A comprehensive unit Mental Health Nursing
NUR 100 How to Succeed in Nursing on medication calculations is included. This course focuses on adapting the nursing
This course is designed to help students Instructional methods to facilitate the simulated process to the practice of psychiatric-mental
transition from prerequisite courses to nursing application of content to nursing practice are health nursing. The learning experience
courses. Emphasis is placed on options in utilized. is eclectic and holistic, and explores
nursing, what to expect in nursing, study skills, Prereq: Program admission. biological, intellectual, emotional, spiritual
how to take nursing tests, and survival. This Coreq: NUR105; or NUR120 (for advanced and sociocultural dimensions of behavior.
course should help the success of students in placement students). The student builds on previously learned
the nursing program. Repeatable to a maximum (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs skills, especially the therapeutic use of self,
of 4 semester hours; 1 semester hour may apply while working with other professionals in a
to a degree or certificate. multidisciplinary approach within a therapeutic
Recommended Prereq: Completion of most NUR 120 Basic Concepts of Nursing environment. Historical perspectives,
nursing program prerequisite courses. This course continues with basic nursing skills. psychiatric disorders, psychiatric nursing
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs Use of the nursing process including nursing concepts, nursing interventions, therapies,
assessment, basic concepts of pharmacology, and community roles and services are
therapeutic communication, and fluid and stressed. Clinical experiences are provided in a
electrolyte balance with a focus on diabetes psychiatric facility.
mellitus are emphasized. Clinical experiences Note: Clinical may be scheduled early
are provided in an acute care facility. mornings, afternoons or evenings and is
Note: Advanced placement in NUR120 may dependent on the clinical site. Clinical sites
require concurrent enrollment in NUR106 and times will be given at the first class
based on recommendation of the program meeting.
director. Clinical may be scheduled early Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
mornings, afternoons or evenings and is NUR150.
Coreq: Current American Heart Association
dependent on the clinical site. Clinical sites Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers
and times will be given at the first class (CPR).
meeting. (3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
NUR105; nursing math proficiency test.
Coreq: American Heart Association Health
Care Provider course; documentation of current
immunizations.
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Philosophy 213
NUR 205 Concepts of Nursing II NUR 250 Concepts of Nursing III PCT 297 Patient Care
This course is concerned with the individual This course is concerned with the adult Technician Externship
who is seriously ill. It focuses on the patient who is seriously ill, including those Combining academic credit with professional
nursing care of persons with genitourinary, with endocrine disorders, cardiac disorders, experience, this externship allows students to
hematological, immunological or oncological peripheral vascular disorders, acute surgeries learn about, observe and work in the patient
disorders. It has a special focus on care of and patients requiring intensive care. Emphasis care technician field. It provides the student
persons receiving complex parenteral therapies. is on assessment, establishing priorities of care, with 80 hours of hands-on experience in an
Emphasis is placed on assessment, establishing and organization and utilization of the nursing acute care setting where the student performs
priorities of care, and the organization and care plan. Pediatric and geriatric concepts are the skills required of a patient care technician
utilization of the nursing care plan. Clinical integrated. Clinical experience is provided on (PCT).
experiences are provided on general medical- the intermediate and/or intensive care units. Prereq: Consent of instructor; C or better in
surgical units with an emphasis on oncology Note: Clinical may be scheduled early PCT200; HIT105 or concurrent enrollment;
and renal care. COM125 or concurrent enrollment; American
mornings, afternoons or evenings and is
Note: Clinical may be scheduled early dependent on the clinical site. Clinical sites Heart Association Basic Life Support for Health
mornings, afternoons or evenings and is Care Providers; physical examination; proof of
and times will be given at the first class current immunizations; completion of two-step
dependent on the clinical site. Clinical sites meeting. tuberculosis skin test; drug screen.
and times will be given at the first class Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
meeting. NUR220. (.5 lec/5 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in Coreq: Current American Heart Association
NUR175. Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers
Coreq: Current American Heart Association (CPR). Philosophy (PHL)
Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers (3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs
(CPR).
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs PHL 100 Introduction to Philosophy
NUR 275 Advanced Concepts This course provides an overview of the major
of Nursing fields of philosophy including metaphysics,
NUR 220 Nursing Concepts of the epistemology, logic and ethics. Fundamental
This course is designed to assist the student
Childbearing Family in the transition to the role of graduate nurse. questions may include: What is the meaning
This course focuses on the nursing care of The course focuses on the use of the nursing of life? Does God exist? Are we free? What can
the childbearing family. The normal and process in caring for groups of patients. we know? What makes a good argument? How
complicated pregnancy and the care of the Content includes conditions of the eye and ear, should we live?
mother and neonate are studied. Women's orthopedic, neurologic and emergency nursing, IAI: H4 900.
health and growth and development of the care of the burn patient and other conditions
well child and family are discussed. Clinical of the integumentary system. Ethical, legal, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
experiences are designed to develop the political and social issues affecting health
student's assessment, teaching, and nursing care are also explored. Clinical experience is PHL 101 Introduction to Logic
skills that promote optimum health and well- provided in a variety of settings.
being for the childbearing family. Clinical This course focuses on the nature of logical
Note: Clinical may be scheduled early inference including both formal and informal
experiences are provided in both acute care and
community based settings. mornings, afternoons or evenings and is reasoning and deductive versus inductive
dependent on the clinical site. Clinical sites lines of thought. Topics include: 1) the use of
Note: Clinical may be scheduled early symbolic languages to make evident the logical
and times will be given at the first class
mornings, afternoons or evenings and is essentials of language and meaning, 2) the
meeting. essentials of both good and bad arguments,
dependent on the clinical site. Clinical sites Prereq: Program admission; C or better in
and times will be given at the first class fallacious and non-fallacious reasoning, 3)
NUR250. formal and informal inferences, and 4) the
meeting. Coreq: Current American Heart Association essentials of proof and evidence. This is done
Prereq: Program admission; C or better in Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers through translating ordinary language sentences
NUR205. (CPR). into their truth-functional form and evaluating
Coreq: Current American Heart Association (2 lec/8 lab) 5 sem hrs the validity of arguments through such things as
Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers truth tables and truth trees.
(CPR).
IAI: H4 906.
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs Patient (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Care Technician (PCT)
PCT 200 Patient Care Technician
This course is designed to prepare students
to function in the role of a patient care
technician (PCT) in an acute care setting.
Content includes: advanced nursing assistant
skills, dietary procedures, respiratory therapy
techniques, basic phlebotomy skills and basic
cardiac monitoring set-up and techniques.
Prereq: Consent of instructor; NAS101 or
equivalent.
Recommended Coreq: COM125; HIT105.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
214 Philosophy
PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics PHL 140 Philosophy of Art Phlebotomy (PBT)
A study of the principal ethical theories and This course examines philosophical issues and
concepts of human conduct and character, as theories related to the creation, display, and
well as a critical evaluation of these theories evaluation of works of art, focusing primarily, PBT 105 Theoretical and Clinical
and concepts as they apply to particular moral but not exclusively, on the tradition of Western Aspects of Phlebotomy
issues and decisions. Students study ethical art. Emphasis is placed on, but not limited to,
theories such as ethical egoism, utilitarianism, the visual arts. Additionally, issues related to This course prepares the student for the role
Kantianism, virtue ethics, Divine Command defining art, distinguishing good from bad art, of phlebotomy technician. Instruction in
Theory, and moral relativism, and consider forgery, expertise, the art market, authentic human structure and function of the peripheral
how these views apply to moral issues related performances, etc. are included. vascular and circulatory systems, specimen
to such topics as suicide, sex and marriage, war, collection, specimen processing and handling,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and laboratory operations is included. The
terrorism, legal punishment, animal rights,
the environment, and other current moral student is also taught legal and ethical issues
problems. PHL 201 History of Philosophy I related to phlebotomy and specimen collection,
infection control and OSHA requirements.
IAI: H4 904. This course introduces students to the
Western Tradition of philosophical thinking, Note: Each student is required to carry a
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs beginning with its origins in ancient Greece personal health insurance policy. Proof of
and ending with the developments in Medieval insurance is due by the fourth week of an
PHL 107 Introduction Philosophy. Emphasis is placed on an analysis 8-week PBT105 Theoretical and Clinical
and understanding of each significant period
to Medical Ethics of philosophical development, the connection
Aspects of Phlebotomy class, or by the seventh
This course examines a selection of problems in among philosophical theories and their week of a 16-week PBT105 Theoretical and
biomedical ethics, alongside the philosophical historical developments, and their influence on Clinical Aspects of Phlebotomy class.
issues they raise. A case based approach will each other. Prereq: Reading assessment.
be taken while discussing issues such as the Recommended Coreq: COM125; HIT105 or
responsibility of healthcare workers to their IAI: H4 901. HIT110.
patients, truthfulness, confidentiality, informed (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3.5 lec/2 lab) 4.5 sem hrs
consent, human research, abortion, euthanasia,
death and dying, genetic choices, cloning, stem
cell research, organ transplantation, and the PHL 202 History of Philosophy II PBT 297 Phlebotomy Externship
allocation of health care resources. This course introduces students to the Western Combining academic credit with professional
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs tradition of philosophical thinking, beginning experience, this externship allows students
with developments during Early Modernity and to learn about, observe and work in the
ending with 20th century and contemporary phlebotomy field. It provides the student with
PHL 110 Introduction philosophy. Emphasis is placed on an analysis 120 hours of hands-on experience provided
to Critical Thinking and understanding of each significant period at a site within the community. The student
of philosophical development, the connections is afforded an opportunity to perform a
This course focuses on the practical value among philosophical theories, their historical
of critical thinking in a variety of personal, minimum of 100 successful venipunctures and
developments, and their influence upon each 25 successful skin punctures, per certification
professional and social situations. Students other.
study such things as the structure of arguments, requirements. Repeatable to a maximum of 3
the critical analysis and evaluation of IAI: H4 902. semester hours on a space-available basis; 1.5
arguments, inductive and deductive reasoning, semester hours may apply to the phlebotomy
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs certificate.
formal and informal logical fallacies, problem
solving and decision-making, and rhetorical Prereq: Reading assessment; C or better in
strategies. Specific topics may include critically PHL 296 Special Topics for Philosophy PBT105; COM125 or concurrent enrollment;
analyzing advertisements, political speech, HIT105 or HIT110 or concurrent enrollment;
The course offers in-depth exploration of American Heart Association Basic Life
debate techniques, gender stereotypes, human a special topic, issue or trend in the field of
psychology, journalistic reporting, criminal Support for Health Care Providers; physical
philosophy. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 examination; completion of two-step
investigations, etc. semester hours for different special topics; tuberculosis test; proof of current immunization
IAI: H4 906. 6 semester hours may apply to a degree or status.
certificate.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (.5 lec/7.5 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
(1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
PHL 120 Introduction
to World Religions
This course gives a philosophical introduction
to the comparative study of the major world
religions including Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism, Taoism, Judaism, Christianity,
and Islam.
IAI: H5 904N.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Physical Education 215
Physical Education (PED) PED 114 Basketball I PED 124 Basketball II
This course is designed for the intermediate This course is designed for the experienced
basketball player. Instruction includes the collegiate basketball player. Advanced
PED 108 Horsemanship I techniques of shooting, passing, dribbling techniques of shooting, passing, dribbling and
Intended for the beginning or inexperienced and rebounding, which are practiced in actual rebounding are taught and practiced in actual
rider, Horsemanship I covers English riding game situations. Repeatable to a maximum of games situations. Repeatable to a maximum
(Saddleseat), grooming, leading, saddling, and 4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester of 4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester
bridling. hours of PED activity courses may apply to a hours of PED activity courses may apply to a
degree or certificate. degree or certificate.
Note: Students must have shoes (no slip-ons) Recommended Prereq: Varsity playing Recommended Prereq: PED114.
with hard soles and low heels for riding, experience. (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
long pants, riding or bike helmet, tee shirts (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
or sweatshirts (no tank tops). Maximum
weight limit: 160lbs, per stable requirements.
PED 125 Softball II
PED 115 Softball I This course is designed for the experienced
For noncredit course see REC892 in the
This course is designed for the student with collegiate softball player. Instruction includes
Community Education section of the intermediate softball experience. Techniques of advanced techniques of fielding, hitting,
noncredit schedule. fielding, hitting, pitching and base running are pitching and base running used in actual
(0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs used in actual game situations. Repeatable to a game situations. Repeatable to a maximum of
maximum of 4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester
4 semester hours of PED activity courses may hours of PED activity courses may apply to a
PED 109 Horsemanship II apply to a degree or certificate. degree or certificate.
Horsemanship II provides a more in-depth (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: PED115.
continuation of skills learned in Horsemanship (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
I. Riders work on diagonals, simple figure
work, and horse psychology. Repeatable to a PED 116 Karate
maximum of 1.5 semester hours; a maximum of Self-defense, competition, ceremonial PED 127 Cardio Kickboxing
4 semester hours of PED activity courses may techniques and costume dress are covered in Cardio Kickboxing is a fusion of boxing, martial
apply to a degree or certificate. this course designed for the beginning student arts, and aerobics done rhythmically to music.
Note: Maximum weight limit: 160 lbs., per of karate. Students also practice punching It is a cardiovascular workout consisting of jabs,
stable requirements. For noncredit course see and blocking. Repeatable to a maximum of hooks, uppercuts, and kicks designed to get
4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester you on your way to a leaner body and healthier
REC893 in the Community Education section hours of PED activity courses may apply to a state of mind. This is a non-contact course and
of the noncredit schedule. degree or certificate. gloves are not required.
Prereq: Consent of instructor.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
(0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs
PED 118 Personal Defense PED 128 Spinning
PED 110 Soccer
This course is designed to help students Spinning uses stationary bicycles to develop and
Structured for the experienced soccer player, acquire confidence and the ability to cope improve cardiovascular endurance, muscular
this course covers the formation, fundamentals with unexpected attacks and emergencies. strength and overall wellness. Music is used
and strategies of competitive soccer, as well as Self-defense techniques, including methods to inspire, energize and establish the pace
the rules and procedures of play. Repeatable to of preventing attacks, breaking falls and basic and rhythm of the workout. Repeatable to a
a maximum of 4 semester hours; a maximum of throws, are taught. Repeatable to a maximum maximum of 4 semester hours; a maximum of
4 semester hours of PED activity courses may of 4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester 4 semester hours of PED activity courses may
apply to a degree or certificate. hours of PED activity courses may apply to a apply to a degree or certificate.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs degree or certificate. (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
Note: For noncredit course see REC890 in
PED 111 Volleyball the Community Education section of the PED 134 Zumba Fitness
This course, designed for the experienced noncredit schedule.
This course improves an individual's
player, covers formations and fundamentals of (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs cardiovascular system through participation in
power volleyball. Repeatable to a maximum of aerobic exercise routines set to Latin-infused
4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester dance music. The routines feature interval
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a PED 120 Baseball II
training sessions where fast and slow rhythms
degree or certificate. This course is designed for the experienced and resistance training are combined. Intensity
Recommended Prereq: Volleyball experience. collegiate baseball player. Advanced techniques is elevated to a level appropriate to one's
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs of hitting, fielding and pitching are covered. training heart rate. Repeatable to a maximum
Game strategies are taught with students of 4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester
participating in actual game situations. hours of PED activity courses may apply to a
PED 113 Baseball I Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; degree or certificate.
This course is designed for the intermediate a maximum of 4 semester hours of PED activity
courses may apply to a degree or certificate. Note: For noncredit course see FIT827 in
baseball player. Fundamentals of hitting,
fielding and pitching are covered. Game Recommended Prereq: PED113. the Community Education section of the
strategies are taught with students participating (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs noncredit schedule.
in actual game situations. Repeatable to a (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
maximum of 4 semester hours; a maximum of
4 semester hours of PED activity courses may
apply to a degree or certificate.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
216 Physical Education
PED 136 Physical Fitness I PED 146 Yoga PED 200 Introduction to
This course is designed for the student Designed as an introduction to Hatha Yoga, this Physical Education
desiring to reach and maintain optimal levels course focuses on the union of mind, body and This course is designed to introduce the
of fitness. Cardiovascular endurance and breath through asana practice complemented disciplines of physical education, recreation,
muscular strength are emphasized through by relaxation and meditation. The techniques and sport. Emphasis will be placed on the
work on weight resistance and cardiovascular shown enhance muscular strength, flexibility, historical background and philosophies relating
equipment. energy, concentration and relaxation. to physical education, the future direction of
Note: PED136 is designed for first-time fitness Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; physical education, and traditional and new
a maximum of 4 semester hours of PED activity career opportunities. Emphasis is placed on
center students. During the first week of courses may apply to a degree or certificate.
classes, students are required to attend one physical education as a profession.
Note: For noncredit course see MNB899 in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
orientation session at their scheduled class
the Community Education section of the
time. Returning students should register for
noncredit schedule. PED 203 Current Issues in Sports
PED140, PED145 or PED148.
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs This course examines the interaction between
sport and culture, the relevance of sport in
PED 140 Physical Fitness II PED 147 Intermediate Yoga modern society, and the social processes which
This course is designed for students who are influence sport.
Designed for the student desiring to reach and looking to deepen their knowledge of yoga (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
maintain optimal levels of fitness, this course through the practices of Asana, Pranayama and
emphasizes the development of cardiovascular Meditation. At the intermediate level, more
endurance and muscular strength through challenging postures are included. Increasing
PED 204 Introduction to Coaching
work on weight resistance and cardiovascular the duration that these postures are held This introduction to the major aspects of
equipment. further develops greater flexibility, strength athletic coaching includes: developing a
Note: Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester and relaxation. Repeatable to a maximum of philosophy, different coaching and player
hours; a maximum of 4 semester hours of 4 semester hours; a maximum of 4 semester personalities, motivation, discipline,
hours of PED activity courses may apply to a communication, self-confidence, team
PED activity courses may apply to a degree or cohesion, outside influences, leadership styles,
degree or certificate
certificate. and cultural and minority issues.
Prereq: PED136. Note: This practice is ideally suited for
students who have had some previous Yoga (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
experience. For noncredit course see FIT893
in the Community Education section of the PED 205 Scientific Foundations
PED 141 Jogging
noncredit schedule. of Human Movement
Designed for the student desiring to improve Recommended Prereq: PED146.
or maintain cardiovascular fitness, this course This course introduces the student to the
combines theory and practice to gain maximum (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs different aspects of physical activity which
short- and long-term cardiovascular benefits. include biological, mechanical, physiological,
kinesiological, psychological, and sociological
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; PED 148 Conditioning aspects. Also included is the development of
a maximum of 4 semester hours of PED activity
courses may apply to a degree or certificate. This course is designed as a conditioning skills required to assess physiological measures.
program for the student desiring to reach (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs and maintain optimal fitness levels. It meets
individual fitness needs while emphasizing
PED 142 Weight Training the development of muscular strength and PED 207 Teaching Sport Skills I:
This course is designed for either the beginning
endurance, flexibility, and cardiovascular Team Sports
endurance. Students receive pre- and progress
or experienced weight trainer. The course fitness tests. This course provides instruction on skill
covers muscle and strength development and development, performance, and analysis of
includes lifts, body building and Olympic lifts. Note: Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester team sports such as: basketball, football, soccer,
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; hours; a maximum of 4 semester hours of softball, and volleyball.
a maximum of 4 semester hours of PED activity PED activity courses may apply to a degree or (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
courses may apply to a degree or certificate. certificate.
Note: Students have use of the fitness center. Prereq: PED136.
PED 208 Teaching Sport Skills II:
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
Individual Sports
This course provides instruction on skill
PED 145 Fitness Training PED 150 Basic Prevention and development, performance, and analysis of
In this course students learn the factors Care of Athletic Injuries individual sports such as: badminton, golf,
involved in increasing and decreasing body This course is an introduction to the field of tennis, and track and field.
weight. An exercise program is designed to athletic training for students planning careers in (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
control body weight and/or to shape contours athletic training, coaching, physical education,
of the body by using both free weights and or a fitness profession. The course will provide
machines. students with the knowledge and skills
Note: Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester necessary for the proper care and management
hours; a maximum of 4 semester hours of of athletic injuries. Additionally, students will
learn how to establish an effective health care
PED activity courses may apply to a degree or system, prevent and minimize sports-related
certificate. injuries, recognize and manage specific areas
Prereq: PED136. and conditions, and apply their skills and
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs knowledge in a variety of settings.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Physics 217
PED 209 Introduction to Exercise PED 235 Survey of the Sports PED 240 Business Management for
Science and Sports Organization the Fitness Professional
Professions This course surveys sports administration and This course provides an overview of the
This course provides an overview of the sports business techniques as they pertain to entrepreneurial process and covers the practical
foundational content within the areas of the sport enterprise. Students attain theoretical aspects of operating a fitness business. Topics
exercise science as well as options available knowledge and practical skills in preparation for include: business plan development, sales,
for professional career opportunities, career various sport managerial and business careers. marketing, service, operations, administration,
development, and employment. Topics include: Also covered are decision making and planning management, legalities, and human resources.
historical development of exercise science, from the sport manager's perspective and the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
exercise physiology, athletic training, sport impact of corporate sponsorship on the sport.
nutrition, sport psychology, biomechanics, and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
careers in exercise science. PED 242 Lifestyle Wellness Coaching
3 sem hrs This course provides an understanding of
(3 lec/ lab) PED 236 Exercise for Special coaching processes developed to support and
Populations motivate individuals in the areas of health,
PED 210 Physical Education This course is designed to prepare exercise wellness, fitness, and sport. Topics include:
for Children specialists to adapt physical education and effective coaching, models of change, ethics,
exercise so that individuals with predisposed relationships, communication, and motivation.
This course examines the management and
instruction of developmentally appropriate conditions can successfully participate in (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
physical education for children. Topics include: activity and exercise programs. Predisposed
growth and development, curriculum design, conditions include obesity, diabetes, coronary
teaching techniques, motor skill development, artery disease, hypoglycemia, stroke,
peripheral vascular disease, osteoporosis and
Physics (PHY)
and evaluation.
hypertension.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: BIO260; or BIO270 and
BIO272.
PHY 103 Concepts of Physics
PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care This survey course of the principles of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs physics concentrates on the analysis of
This course provides consistent guidelines and physical phenomena encountered in everyday
training which enable the citizen responder PED 237 Strength and experience. It talks about fundamentals of
to recognize and respond appropriately to physics from a conceptual viewpoint rather
cardiac, breathing and first aid emergencies. Conditioning Principles than mathematical. Topics covered include:
Upon successful completion of the course, This course is designed to prepare exercise mechanics, properties of matter, heat, sound,
participants may receive the American Red specialists to adapt the principles of resistance electricity and magnetism, light and relativity.
Cross Responding to Emergencies, CPR/AED training to individuals in order to develop
and First Aid certificates. and maintain muscular strength, muscular Note: Students enrolling in PHY103 are not
endurance and muscle mass. required to enroll in PHY104 (lab). However,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: BIO260; or BIO270 and those students needing a four semester-hour
BIO272. lab science for transfer purposes may wish to
PED 231 Theory and Practice (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs concurrently enroll in PHY103 and PHY104.
of Basketball
IAI: P1 900.
This course covers the techniques for PED 238 Fitness Assessment and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
developing competitive basketball skills.
Included are the study of basketball rules, Exercise Programming
strategy and instruction methods for coaching This course is designed to prepare exercise PHY 104 Concepts of
basketball. specialists with the knowledge and skills
needed to assess health status and health Physics Laboratory
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
behaviors in order to create and update This laboratory course is designed to provide
exercise prescriptions. Emphasis is placed further opportunity for students to observe
PED 232 Theory and Practice on the exercise specialist obtaining as much first-hand many of the physical phenomena
of Baseball information as possible about a participant to described in PHY 103, Concepts of Physics, and
optimize the benefit-to-risk ratio. to demonstrate and reinforce the concepts and
This course includes a study of the techniques Recommended Prereq: BIO260; or BIO270 and principles developed in that course.
involved in developing competitive baseball BIO272. Recommended Coreq: PHY103.
skills. Topics include rules, strategy and
instruction methods. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs IAI: P1 900L.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hrs
PED 239 Exercise and Sport Nutrition
PED 234 Group Exercise Instruction This course covers the essentials of human PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I
nutrition and examines the metabolic and
This course is designed to prepare exercise physiologic basis for macro-nutrient and micro- This is the first course of a two-semester
specialists with the knowledge and skills needed nutrient recommendations during training, sequence covering algebra and trigonometry-
to teach the methods and concepts of group competition/performance, and recovery. Other based physics. It is a study of principles and
exercise instruction. Theoretical learning and topics include: body composition and weight phenomenon of classical mechanics including
practical application techniques are emphasized management, effect of eating disorders in physical laws governing motion, force, work,
throughout the course. athletes, and sport nutrition supplements. energy, momentum, rotation, fluid dynamics
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs and wave motion and thermal physics.
(3 lec/ lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: C or better in MTH112 or MTH130 or
placement determined by assessment.
IAI: P1 900L.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
218 Physics
PHY 112 Introduction to Physics II PSC 220 Comparative Government Psychology (PSY)
This course is the second course of a two- This course compares the political systems of
See also Educational Psychology (EDU 210).
semester sequence. It includes algebra and selected Western and non-Western countries.
trigonometry-based studies of electrostatics, Common governmental problems, the causes
electric fields, currents, magnetic forces and of political instability and revolution and PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology
fields, geometric and physical optics, and techniques of political analysis are explained. This course provides a survey of the study
modern physics. of human and animal behavior, emphasizing
Prereq: PHY111. IAI: S5 905.
the scientific methods of contemporary
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs psychological investigation. Topics include an
introduction to the biological basis of behavior,
PHY 221 General Physics I PSC 240 State and Local Government sensation and perception, learning, memory,
Examining the powers, structures, functions cognition, motivation, emotion, life-span
This is the first course in a three course development of behavior, personality, abnormal
sequence in the Calculus-based study of and contemporary problems of state and local
governments, this course emphasizes Illinois behavior, social behavior and individual
physical laws governing motion, force, work, differences.
energy, momentum, rotation, oscillations politics and governmental affairs, as well as
and waves and fluid dynamics. This course local governments in the Chicago metropolitan IAI: S6 900.
is ordinarily required for students pursuing area.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
degrees in engineering, physics, chemistry and IAI: S5 902.
mathematics.
Prereq: MTH131 or concurrent enrollment. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs PSY 200 Research and
Methodology in Psychology
IAI: P2 900L.
PSC 260 Introduction to International This course provides comprehensive coverage
(4 lec/3 lab) 5 sem hrs Relations of the basic principles of research methodology
International Relations introduces students to in psychology. The following topics are covered:
PHY 222 General Physics II the basic theories, concepts, knowledge and basic statistical analysis, research design, ethical
people of international relations. The course behavior in designing and collecting data,
This course is the second part of a three- and interpreting and reporting psychological
semester sequence in the Calculus-based study provides consideration of the determinanats
of international relations as well as an analysis research. Students have the opportunity
of the physical laws governing electricity and to collect, interpret and report their own
magnetism, and geometric and physical optics. of contemporary problems in world politics,
examining causes of conflict and potential psychological research.
This course is ordinarily required for students Recommended Prereq: PSY100.
pursuing degrees in engineering, physics, solutions.
chemistry and mathematics. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: S5 904.
Prereq: MTH132 or concurrent enrollment; C or
better in PHY221. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology
(4 lec/3 lab) 5 sem hrs This course provides an introduction to current
PSC 280 Introduction to theory and research on the physiological,
PHY 223 General Physics III Political Philosophy cognitive, personality and social development
This course offers a survey of the major political of individuals from conception through
This Calculus-based course follows the childhood, adolescence, young adulthood,
General Physics I and II sequence. Students philosophers and concepts in the history of
political thought, focusing on classical and middle adulthood, and older adulthood. Normal
will study thermal physics, special relativity, development is emphasized; however, special
introductory quantum mechanics, nuclear modern theorists and emphasizing such
concepts as justice, equality, power, liberty and human circumstances are also explored.
physics, and particle physics. This course Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of
is ordinarily required for students pursuing rights.
instructor.
degrees in engineering, physics, chemistry and IAI: PLS 913.
mathematics. IAI: S6 902.
Prereq: MTH240 or concurrent enrollment. C or (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
better in PHY222.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs PSC 296 Special Topics/ PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging
Political Science
This course provides an integration of
This course offers in-depth exploration of
Political Science (PSC) a special topic, issue or trend in the field of
the theory and research regarding the
developmental processes across the adult
political science. Repeatable to a maximum of lifespan. Topics focus on the changes that occur
12 semester hours for different special topics; from early adulthood through the last stages of
PSC 100 Introduction to 6 semester hours may apply to a degree or life including: career choice and development;
American Government certificate. mate selection and marriage; conventional
This course provides an introduction to the Note: No topics may be offered more than and non-conventional families; theories of
structure and operation of American national twice in three years. adult personality development; mid and late-
political institutions and the American political life transitions; aging; and dying, death and
process, including such topics as the principles (.5 to 3 lec/0 lab) .5 to 3 sem hrs bereavement.
of democracy U.S. and Illinois Constitutions; Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of
the election process; and executive, legislative instructor.
and judicial processes. IAI: S6 905.
IAI: S5 900. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Real Estate 219
PSY 220 Child Psychology PSY 250 Theories of Personality REL 105 Real Estate Broker Pre-
This course introduces the student to the This course explores how human behavior can License: Applied Principles
theories and current research on the physical, be understood through the scientific study of Required to take the Illinois Real Estate
cognitive, socio-emotional and personality individual differences. Topics include: research Broker Licensing Exam, this interactive course
development of the child from the point of methods, assessment techniques, theoretical applies the real estate concepts introduced in
conception through childhood. approaches in personality, and current topics REL100 to the practice of real estate agency
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of and research in personality. through the use of case and situational studies,
instructor. Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of demonstration of common real estate activities,
instructor. and role play.
IAI: S6 903.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: REL100.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/ lab) 1 sem hrs
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology PSY 296 Special Topics in Psychology
This course offers in-depth exploration of REL 200 Real Estate Managing
This course provides an introduction to the
development of adolescents, emphasizing the
a special topic, issue or trend in the field of Broker Pre-License
psychology. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
physical and physiological changes and the semester hours for different special topics; Required to take Illinois' Real Estate Managing
social and cognitive development that occur 6 semester hours may apply to a degree or Broker Licensing Exam, this course focuses on
during adolescence. Topics include changing certificate. broker management topics such as company
relationships with family and peers, identity policies and procedures, disclosure, dispute
and value development, sexuality, school (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs resolution, escrow, licensing, operations,
experiences and career goals, and adolescent recruiting, supervision, and other industry
problems and delinquency. issues.
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of Reading (RDG) Note: Real estate license required.
instructor. Recommended Prereq: Illinois Real Estate
NOTE: Placement in reading courses is
IAI: S6 904. determined by scores on required assessment Broker License.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs tests. (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
PSY 235 Social Psychology RDG 050 Academic Reading I REL 205 Real Estate Managing
This course provides an examination of the This course builds core reading skills necessary Broker Pre-License: Applied
theory and research relating to the social factors for college success and promotes active reading Management and Supervision
that influence individual and group behavior. habits. It introduces reading comprehension
strategies, vocabulary development, and critical Required to take Illinois' Real Estate Managing
Attitudes, social perception, social cognition,
reading and thinking development. Broker Licensing Exam, this interactive
the establishment of norms, conformity,
course applies principles from REL200 to the
leadership, group dynamics and research (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs management of real estate brokerage activities
methods are examined, with an emphasis on
through the use of case and situational studies,
their effects on the individual.
Recommended Prereq: PSY100 or consent of RDG 070 Academic Reading II and role play.
instructor. This course prepares students to read academic Note: Real estate license required.
texts in the content areas, to build academic Recommended Prereq: REL200; Illinois Real
IAI: S8 900. Estate Broker License
vocabulary, and to critically think and study at
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the college level. Emphasis is placed on applying (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hrs
critical reading skills to narrative and expository
PSY 240 Abnormal Psychology texts. Upon completion, students should be able
to comprehend, analyze, and evaluate college REL 260 Residential
This course presents the body of scientific texts. Real Estate Investing
knowledge in the field of abnormal psychology Prereq: C or better in RDG050 or placement by
with emphasis on theoretical explanations, This course, designed to look at both long and
assessment. short-term investment strategies, provides an
experimental data, assessment and diagnostic
procedures, treatment modalities, and the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs introduction to real estate investment with
prevention of abnormal behavior. an emphasis on residential property. Topics
Recommended Prereq: PSY100. include real estate economics, investment
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
220 Religious Studies
Religious Studies (RLG) Sign Language (SGN) SGN 108 Conceptually Accurate
See also Interpreter Training (ITP).
Signed English
This course provides students with the
RLG 120 Introduction opportunity to communicate using English
to World Religions SGN 101 American Sign Language I syntax with ASL signs and grammatical
This course gives a philosophical introduction This course is an introduction to American Sign features. Students receive expanded sign
to the comparative study of the major Language (ASL). The course explores ASL sign vocabulary, extensive practice with comparative
world religions including Hinduism, vocabulary and grammatical structures and also translations, and an introduction to
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Judaism, serves as a basic introduction to Deaf Culture. simultaneous voice to sign transliterating.
Christianity,and Islam. Prereq: C or better in SGN101, SGN104, and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
SGN105; C or better in SGN102 and SGN106, or
IAI: H5 904N. concurrent enrollment.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs SGN 102 American Sign Language II (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course is designed to provide students with
RLG 220 Judaism and skills necessary to communicate in American
Sign Language (ASL) at an advanced level.
SGN 110 Introduction to American
the Old Testament Grammatical structures and cultural principles Deaf Culture
This course introduces texts and ideas of the are emphasized. Students build both receptive This course introduces students to American
Old Testament in their contextual setting. and expressive skills. Deaf Culture. The course includes a description
Students examine the primary text and Prereq: C or better in SGN101. of the specific cultural values, norms and
historical events in early Judaism, the religious (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs traditions as well as criteria for membership.
and political ideas of the Ancient Near East and It explores the experiences of deaf individuals
the social geography of the region. throughout the life span.
SGN 104 Signs in Everyday Use Prereq: SGN101 or concurrent enrollment.
IAI: H5 901.
This course is designed to assist students (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs in expanding their conversational skills
in American Sign Language. The course
RLG 230 Christianity introduces several unique numbering systems
Social Science (SSC)
and non-manual modifiers as well as advanced
and the New Testament fingerspelling and mime techniques.
This course introduces students to the texts and Prereq: C or better in SGN101 and SGN105, or
ideas of the New Testament in their contextual concurrent enrollment. SSC 110 Cultures and
setting. Students examine the primary text and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Peoples of Mexico
historical events in the period leading to the Focusing on the prehistory and contemporary
emergence of the ministry of John the Baptist peoples of Mexico, this course employs
and Jesus of Nazareth, the religious and political SGN 105 Linguistics of ASL I interdisciplinary social science methods to
ideas of the Roman Empire as they relate to the This course is designed to introduce students examine the racial and ethnic background,
Middle East, the ideas of first century Judaism, to advanced vocabulary and linguistics of past cultures, cultural structures, social
the ideas of early Christianity and the social American Sign Language (ASL). The course structure, political structure and economics of
geography of the region. addresses the development of conversational Mexico. The impact of industrialization and
IAI: H5 901. fluency in American Sign Language. Students urbanization is explored as well as current
are introduced to a series of vernacular signs, problems in Mexico.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs which can be used in a variety of contexts.
(2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
Emphasis is placed on both expressive and
RLG 240 Islam and the Qur'an receptive competence.
Prereq: C or better in SGN101 or concurrent SSC 296 Special Topics
This course introduces students to the texts enrollment.
and ideas of the Qur'an in their contextual for Social Science
setting. The students examine the primary text (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course offers in-depth exploration of
and historical events in the period leading to a special topic, issue or trend in the social
the emergence of the Prophet Muhammad and SGN 106 Linguistics of ASL II sciences field. Repeatable to a maximum of
early Islam, the religious and political ideas 12 semester hours for different special topics;
of the Arabian Peninsula, the relationship This course addresses the conversational 6 semester hours may apply to a degree or
between the Qur'an and the Old Testament, fluency in American Sign Language (ASL). certificate.
the relationship between early Islam and Focus is on the development of fluency
institutional Christianity and the social with more advanced sign vocabulary and (.5 to 3 lec/0 lab) .5 to 3 sem hrs
geography of the region. more complex ASL linguistics. Students are
introduced to a series of thematically related
IAI: H5 901. signs that can be used in a variety of contexts.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Emphasis is placed on both expressive and
receptive competence.
Prereq: C or better in SGN101, SGN104, and
SGN105.
Recommended Coreq: SGN108, if interested in
the ITP program.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Spanish 221
Sociology (SOC) SOC 230 Sociology of Sex and Gender Spanish (SPN)
Sociology of Sex and Gender examines the
See also Social Psychology (PSY 235). See also Health Care Interpreting (HCI).
multifaceted complexities between sex and
gender using sociological theories. Social
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology construction of gender and its impact on SPN 101 Elementary Spanish I
Introduction to Sociology includes the study of individuals in environments and groups are This course emphasizes the four basic skills
the major theories and concepts of sociology. explored. The gendered individual and social (listening, speaking, reading and writing)
Analyses of culture and social structure, consequences on changing social definitions in essential to a communicative approach to
socialization and the principles of individual family, work, intimate relationships, education, language learning. Students learn to interact
and group interactions, deviance, and social economy, health, communication and violence effectively in a variety of situations, and to
inequalities are addressed. Topics discussed are discussed. interact and communicate with people of
are poverty and social stratification, race, IAI: S7 904D. Spanish-speaking culture groups in a way
gender and sexualities. Social forces and social that exhibits an understanding of the culture's
movements on population and environment are
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs conventions.
examined. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: S7 900.
SOC 240 Sociology of Deviance
Sociology of Deviance examines the SPN 102 Elementary Spanish II
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs sociological study of the causes and control of
social deviance and deviant behavior. Emphasis This continuation of SPN101 is designed
SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic Relations is placed on the major sociological theories of to provide students with continued growth
deviance. Special attention is given to individual and specialization in the four essential skills
Racial and Ethnic Relations analyzes the (listening, speaking, reading and writing). This
theoretical explanations of prejudice, and group deviance within the context of
social deviance. Topics discussed are physical course continues to teach students to interact
discrimination and stratification on racial, and communicate with people of Spanish-
religious, and ethnic groups in American violence, family violence, sexual deviance, self
targeted deviance, medicalization of deviance, speaking culture groups in a way that shows an
society. This course examines the persistence understanding of the culture's conventions.
of group identity, impact of group conflict, internet crime, substance use and abuse, and
privileged and underprivileged deviance. Stigma Recommended Prereq: SPN101 or one year of
changes in majority-minority group relations high school Spanish or its equivalent.
and current trends in racial identity. of deviant identity among specific groups is
Government policy and related social problems analyzed. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
are discussed. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
IAI: S7 903D. SPN 110 Survival Spanish I
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
SOC 296 Special Topics in Sociology This is a beginning-level course designed for
This course offers in-depth exploration of a those who wish to communicate with Spanish-
special topic, issue or trend in the sociology speaking people on a regular basis. Emphasis
SOC 130 Sociology of Family field. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester is on vocabulary and grammar rules that are of
Sociology of Family is the study of the hours for different special topics; 6 semester value when listening to, speaking, reading and
institution of family and the theoretical context hours may apply to a degree or certificate. writing basic Spanish.
of family patterns within society. The impact Note: No topics may be offered more than (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
of changing American demographics and
culture on the structure of family in society is
twice in three years.
emphasized, and the areas of economy, social (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs SPN 201 Intermediate Spanish I
class, aging, and crises are examined in the This course reviews the language content of the
social context of family. Sociological study of first year of study. It introduces intermediate
family focuses on socialization, gender roles, skills and provides the student with ample
pair bonding and sexuality, marriage, divorce practice in interactive conversation, with
and remarriage, and parenting and childhood. a special emphasis on the development of
oral proficiency and creative composition.
IAI: S7 902.
Furthermore, it promotes a greater
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs understanding of the Hispanic cultures through
the study and discussion of contemporary
SOC 210 Social Problems Spanish and Hispanic American readings.
Recommended Prereq: SPN102 or two years of
This course offers an introductory survey of the high school Spanish or its equivalent.
major social problems that are exhibited within
contemporary American society. The focus (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
is on the behavior, causes, prevention and/or
treatment of such social problems as poverty,
crime, drug abuse and addiction, marital
conflicts and child rearing, mental illness,
racism and sexism.
IAI: S7 901.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
222 Spanish
SPN 202 Intermediate Spanish II SPN 296 Special Topics in Spanish SUR 150 Health Problems and
Intermediate Spanish II is designed to This course offers in-depth exploration of a Surgical Procedures I
provide students with extensive practice in special topic, issue or trend as it relates to the An introduction to surgical procedures,
conversation, composition and reading with Spanish language. Repeatable to a maximum of incisions, wound closure, operative pathology
emphasis on spontaneous language production. 12 semester hours for different special topics; and common complications as applied to
It promotes an even greater understanding of 6 semester hours may apply to a degree or general and specialty surgery is provided to the
the Hispanic cultures through the study and certificate. surgical technology or perioperative nursing
enjoyment of some contemporary Spanish (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs student. The course includes a review of
and Hispanic American literature and art. anatomy, physiology, pathology, and surgical
Students communicate both orally and in interventions for procedures in the following
writing on a variety of selected topics, allowing
them to expand and practice their vocabulary, Surgical areas: general, obstetrical and gynecologic,
thoracic, peripheral vascular, otologic, head and
grammatical usage and idiomatic language at a
higher level. Technology (SUR) neck, and plastic and reconstructive.
Prereq: Program admission; SUR100; SUR110;
Recommended Prereq: SPN201 or three years of SUR120.
high school Spanish or its equivalent. Coreq: SUR151.
SUR 100 Principles of
IAI: H1 900. Surgical Technology (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course provides an overview of the
surgical technology profession and develops SUR 151 Surgical Tech Externship I
SPN 205 Spanish for Native Speakers concepts and principles required for successful This course provides a comprehensive
participation as a member of the surgical study of intermediate and advanced surgical
This course introduces native/near native team. Topics include: role/responsibilities of
heritage learners to elements of history, specialties that students are exposed to in
the surgical technologist, patient needs, legal/ the second clinical rotation including general
authentic literature, culture and writing in order ethical issues, the surgical environment, asepsis,
for them to become more proficient in their urologic, orthopedic, cardiac, neurologic and
OSHA regulations, and basic patient care and ophthalmic. Emphasis is placed on related
heritage, culture and language. Students explore safety. The course includes classroom and lab
the nuances of Spanish in formal and informal surgical anatomy, pathology and procedures
instruction, with observation experiences in the that enhance theoretical knowledge of patient
contexts that use standard or nonstandard surgical, GI lab, and sterile processing settings.
grammar and vocabulary, with emphasis on care, instrumentation, supplies and equipment.
Prereq: Program admission; BIO250, BIO260, Upon successful completion, students should
reading, writing and vocabulary building. and HIT105; or concurrent enrollment.
Recommended Prereq: Native or near-native be able to function in the role of an entry-level
Coreq: SUR110. surgical technologist.
fluency in Spanish.
(2.5 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; SUR100; SUR110;
IAI: H1 900. SUR120.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Coreq: SUR150.
SUR 110 Surgical Pharmacology
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course introduces principles of
SPN 211 Conversational Spanish intraoperative pharmacology as prepared and
This course provides intermediate-level delivered by the surgical technologist, with SUR 200 Health Problems and
students with intensive practice in structured an emphasis on patient safety. Topics include Surgical Procedures II
and spontaneous conversation in Spanish. weights and measurements, drug conversion,
interpretation of prescriptive orders, drug An introduction to surgical procedures,
Emphasis is on helping the student to become incisions, wound closure, operative pathology
more fluent in responding to spoken Spanish classification and concepts of anesthesia
administration. The legal aspects of medication and common complications as applied to
and in initiating conversations with Spanish general and specialty surgery is provided to
speakers. Students also learn how to handle administration as well as the roles of the
surgical technologist, registered nurse and the surgical technology student. The course
vocabulary deficits. Vocabulary targets student includes a review of anatomy, physiology,
needs. anesthesia team in intraoperative pharmacology
are examined. pathology and surgical interventions for
Recommended Prereq: SPN102 or SPN111 or procedures in the following areas: general,
two years of high school Spanish. Prereq: Program admission; BIO250, BIO260,
and HIT105; or concurrent enrollment. urologic, orthopaedic, cardiac, neurologic and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Coreq: SUR100. ophthalmic.
Prereq: Program admission; SUR120; SUR150;
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs SUR151.
SPN 215 Introduction to Hispanic Coreq: SUR201; SUR220.
Literature SUR 120 Instrumentation and (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Introduction to Hispanic Literature introduces Practices Common to
students to selected masterpieces by Hispanic
writers from a variety of periods. This course Surgical Procedures
focuses on the further development of the four This course orients the student to the clinical
areas of language learning (reading, speaking, environment and provides experience
listening, and culture) through readings and with basic skills necessary to the surgical
class discussion, with an emphasis on written technologist or perioperative nurse. Topics
language skills. include: scrub techniques, sterile gowning,
Recommended Prereq: SPN202 or near native gloving and draping, surgical equipment,
speaker. instruments, sutures, and dressings required for
IAI: H3 916. surgeries in various medical fields, processing
of instruments and supplies, and environmental
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs sanitation. Clinical experience in the central
processing area is included.
Prereq: Program admission; SUR100.
(3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
Therapeutic Massage 223
SUR 201 Surgical Tech Externship II THE 110 The Art of Oral Interpretation Therapeutic Massage
This course provides a comprehensive This course examines and explores literature
study of intermediate and advanced surgical from an oral performance perspective. Literary (TMS)
specialties that students are exposed to in selections include the short story, poetry, drama
the second clinical rotation including general and nonfiction. Emphasis is placed on the
urologic, orthopedic, cardiac, neurologic and development of the human voice and the use of TMS 100 Introduction to
ophthalmic. Emphasis is placed on related bodily movement as instruments to be used by Therapeutic Massage
surgical anatomy, pathology and procedures the interpreter of literature. Incorporating the
This course provides students with an
that enhance theoretical knowledge of patient study of social and cultural contexts of literature
introduction to massage therapy techniques
care, instrumentation, supplies and equipment. is a primary part of a pre-performance analysis
and principles. Emphasis is placed on Swedish
Upon successful completion, students should and complements the oral interpretation.
massage techniques primarily relating to the
be able to function in the role of an entry-level Recommended Prereq: COM110; THE201;
back, arms and legs. Topics covered include
surgical technologist. THE202; English Literature course(s).
appropriate draping techniques, benefits,
Prereq: Program admission; SUR150; SUR151.
IAI: TA 916. contraindications, basic strokes, and elementary
Coreq: SUR200; SUR220.
anatomy and physiology. Successful completion
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs with a grade of C or better is required prior to
admission to the therapeutic massage program.
SUR 220 Seminar in Surgical THE 130 Diversity in American Theatre Prereq: Must be 18 years of age prior to
This course examines American dramas and registering.
Technology (.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hrs
dramatists that reflect the racial, immigrant
This course serves as the capstone experience and minority experience in the U.S. The study
for the surgical technology student's entry includes an analysis of themes, conflicts and
into the workplace as a technical professional. racial/ethnic/minority characterizations in a
TMS 110 Professional Foundations
Current issues in healthcare and clinical historical, social and cultural contexts. The of Therapeutic Massage
practice, career opportunities and career- course demonstrates how theatre as an art form This course exposes the student to major
seeking strategies are discussed. Topics also reflects and comments on society. concepts, terminology, and the legal and ethical
include professionalism, recognition as a
IAI: F1 909D. issues involved in therapeutic massage. Topics
member of the healthcare/surgical team, and
include history, contemporary development,
certification. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs professional ethics, scope of practice, and
Prereq: Program admission; SUR150; SUR151.
contemporary issues in the profession.
Coreq: SUR200; SUR201.
THE 201 Fundamentals of Acting I Prereq: Program admission; BIO260; HIT105;
(.5 lec/0 lab) .5 sem hrs TMS100.
This course introduces the beginning actor Coreq: TMS120.
to acting theories that include but are not
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Sustainability (SUS) limited to the methods of Stanislavski and Uta
Hagen. Stage terms, stage movement, character
development, improvisation, memory and scene TMS 120 Massage Techniques I
work make up the major content of the course.
SUS 101 Creating Your Emphasis is also given to the development of Basic theory and techniques of massage therapy
Sustainable Future observation, sense and emotion memory, focus are reintroduced and expanded on in this
and concentration. beginning course. Course content includes
In this course, students think sustainably about benefits, indications, contraindications,
the climate crisis, fuel, renewable energy, Recommended Prereq: COM110; THE110.
hygiene, sanitation, draping, body mechanics,
agriculture, conserving water, poverty and IAI: TA 914. client interviews, equipment and supplies.
wealth. Students calculate carbon footprints Massage techniques combine to culminate in a
and explore solutions for the future. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
full body massage.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; BIO260; HIT105;
THE 202 Fundamentals of Acting II TMS100.
This continuation of THE201 is designed for Coreq: TMS110.
Theatre (THE) the serious acting student who wishes to pursue (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
acting for performance or for theatre education.
Analysis of play text includes intention,
THE 100 Theatre Appreciation scoring/subtext, and tempo. Incorporated in TMS 125 Massage Techniques II
the scene work are techniques for developing This course introduces the massage therapy
This course envelops all elements of theatre contemporary and classical characters for the student to intermediate level therapeutic
as an art form: the play, playwright, acting, stage. techniques. Joint movements, body
directing, and the production elements of Recommended Prereq: COM110; THE110; mobilizations, muscle energy techniques,
lighting, set design, costumes, make up, props, THE201. sports massage, stretching and exercise are
sound and theatre management. Students also incorporated in theory and hands-on classes.
study the playwrights' lives and their societies. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Contemporary massage and bodywork topics
IAI: F1 907. include myofascial techniques, trigger point
THE 296 Special Topics/Theatre therapy, reflexology and others.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: Program admission; TMS110; TMS120.
This course offers in-depth exploration of a
special topic, issue or trend in the theatre field. Coreq: TMS140.
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester hours (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs
for different special topics; 6 semester hours
may apply to a degree or certificate.
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
224 Therapeutic Massage
TMS 130 Massage Techniques III TMS 162 Neuromusculoskeletal WLD 103 Blueprint Reading -
This course covers the principles of holistic Foundations for the Massage Welders II
practice addressing body, mind and spirit. An Therapist This continuation of WLD102 studies welding
introduction of aromatherapy, hydrotherapy, symbols and dimensioning standards. Several
herbs, nutrition, stress reduction, meditation This course studies the human nervous,
muscular and skeletal systems, and how these practical problems and exercises are included.
and the history of Asian bodywork approaches
is presented. This course also includes massage systems work together to produce movement. (1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
for special populations; types of physical This provides the foundation for the study of
biomechanics, posture and gait. This course
injuries; muscles involved in common injuries;
further touches on the effects of therapeutic WLD 115 Oxy-Fuel Welding
and physical assessment of posture, tissues
and range of motion. All of this information massage on these systems, and how massage and Cutting
is used to plan massage sessions, plan client can generally be used to improve dysfunctional The theory and practice of oxy-acetylene
self-care and give appropriate referrals in a patterns. This course incorporates palpation of welding (OAW) and cutting equipment are
holistic manner. Chair massage is also included human subjects and the use anatomical models. featured in this course. Fusion welded and torch
in this course, in order to work with special Prereq: BIO260 or BIO270 and concurrent brazed jointsare produced in various positions
populations. enrollment in BIO272. on low carbon steel.
Prereq: Program admission; TMS125; TMS140. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Coreq: TMS146; TMS164.
(2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs TMS 164 Pathology for the Massage WLD 120 Shielded Metal
Therapist Arc Welding I
TMS 140 Massage Clinical I This course studies how therapeutic massage The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded
This course is a supervised clinical experience can affect pathologic conditions of the human Metal Arc Welding- stick) are featured in this
designed to provide training and practical body. Beginning with the fundamental concepts course. Process techniques using various types
experience in therapeutic massage. Students of pathology and homeostasis,pathologic of mild steel electrodes in the four positions are
must spend 30 hours at on- or off-campus conditions of the integumentary system, practiced.
locations experiencing real-life application musculoskeletal system, nervous system,
of massage techniques. In addition, students cardiovascular system, lymph and immune (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
spend sixteen hours in seminar discussing system, respiratory system, digestive system,
clinical situations, client plans and S.O.A.P. endocrine system, urinary system and WLD 122 Welding Inspection
charting, as well as learning the indications and reproductive system are covered.
contraindications of massage with regard to Prereq: BIO260, or BIO270 and BIO272. and Testing
common medications. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs This course introduces the principles and
Prereq: Program admission; TMS110; TMS120. applications of destructive and non-destructive
Coreq: TMS125. testing and inspection of welds.
Recommended Prereq: WLD120 or consent of
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs Welding (WLD) instructor.
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
TMS 146 Massage Clinical II
This course is a supervised clinical experience
WLD 100 Survey of Welding
designed to provide training and practical This survey course covers the principles and WLD 125 Gas Metal Arc and Flux
experience in therapeutic massage. Students practical application of the major manual and Cored Arc Welding
must spend 30 hours at on- or off-campus semi-automatic welding and cutting processes. The theory and practice of GMAW (Gas Metal
locations experiencing real-life application The emphasis of this course is on the proper Arc Welding-MIG) and FCAW (Flux Cored Arc
of massage techniques. In addition, students selection and use of each welding process. Welding) are featured in this course. Process
spend 16 hours in seminar discussing clinical (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs techniques using mild steel and aluminum
situations. in the four positions are practiced. Welds are
Prereq: Program admission; TMS125; TMS140. made using short circuit, spray and pulsed type
Coreq: TMS130; TMS164. WLD 101 Blueprint Reading for transfers and aluminum is introduced.
(1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs Welders (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course emphasizes the development of
TMS 150 Business Practices for print reading for welders with a focus on the
interpretation of drawings, welding symbols WLD 130 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Massage Therapists and dimensioning standards. Several practical The theory and practice of GTAW (Gas
This course provides an introduction to the problems and exercises are included. Tungsten Arc Welding-TIG) are featured in this
major aspects of building and maintaining a (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs course. Process techniques using various types
successful massage therapy practice. Topics of mild steel, stainless steel and aluminum in
covered include starting a new practice, the four positions are practiced.
establishing a bookkeeping system, maintaining WLD 102 Blueprint Reading for (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
client records, and delivering a business plan. Welders I
Prereq: Program admission; TMS110.
This course emphasizes the development of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs print reading for welders with a focus on the
interpretation of drawings.
(1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs
2017/2018
Course Descriptions
World Wide Web 225
WLD 150 Metallurgy WLD 232 Gas Tungsten
and Heat Treatment Arc Welding - Pipe II
This study in the types and industrial uses The theory and practice of GTAW (Gas
of ferrous and nonferrous alloys is designed Tungsten Arc Welding - TIG) are featured in
to study a material's tensile strength, harden this course. Process techniques for mild steel
ability, impact strength and Rockwell hardness. pipe in 5G and 6G are practiced.
Non-destructive testing such as zyglo, eddy Prereq: WLD231.
current, spot check, magna flux and ultrasonic (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
is introduced. Heat treatment ovens and
process are also covered. Emphasis is placed on
the manufacture, properties and applications WLD 296 Special Topics/Welding
of these materials in industry today. Powder This course offers in-depth exploration of a
metallurgy is also covered. special topic, issue or trend in the welding
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs field. Topics may include robotic and plastic
welding or welding certification. Repeatable to
a maximum of 12 semester hours for different
WLD 200 Fabrication and Weld Design special topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a
This course emphasizes skill development in degree or certificate.
metal fabrication. Layout and welding of steel (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
plate and other structures by prints and plans
are practiced.
Recommended Prereq: WLD101.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
World Wide Web (WEB)
See also Computer Information Systems (CIS).
WLD 220 Shielded Metal Arc
Welding II WEB 110 Web Development
The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded With HTML
Metal Arc Welding - stick) on V-grooves This course is an introduction to the World
are featured in this course. V-grooves with Wide Web and its authoring environment,
and without backing in all four positions are Hypertext Markup Language (HTML5), and
practiced. Cascading Style Sheets (CSS3). Web design
Prereq: WLD120. techniques are illustrated, analyzed and
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs implemented, along with methods to enhance
Web pages using the following features: Web
standards, forms, images, multimedia, sound
WLD 221 Shielded Metal and video.
Arc Welding - Pipe I (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded
Metal Arc Welding - stick) on pipe are featured WEB 230 Dreamweaver
in this course. Process techniques using various
types of mild steel electrodes in the 1G and 2G Using Dreamweaver, students learn to design,
positions on pipe are practiced. update, maintain and publish fully functional
Prereq: WLD220. websites. Repeatable to a maximum of 9
semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: WEB110.
WLD 222 Shielded Metal Arc (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Welding - Pipe II
The theory and practice of SMAW (Shielded WEB 250 Advanced Website
Metal Arc Welding - stick) on pipe are featured Development
in this course. Process techniques using various
types of mild steel electrodes in the 5G and 6G Students in this course utilize knowledge
positions on pipe are practiced. from prior web development courses and
Prereq: WLD221. web development software programs to
develop a live and fully functional website that
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs meets current web standards. Current web
development strategies and topics are discussed
WLD 231 Gas Tungsten and appropriately incorporated into student
websites.
Arc Welding - Pipe I Recommended Prereq: WEB110. Prereq:
The theory and practice of GTAW (Gas WEB230.
Tungsten Arc Welding - TIG) are featured in (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
this course. Process techniques for mild steel
pipe in 1G and 2G are practiced.
Prereq: WLD130.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
226
Admissions
and Registration
2017/2018
Admissions
and Registration 227
Procedures for Admission New Student
Waubonsee Community College has an open-door policy and
welcomes all who can benefit from the courses and programs
Registration and Orientation
All first-time, full-time students are required to complete a
offered. Eligible students include high school graduates or the
specific registration and orientation process. The two major
equivalent (ABE/ASE or HSE), others 18 years of age and older,
components of this process are E-RAP and New Student
non-graduates aged 17 who have severed their connection with
Orientation.
the high school system, and students younger than 18 years of age
who meet established criteria.
E-RAP
To be placed in some programs or curricula, students may need to New first-time, full-time students must complete an Electronic
meet additional requirements as specified by that program and/or Registration and Planning (E-RAP) tutorial before registering
the Illinois Public Community College Act. for courses. New part-time students are strongly encouraged to
complete E-RAP. The tutorial explains Waubonsees degree and
certificate programs and teaches students how to use the college
Admission of Full-Time and/or catalog, credit schedule and test scores to select courses. Students
then register and pay for their first semester of courses online.
Degree-Seeking Students
Students in the following categories need to submit a New Student Students can access E-RAP through the mywcc portal at
Information Form, obtain proper course placement, and complete mywcc.waubonsee.edu. An X-number is needed to login.
an Electronic Registration and Planning (E-RAP) session:
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION FOR FULL-
full-time (enrolled in 12 credit hours or more in one semester); TIME AND/OR DEGREE-SEEKING STUDENTS
applying for financial aid; After completing E-RAP and registering for courses, new full-time
seeking a degree or certificate. students must also register for a New Student Orientation session
(NSO 600). The registration process is the same as for any other
View the New Student Information Form online at course, but these sessions are free and do not earn college credit.
www.waubonsee.edu/nsif.
New Student Orientation sessions are offered July and August for
While not usually required prior to registering, students may find fall term and January for spring term. To view available dates and
it valuable to submit official transcripts from their previously times, visit www.waubonsee.edu/schedules. For more information,
attended high school, ABE/ASE or HSE program, or college(s) see Getting Started at Waubonsee on page 10 or call Admissions
to Registration and Records for course placement purposes. at (630) 466-7900, ext. 5756.
Waubonsee cannot request these; students must personally
complete this request for each school from which they order
transcripts. Admission of Part-Time and/or
Students may be placed into courses based on their ACT, SAT
Non-Degree-Seeking Students
Students enrolling in fewer than 12 credit hours per semester
or PARCC scores, placement test results or prior coursework.
and/or not seeking a degree or certificate must complete the
Visit www.waubonsee.edu/placement for more specific criteria
New Student Information Form before registering for their first
and details.
semester of classes. The form can be found online
at www.waubonsee.edu/nsif.
Waubonsees placement testing measures current skill levels in
reading, writing and mathematics. A free online preparation tool Prior to enrolling in English or mathematics courses, students
is available at www.waubonsee.edu/testprep. Self-study materials in this category are required to obtain proper course placement
may be purchased in the college bookstore or by visiting https://
based on ACT, SAT or PARCC scores, placement testing results
accuplacer.collegeboard.org/students/prepare-for-accuplacer.
or previous coursework. For details and test preparation tools
visit www.waubonsee.edu/placement. Self-study materials may
Once course placement has been obtained, all new full-time
also be purchased in the college bookstore or by visiting https://
and/or degree-seeking students must complete the Electronic
accuplacer.collegeboard.org/students/prepare-for-accuplacer.
Registration and Planning (E-RAP) tutorial.
Before registering, new part-time students are strongly
All students pursuing a transfer degree program must meet the encouraged to complete Electronic Registration and Planning
Illinois Board of Higher Education admission standards. Those (E-RAP). Students can access E-RAP through the mywcc portal at
standards are described in this catalog under Transfer Degrees mywcc.waubonsee.edu. An X-number is needed to login.
Program. Students who do not fully meet these requirements are
required to make up any deficiencies during their first year as a New part-time and/or non-degree-seeking students must register
full-time student. for courses in person or by mail or fax, once they have completed
a New Student Information Form. See registration instructions in
the current schedule of courses or online at
www.waubonsee.edu/register.
www.waubonsee.edu
Admissions
228 and Registration
Admission of Transfer Students a copy of the benefit's Certificate of Eligibility to the specific program
application. Confirmation of benefit eligibility by the Financial Aid
TRANSFERRING CREDIT TO WAUBONSEE: Office will determine consideration for priority admission.
Students wishing to transfer credit to Waubonsee from other
accredited colleges and/or universities should follow the procedures
described on page 227 for new full-time and/or degree-seeking Honors Program
students. They should also: Waubonsee Community College has offered an academic Honors
1. Submit official transcripts from all previous regionally- Program to its most academically successful students for more
accredited colleges and/or universities to Registration than 30 years. The Honors Program is designed to recognize
and Records. academically talented and highly motivated students and to assist
2. Once you have an X-number and can log in to my wcc, the development of independent and creative thinking skills
complete the online Transcript Evaluation Request Form through individual class projects that require work above and
(TERF) located in the "Student Forms" section of the beyond the normal course requirements.
mywcc Student Tab.
PARTICIPATION IN
Transfer credit will be evaluated after Waubonsee receives the THE HONORS PROGRAM:
official transcripts. Evaluation results are emailed to the student
fosters collaborative relationships between students and faculty;
within four weeks of receipt of official transcripts.
provides a competitive advantage in college admissions and
scholarship applications;
Students may meet with a counselor or advisor to receive an
features a special transcript notation indicating honors courses
unofficial credit evaluation and degree plan at any time while they
taken;
are awaiting their official results. For more information regarding
all students graduating from Waubonsee who have completed
which types of credit are accepted for transfer into Waubonsee
15 or more semester hours of honors courses with a 3.5
and how these credits apply to Waubonsee degree/certificate
cumulative grade point average in all credit semester hours and
programs, see page 243.
a 3.0 grade point average in all honors courses are designated as
an Honors Program graduate;
Admission of Noncredit Students provides consideration for educational expenses.
Students interested in Community Education or Workforce Students are required to apply for admission to the Honors
Development should complete the Noncredit Registration Form, Program. Students may consider 100 and 200 level coursework
found in each semesters noncredit schedule or online at www. for the Honors Program. Courses that are scheduled for less than
waubonsee.edu/register. eight weeks and developmental courses are not eligible.
2017/2018
Admissions
and Registration 229
who can verify their ability to succeed in an honors program; 1. Submit an Application for Status as International Student
must obtain Honors Committee approval before taking classes (I-20/F-1 status). Application packets are available from the
for honors credit; Admissions office or online at via online request at https://
final approval for entry into the Honors Program rests with the www.waubonsee.edu/admission/enroll/new-students/
Honors Program Director. international/index.php. Applications and all supporting
documents must be received by the following deadlines: July 1
The goal of the Honors Program is to provide opportunities for fall semester, November 1 for spring semester and April 1
to broaden and enrich the college experience of intellectually for summer semester.
motivated students at Waubonsee Community College. Honors
students who do not complete course requirements by the end of 2. If the students native language is NOT English, he/she must
the semester are subject to the I grade and associated policies. take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)
For additional information, contact the Honors Program at and attain a minimum score of 500 (paper-based) or 173
Dickson Center, Room 224, ext. 2723. (computer-based) or 61 (Internet-based) on the examination.
For information on the test, write TOEFL Services, Educational
Testing Services, P.O. Box 6151, Princeton, NJ 08541-6151, USA
Admission of High School Students or visit the TOEFL website at www.toefl.org.
Current high school students who are at least 16 years of age
during the term they are registering for will be permitted to 3. Complete the Educational Background forms and submit
enroll in credit courses for which they have met the prerequisites. transcripts from high school and college or the equivalent.
Students must submit written authorization from their designated If the transcripts are NOT from a United States high school
high school official noting course(s) to be taken if course(s) will or college, they must be submitted for evaluation at the
be used to meet high school requirements. See the High School applicants expense by a credential evaluator that is a member
Student Registration and Authorization Form online at www. of the National Association of Credential Evaluation Services
waubonsee. edu. High school students are not eligible to audit (NACES). Contact: Educational Credential Evaluators, P.O. Box
courses. 514070, Milwaukee, WI 53202-3470 or at the ECE website at:
www.ece.org.
Curent high school students younger than 16 years of age should
(1) speak with an Admissions Advisor either over the phone or in 4. Present the Immigration and Naturalization Service Affidavit
person to discuss goals and course selection and (2) submit the of Support form (I-134). This form must be completed by a
signed copy of the Underage High School Student Authorization resident of the United States. The statement is necessary in
Form (in addition to the High School Student Registration and recognition of the fact that the college does not provide food,
Authorization Form) to Registration and Records to register housing, health or transportation services.
prior to the end of the last business day before the course starts.
Please note both forms require authorization signatures from the The Admissions office will notify the applicant of admission
students high school. The forms are available online at approval or denial after the deadlines listed above. If accepted,
www.waubonsee.edu. Placement testing and/or academic dean the necessary U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE)
approval for certain subject areas may also be required. form (I-20) will be forwarded to the student with instructions for
submission and enrollment at the college.
Students who are pursuing high school level curriculum through
home schooling or other means are eligible to enroll based on If approved for international student status, a person must observe
similar requirements as students enrolled in accredited high the following:
schools. enroll in the fall and spring semesters in a minimum of 12
semester hours;
Final Grades will appear on the students permanent college meet with the international student advisor before registering
transcript regardless of the grade earned. For questions regarding for each semester;
enrollment of high school students, contact Registration and pay international tuition rates (see Tuition and Fees);
Records (see directory). report any changes in address, support, and/or temporary leave
or status to the international student advisor immediately;
follow the standard academic and disciplinary policies of the
Admission of college.
International Students (I-20) Questions regarding the international status of a student can be
A person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States
referred to Admissions (see directory).
and is requesting I-20 documentation and full-time admission to
Waubonsee Community College is considered an international
student. Persons requesting international status at Waubonsee for
entry or continued stay in the United States must be doing so for
educational purposes only. Applications will be accepted only for
degree programs, not for English as a Second Language courses or
certificate programs. To apply for international student status, this
person must:
www.waubonsee.edu
Admissions
230 and Registration
When jointly admitted, students work with counselors at both Northern Illinois University
Waubonsee and the four-year school to plan courses for maximum Reverse Transfer Program
transferability. Students can enter Aurora University or NIU after Northern Illinois University (NIU) and Waubonsee Community
completing the Waubonsee degree without going through any College have an agreement that allows NIU students who
further admissions processes. transferred from Waubonsee without an associate degree to earn
the two-year degree using credit from NIU courses.
To be eligible for joint admissions under these agreements,
students must meet all applicable admissions requirements
for both Waubonsee and Aurora University or NIU. Students
agree in writing to the exchange of admissions and advising
Auditing a Course
information between Waubonsee and the four-year school. The Students who wish to audit a course without receiving credit
program is open to any eligible student at Waubonsee. For further can contact Registration and Records. Audit registration is not
information and application materials, contact Counseling at available for skill or performance courses. Students registering
Waubonsee (see directory), Aurora University at (630) 844-6535, for a course for credit have first priority. Auditing students
or Northern Illinois University at (815) 753-0446 and ask for the (including senior citizens) pay full tuition and fees, and they must
Transfer Center. meet the course pre-requisites. See Tuition and Fees for details.
Students registered for credit have up until midterm of a course
DePaul University DePaul Admission to change to audit status. Once the course has started, auditing
Partnership Program (DAPP) students cannot change to credit status. High school students are
not eligible to audit courses.
Students can sign up for this partnership if they have fewer than 30
semester hours at Waubonsee, or they may join before their first
semester here. By also applying to DePaul as a transfer student, Administrative Withdrawal
they will lock in DePaul degree requirements for three years. Waubonsee Community College reserves the right to
Students will meet with both Waubonsee and DePaul counselors administratively withdraw those students
during their time at the community college. Students must be who are not actively attending or pursuing course objectives as
in "good standing" at Waubonsee, by maintaining a 2.0 GPA or established by their instructors,
higher. Students will submit transcripts to DePaul after every who are enrolled in courses not consistent with placement
semester and follow DePaul's admission process when transferring testing and course prerequisites,
out after receiving an associate degree. who fail to pay their tuition and fees, or
who receive sanctions from the Student Conduct Board.
Governors State University Call Student Life for more information (see directory).
Dual Degree Program (DDP)
The dual degree agreement guarantees that participating
Waubonsee students, after earning their associate degree in two
years, will be able to complete a bachelor's degree at Governors
State University (GSU) with some significant benefits. Their
GSU tuition will be fixed at the rate in effect when they begin
their freshman studies at Waubonsee. They will be eligible to
compete for the debt-free education offered by the GSU Promise
Scholarship, while also receiving the guidance of both institutions
during their studies.
2017/2018
Admissions
and Registration 231
Student-Initiated Withdrawal
Students are responsible for officially withdrawing from each
course(s) they are no longer attending. A student who withdraws
from a credit course after the end of the refund period will receive
a withdrawal grade (not used in calculating GPA). Students who
fail to properly withdraw from a course may receive a failing grade
of F for that course.
Withdrawal Due
to Active Military Service
In accordance with Illinois Statute (330 ILCS 60/5.2), students
who are called to active military service have the right to receive
a refund of tuition and fees, applicable to their registration, when
called to duty for a period of seven or more consecutive days.
To initiate the withdrawal process, eligible students should first
withdraw from the affected course(s) and complete the Tuition
Appeal Form, printable from their mywcc portal, and attach a
copy of their orders. Withdrawn students will receive a notation
on their official transcript that reflects that the withdrawal is due
to military service. Additional information on the Withdrawal
Due to Active Duty Policy can be found on the website at www.
waubonsee.edu/veterans. Questions should be directed to the
Veterans Services staff.
www.waubonsee.edu
232
an educational value
2017/2018
Tuition and Fees 233
Tuition and Fees Property Owner: Students who do not live in the district but own
property in the district may have out-of-district charges waived.
Waubonsee Community College charges tuition and fees for credit
Students are required to provide documentation every term.
courses. By registering for a credit course, students agree to pay
the required tuition and fees for that course. Tuition is charged
Attended VALEES participating High School: Students who
per semester hour and varies depending upon residency. Tuition
do not live in the district but who attended a VALEES member
rates and fees are subject to change, and students should anticipate
district school with a date of high school graduation or last term
increases in tuition and fees as they continue their education at
of high school attendance that is within two years may have out-
Waubonsee.
of-district charges waived for nine consecutive terms (includes
summer terms). Students are required to provide an official
Residency high school transcript. See page 14 for more information about
VALEES.
For the purpose of determining tuition and fees, students enrolling
at Waubonsee are classified as in-district students, out-of-district
Attended an In-District High School: Students who do not live
students, out-of-state students or international students.
in the district but who attended a high school within Waubonsee's
district with a date of high school graduation or last term of high
In-District Students school attendance that is within two years may have out-of-district
charges waived for nine consecutive terms (includes summer
To qualify as district students, individuals must reside within
terms). Students are required to provide an official high school
the district for at least 30 days immediately prior to the date
transcript.
established by Waubonsee for classes to begin.
www.waubonsee.edu
234 Tuition and Fees
2017/2018
Tuition and Fees 235
HOW TO PAY Refunds and Student Account
Pay by cash, electronic check* or credit card (VISA, MasterCard,
Discover or American Express). Full or partial payments can be Appeals
made: Tuition refunds are issued based upon the official date of
online at mywcc.waubonsee.edu (credit card or electronic withdrawal. Withdrawals made online are effective when the
check); transaction is complete. Withdrawals submitted in writing are
in person at the Sugar Grove, Aurora Downtown, Aurora Fox effective according to the postmark date of the letter or the fax
Valley or Plano campuses; date and time. Full refund of tuition and fees is granted if the
by faxing payment information to (630) 966-4867; college cancels a course.
by mailing payment to:
Bursar Office The academic calendar for each semester lists the last day for
Waubonsee Community College refunds for 16-week courses. Also see Important Dates, listed
Route 47 at Waubonsee Drive in each semester schedule, for additional refund dates. A student
Sugar Grove, IL 60554-9454. account appeal process is available if disputing a charge(s) and
Authorized User: If students wish to have their parents, must be based on circumstances which prevented attending a
employers or other third party make a payment on their course(s). Student account appeal forms are available at mywcc.
account, you must first set them up as an authorized user in the waubonsee.edu.
system. The assignment does not give the authorized user the
ability to access the student's confidential academic history. The college reserves the right to make the final decision on all
refunds. Contact the Bursar Office regarding refund policies.
* Waubonsee processes checks electronically. When students provide
a check as payment, they authorize the college to use information
from their check to make a one-time electronic fund transfer from Textbooks
their account. There will be a $25 fee for any insufficient funds/ Students are expected to buy their own textbooks and supplies as
declined checks. For questions call (630) 466-5705. specified for each course. These may be purchased at one of the
college bookstores or online at www.waubonsee.edu/bookstore.
What If I Dont Pay? Cost for books and supplies are listed by course at
Waubonsee cancels registration if students do not select a www.waubonsee.edu/schedules but are subject to change
payment option at the time of registration. Payment is required by the publisher.
even during college holidays and breaks.
& See directory inside back cover.
Students withdrawn for non-payment after the first day of class
must appeal to re-enroll in that course. A non-refundable $50
re-enrollment fee plus a minimum of one-half of the tuition is due
when re-registering. Submit a completed Late Enrollment Appeal
Form (available online) to Registration and Records in person or
by fax at (630) 466-4964.
www.waubonsee.edu
236
Financial Aid
2017/2018
Financial Aid 237
Financial Aid Standards of Academic Progress
Four basic types of financial aid are available to Waubonsee In accordance with the United States Department of Education,
students: grants, scholarships, loans and employment. For and State of Illinois regulations, Waubonsee Community College
complete information about financial assistance, contact has established minimum Academic Progress guidelines for the
the Financial Aid Office (see directory) and obtain a copy receipt of financial aid. These standards apply to all students
of the 2017-2018 Financial Aid Handbook, or go online at who apply for grant, loan, and/or work-study funds from state
www.waubonsee.edu/financialaid. or federal programs of financial aid. The standards apply to
cumulative academic performance regardless of whether or not
the student was an aid applicant during each term of attendance.
General Application Procedure 1. COMPLETION RATE REQUIREMENT
Details on the application process can be found online Students must complete at least 67 percent of all credits
at www.waubonsee.edu/financialaid. attempted in order to finish their academic programs within
the Maximum Timeframe (see #3 below). The 67 percent
Students must apply each academic year. The application process completion rate applies to the total of transfer credits accepted
starts October 1 for the following academic year starting in the plus Waubonsee credits earned divided by the total of transfer
fall. credits accepted plus Waubonsee credits attempted, and to the
total credits earned at Waubonsee divided by the total credits
Refer to the Financial Aid Handbook each year for detailed attempted at Waubonsee. Both completion rates must be at least
timelines and important deadlines. 67 percent. Also, for any Waubonsee term that a student attempts
12 or more credits, the percent earned must be greater than 0. If
the cumulative completion rate is less than 67% after two or more
Eligibility Requirements terms, aid eligibility can be reinstated if the student completed
General eligibility requirements for state and federal financial aid all courses attempted (no withdrawals) earning a minimum of 6
programs include the following criteria. Other requirements may credits with a semester GPA of 2.0 in the last term of attendance.
apply for certain programs. Students must be sure they meet all See APPEAL/REINSTATEMENT below.
requirements before applying: a. "Credit hours earned refers to Waubonsee course credits for
be a citizen or eligible noncitizen; which the student received grades of A, B, C or D and to the
transfer credits accepted towards the student's program of
have a valid social security number;
study.
have a high school diploma from an accredited
b. "Credit hours attempted includes all credit classes in which
high school or high school equivalency; the student is enrolled after the refund period and to transfer
have a reading score on the ACT, SAT, PARCC or placement credits accepted toward the students program of study.
test that meets the minimum requirement to complete a -Withdrawals after the refund period count as hours attempted.
certificate or degree at Waubonsee. Placement testing is done See "Withdrawals and Financial Aid" on page 239 for details
by the Learning Assessment and Testing Services; about withdrawing.
not be in default on any student loan; c. Audits, proficiency tests and noncredit courses are not
not owe a refund on any grant or loan, and not have borrowed included in the total number of credits attempted or completed.
in excess of the loan limits under Title IV programs at any d. Repeated courses are always included in attempted hours.
institution; A repeated class for which the student earns credit is only
agree to use any student financial aid solely for educational counted once in completed hours unless the class is designated
purposes; as one that can be repeated. This information is part of the
agree to not engage in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, course description in each terms Credit Course Schedule.
dispensation, possession or use of a controlled substance
during the period covered by federal student aid; 2. GRADE POINT AVERAGE REQUIREMENT
if required, register with the Selective Service; A student must maintain a 2.0 cumulative grade point average.
submit a Waubonsee Community College New Student Federal regulations require the college to take into account a
Information Form and select an eligible program. students academic performance throughout the course of study,
A certificate program must be at least 16 credit hours regardless of whether or not the student previously received
to qualify. A list of ineligible programs is available online financial aid. Grades for repeated classes for which the student
at www.waubonsee.edu/financialaid; earns credit are averaged. If the cumulative GPA is less than 2.0
enroll for eligible classes. A list of ineligible classes is available after two or more terms, aid eligibility can be reinstated if the
online at www.waubonsee.edu/financialaid; student completed all courses attempted (no withdrawals) earning
make satisfactory academic progress toward a degree or a minimum of 6 credits with a semester GPA of 2.0 in the last term
certificate as defined in the Standards of Academic Progress; of attendance. See APPEAL/REINSTATEMENT below.
be aware that financial aid does not cover audited courses or
more than one repeat of a previously passed course;
accept the Terms and Conditions of all financial aid offered.
www.waubonsee.edu
238 Financial Aid
FAIL-A If a student does not complete all courses attempted MAX The student is required to appeal and submit a Financial
with a 2.0 average in each term subsequent to an appeal being Aid Degree Audit signed by a counselor. The Degree Audit
approved, the students status will change to FAIL-A, FAIL after lists the courses that are required for the student to complete
appeal. his/her degree or certificate program. Students can also appeal
to complete preparatory courses required for acceptance to
DENIED The students appeal is denied. an academic program at another school by submitting a letter
from the other school listing the courses that are required for
MAX The student has attempted a total of 90 credits including admission. If approved for the additional courses, the student's
transfer credits. status is changed to MAX-A.
MAX-D The student has earned an AAS, AA or AS degree. MAX-D - An appeal and Financial Aid Degree Audit signed by a
Counselor may be submitted for the pursuit of a second degree
MAX-W The student has attempted a total of 65 credits or for preparatory courses required for a second degree. Only
including transfer credits. A student is able to receive financial aid courses on the Financial Aid Degree Audit are recognized for the
while at MAX-W. receipt of financial aid. If the student applied to graduate but he/
she has not completed all required courses, the student can change
MAX-A The student is taking the courses that were submitted his/her graduation term by contacting the Graduation Analyst in
and approved on the Financial Aid Degree Audit. Counseling. If approved for a second degree, the student's status
is changed to MAX-A.
PROBATION - ACADEMIC PLAN The students Appeal is
approved including a Financial Aid Academic Plan. A student
Appeal/Reinstatement Requests must be submitted within 30
remains in a PROBATION status as long as all courses are
completed with a 2.0 GPA average in each term subsequent to the calendar days following the date the students academic progress
Appeal being approved and the student is not at a MAX status. is reviewed and the student is notified of the ineligible status.
Appeals turned in after the 30 deadline can be denied. Appeals
will be reviewed by the Financial Aid Appeals Committee
responded to within 14 calendar days of receipt.
2017/2018
Financial Aid 239
6. RE-ESTABLISHING ELIGIBILITY Failure to successfully complete courses.
A student who is below the Completion Rate and/or GPA Students who do not complete at least one course with a final
requirements can re-establish eligibility by achieving a cumulative grade of A,B,C or D are considered unofficial withdrawals. Last
2.0 GPA and/or a 67 percent completion rate as long as the student dates of attendance are reported by instructors for students
is not at MAX due to 90 attempted hours or the completion of whose final grades are Fs or Ws. The last dates of attendance
an AA, AS, or AAS degree. Once eligibility is re-established, the are used to determine the percentage of federal financial aid
students status will be PASS. that has been earned. If the latest date that the student attended
is not after the 60 percent point of the term, financial aid will
7. NOTICE be reduced to equal the percentage earned. For example, if the
This policy is subject to change without notice to comply latest date of attendance reported by an instructor is mid-
with federal or state regulations, or Waubonsee Community term, a $1,000 Pell Grant or Direct Loan would be reduced to
College Board of Trustee policy or action. For the most current approximately $500 (50 percent). This reduction in financial
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy, visit waubonsee.edu. aid could result in the student owing institutional charges and
a repayment of all or part of any refund that was based on the
original Pell Grant or Direct Loan amounts.
Withdrawals and Financial Aid
Federal regulations require students to maintain a minimum
completion rate (see Standards of Academic Progress) to retain Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds
eligibility. Withdrawing from a course(s) or failure to earn Financial aid funds will be reflected on the students account
credit hours in a course(s) will lower student's completion rate. only after the student has submitted a Title IV Authorization and
Withdrawing from all courses or failure to successfully complete accepted his/her financial aid award online through the mywcc
all course(s) may require a student to pay back the financial aid portal. Loans and state grants are disbursed the third week of a
he/she may have received. Consultation with a counselor is highly full fall or spring term. Pell grants are disbursed after mid-term.
recommended before withdrawing. A bookstore voucher will be processed if financial aid funds are
Withdrawing from some but not all courses. sufficient to cover all current term charges on a students account
If the courses remaining in the students schedule total less and the student does not owe a prior balance. Financial aid awards
than 6 credit hours, the student is not loan eligible. Student are subject to reduction if a student drops some or all of his/her
loans require a minimum of 6 credit hours at the time of courses.
disbursement.
Withdrawing from all courses. Financial Aid Refund Policy
This results in a reduction to federal aid eligibility including Refunds based on the difference between institutional charges for
grants and loans. Federal regulations require that students the term and loan amounts are mailed to permanent local address
earn their financial aid by attending or participating in class. or direct deposited no later than 14 days after aid is disbursed.
Waubonsee records attendance at the end of the 100 percent
refund period and at mid-term. These attendance records
determine the amount of financial aid that has been earned Veterans Programs
by a student who withdraws from all courses. For example, Students interested in VA benefits, Illinois veterans benefits and
withdrawing from all courses after mid-term would result in any other related programs can find details on the application
reducing a $1,000 Pell Grant or Direct Loan to approximately process online at www.waubonsee.edu/veterans. Additional
$500 (50 percent) because mid-term would have been the last questions may be directed to the Transfer/Veterans Advisor. A 2.0
recorded date of attendance. This reduction in financial aid cumulative GPA is required to maintain eligibility for state and
could result in the student owing institutional charges, and, if federal benefits.
the withdrawal occurred after the financial aid was disbursed,
a repayment of all or part of any refund that was based on the
original Pell Grant or Direct Loan amounts. Scholarships
A variety of scholarships are available to Waubonsee students
from the Waubonsee Community College Foundation and
private funding sources. The Foundation awards more than 250
scholarships annually. Information about the opportunities can be
obtained from the Advancement Office (see directory) or online
at www.waubonsee.edu/foundation. Waubonsee Community
College Foundation scholarship applications are typically due in
February for use during the following academic year.
www.waubonsee.edu
240
Academic
Information
and Regulations
2017/2018
Academic
Information and Regulations 241
www.waubonsee.edu
Academic
242 Information and Regulations
PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT: The Prior Learning Assessment Inventory presents examples of
how students can earn credit.
INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS
Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) is an academic process of
identifying, documenting and awarding college credit for a PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT INVENTORY
students knowledge and skills gained outside of the traditional
classroom. Credits earned through PLA may help reduce the Method Description Example(s)
time required to earn a degree or certificate. Credit Vendor or college CLEP (College-Level
By Exam (CBE) standardized exams Examination Program)
Prior learning credit may be specific course credit, an elective providing students
DANTES/DSST
opportunity to receive
credit in a specific area or it may be a general elective. Program college credit.
Examination Program
requirements should be discussed with a counselor or academic ICE (Institutional Credit
advisor to determine how PLA credits will apply toward a degree by Exam)
Scores of 3 or higher on any of the College Board Advance Military Training Credit awarded for certain Joint Services
armed service experience Transcript (JST)
Placement (AP) examinations will be accepted for based on ACE (American Community College
college credit to satisfy degree requirements. For specific Council of Education) of the Air Force (CCAF)
application of credit, see chart "AP Exams and Course guidelines.
DD 214
Equivalents." CE (American Council
A
on Education) Military
Scores of 4 or higher for International Baccalaureate Guide Recommendation
Diploma Programme subjects will be accepted for college Professional Credit awarded based on Evaluation by faculty
Training evaluated training in the
credit to satisfy degree requirements. workforce or corporate
CE College Credit
A
Recommendation
venue, apprenticeship,
Service
government, or
Credit by proficiency (noted as an E with 0 Grade Point professional association. Evaluated
Level) is awarded and recorded on transcript. WCC Workforce
Development Courses
A maximum of 45 semester hours can be applied to a Industry Credit awarded based SSC, NIMS, RN,
M
degree earned by PLA; up to 50% of the hours required for Certification on evaluated industry Autodesk Certified
and Licensure certification or licensure. User, Adobe Certified
a Certificate of Achievement. Associate, MOS
Credits earned through PLA do not count toward the Articulation Credit awarded based VALEES agreements
Agreements on agreements of course
Colleges academic residency requirements. articulation with high
schools or training
Credit will not be granted if a student is currently enrolled organizations.
in or has previously earned credit for an equivalent course. Faculty Evaluation Credit awarded that does Portfolio
not fit in the standard
categories. College
Students should be aware that Credit by Proficiency may level learning has been
not transfer to other colleges and universities. demonstrated in a
documented faculty pre-
approved method.
Credit will be recorded after the refund period of the
students first semester of enrollment.
2017/2018
Academic
Information and Regulations 243
CLEP EXAMS AND COURSE EQUIVALENTS Class
Minimum
Credit Credits
Class Exam Title Score
Minimum Granted Awarded
Credit Credits Required
Exam Title Score For
Granted Awarded
Required Introductory 50 PSY 100 3
For
Psychology
American 50 PSC 100 3
Government Introductory 50 SOC 100 3
Sociology
American Literature 50 ENG 211, 6
ENG 212 Natural Sciences 50 BIO 100, 6
CHM 100,
Analyzing and 50 Elective 3 ESC 100,
Interpreting Literature Credit HED 100
(choose 2)
Biology 50 BIO 120 4
Pre-Calculus 50 MTH 129, 6
Calculus 50 MTH 131 4 MTH 130
Chemistry 50 CHM 121 4 Principles of 50 MGT 200 3
College Algebra 50 MTH 129 3 Management
College Composition 50 ENG 101, 6 Principles of 50 ECN 202 3
ENG 102 Macroeconomics
College Composition 50 ENG 101 3 Principles of 50 ECN 201 3
- Modular Microeconomics
College Mathematics 50 MTH 101, 6 Principles of 50 MKT 200 3
MTH 102 Marketing
English Literature 50 ENG 221, 6 Social Sciences and 50 HIS 111, 6
ENG 222 History HIS 112,
HIS 121,
Financial Accounting 50 ACC 202 3 HIS 122,
French Language 50 FRE 101, 6 PSY 100,
FRE 102 SOC 100
59 12
FRE 101, (choose 2)
FRE 102,
FRE 201, Spanish Language 50 SPN 101, 6
FRE 202 SPN 102
www.waubonsee.edu
Academic
244 Information and Regulations
2017/2018
Academic
Information and Regulations 245
Grading establish a timeframe for completion of required course
componentsmust be no later than the end of the next full 16-
Grade points are numerical values that indicate the scholarship
week semester;
level of letter grades.
establish a grade for the student in the event that required
course components are not completed.
Grade points at Waubonsee are assigned on the following scale:
In the event that a faculty member is unable to meet the terms
Grade Significance Grade-Point Level of the Agreement, the grade agreed to in the Agreement will be
A superior 4.00 assigned by the appropriate Dean. This definition does not allow
B good 3.00 for regular letter grades (A, B, C, D, F or W) to be changed to
C average 2.00 an I grade after final grades are assigned. Special exceptions may
D poor 1.00 be presented to the Vice President of Educational Affairs for
F failure 0 consideration.
W withdrew 0
I incomplete 0 GRADES IN REPEATED COURSES
E credit by proficiency 0 If a regular semester credit course is repeated, only the higher
Z audit 0 grade is used to calculate the grade point average.
Y successful completion
of a continuing However, certain courses are designed to be repeatable.
education course 0 Examples include applied music and physical education courses.
N unsuccessful completion of a All grades in these repeatable courses are used to calculate the
of a continuing education course 0 grade point average.
MG missing grade 0
NC noncredit course 0 For these courses that are designed to be repeatable, it is necessary
(H) honors course notation see grade to complete a Repeatable Course Grade Change Request form if
(G) grade forgiveness not the student wishes to have only the higher grade(s) calculated in
included in GPA 0 their GPA. Request forms are available online in the mywcc portal.
(T) transfer course 0
GRADE CHANGE PROCESS
Repeated courses are marked with a notation. Requests for a change in a final grade must be submitted to the
instructor within one calendar year of the date the final grade
was officially due to Registration and Records. Please refer to the
Grade points earned for a given course are determined by official academic calendar for the appropriate grade due dates.
multiplying the semester hours earned for the course by the grade
point level achieved. No grade change may be processed after one calendar year.
Regular letter grades (A, B, C, D, or F) cannot be changed to an
For example: If a B (3.00 grade point level) was earned in a I or a W grade after final grades are assigned. The definition of the
3-semester-hour history course, the number of grade points W does not permit it to be changed to an A, B, C, D, F or I after
earned would be a 3.00 x 3 which results in nine grade points. final grades have been assigned. An I grade can only be changed to
On the other hand, if a D (1.00 grade-point level) was earned in an A, B, C, D or F grade.
a 4-semester-hour biology course, the number of grade points
earned would be 1.00 x 4 or four grade points. Only grades A, B, Special exceptions may be presented to the Vice President of
C, and D are used in calculating grade points. Educational Affairs for consideration. Refer to the Student
Handbook for more details on grading and the change and appeal
Notification of Grades processes.
Final course grades are recorded at the end of each semester. Students
can access their official final grades through the mywcc Web portal. GRADE APPEAL PROCESS
In situations where the student is not satisfied with the outcome
INCOMPLETE GRADES of the grade process, and in accordance with students rights for
A grade of I signifies incomplete coursework and is assigned at due process, the student may appeal a final grade in a course. The
the discretion of the instructor when illness or other unusual student must initiate the appeal process within one calendar year
circumstances prevent a student from completing course of the date the final grade was officially due to Registration and
requirements by the end of the term. A grade of I may not be Records. Guidelines and procedures are outlined in the Student
assigned as a final grade unless a signed, completed Agreement Handbook or available from the office of the Vice President of
for Incomplete Coursework is submitted to the appropriate Student Development (see directory).
Deans office by the instructor no later than the Friday prior to the
deadline to submit grades. The intent of the agreement is to: GRADE FORGIVENESS PROCEDURE
This procedure provides the student with a second chance. A
establish course components required to be completed by the student may apply for forgiveness of grades of D or F earned in
student; courses taken previously at Waubonsee. To be eligible to apply for
www.waubonsee.edu
Academic
246 Information and Regulations
grade forgiveness, a student must meet the following 2. Curriculum: Students need to know and observe the require
two conditions: ments of their curriculum and the rules governing academic
work. While counselors can help students make wise decisions,
The student cannot have attended Waubonsee Community the ultimate responsibility for meeting the requirements to
College or any other post-secondary school for a consecutive graduate rests with each student.
period of at least 18 calendar months between the dates of
enrollment at Waubonsee, and lthough academic requirements may change with each edition
A
The student must have completed a minimum of 15 of the college catalog, students are responsible for the certificate
semester hours with a grade point average of 2.0 or better at or degree requirements that are specified in the official college
Waubonsee Community College since the re-enrollment after catalog at the time the student completes his/her first credit
the 18-month out-of-school period. course. A student may elect to follow the certificate or degree
requirements set forth in any subsequent catalog if the student
Courses approved for grade forgiveness are listed with a special completes a credit course during that catalogs effective dates.
notation (G) on the student transcript and are not included in Requirements may not be combined from different catalogs. No
the calculation of the students GPA. The Request for Grade student may graduate using the requirements of a Waubonsee
Forgiveness form is available in the mywcc portal. Community College catalog that is more than five years old prior
to the date of graduation.
Graduation Academic Honors In the case of curriculum changes and the cancellation or
All students graduating from Waubonsee who have achieved withdrawal of courses, every effort will be made to substitute
a cumulative 3.50 to 3.99 grade point average in all semester hours current coursework to fulfill certificate or degree requirements.
attempted at Waubonsee are designated for graduation honors. Course substitutions must be approved in writing by the appro
Those students who earn a 4.00 cumulative grade point average priate Dean. The student has the ultimate responsibility to
are recognized with presidential honors. fulfill the requirements for the certificate or degree, to check
the eligibility to take courses and to observe the academic rules
governing the program. A degree or certificate cannot be awarded
Graduation/ if the program has been withdrawn.
Commencement Ceremonies
The rules given apply only to requirements for certificates and
Students who earn degrees from Waubonsee are recognized
degrees. All students are subject to the academic regulations
annually during public commencement ceremonies conducted
stated in the most recent catalog.
at the end of the spring semester. All students who completed
graduation requirements during the previous fall semester
(December) and/or will complete during the spring (May) or
3. Transfer Credit: If a student completes any courses
(including final ones) from another college to be used toward
summer (August) semester are encouraged to participate.
degree or certificate requirements, he/she must submit offiicial
transcripts as soon as possible, submit a Transcript Evaluation
Students who decide to participate in the commencement
Request Form and notify the Graduation Office.
ceremony are notified of the cap and gown purchase fees during
the spring semester (March). May and August graduation
candidates must apply for graduation no later than Feb. 15 to be
Degree Audit: Students can track their progress toward a
4.
certificate or degree by using the Degree Audit tool in mywcc,
included in the annual Graduation Ceremonies.
on the Student tab, in the Student Success box, click the My
Degree Audit link. The Degree Audit is an unofficial evaluation.
All students who complete graduation requirements are issued
The report should be reviewed with a Waubonsee counselor or
a diploma free of charge. Duplicate diplomas are issued at a cost
academic advisor for accuracy and additional information.
of $25. Contact the Graduation Office for duplicate ordering
information.
5. Timing: Graduation requirements may be completed during
any semester; however, if students cannot complete their
Graduation Requirements program as petitioned, they should notify the Graduation
Office immediately.
The general procedures for graduation are outlined below. Course
requirements and other regulations for each degree and major are
explained in the program section of this catalog.
6. Apply for Graduation: Intent to Graduate forms should
be submitted early in the semester before the student expects
to complete their degree and/or certificate to ensure they will
1. Counseling, Advising and Transfer Center: Students
meet all the requirements to graduate. Intent to Graduate forms
working toward their associate degree should meet early
can be found at mywcc, on the Student tab, in the Student
and often with a counselor or academic advisor to plan their
Success box, click the Graduation Information link; or students
program of study and to ensure they meet all requirements to
may contact their counselor or the Graduation Office.
graduate.
2017/2018
Academic
Information and Regulations 247
Career and Technical PRIVACY OF RECORDS
All information provided to Waubonsee Community College is
Education Guarantee kept confidential in accordance with the Family Educational Rights
Waubonsee Community College, as an expression of confidence in and Privacy Act ( FERPA) of 1974 (Public Law 93-380).
its faculty, staff and educational programs, guarantees the
skills of all occupational Associate in Applied Science degree In accordance with FERPA, the following student rights are
and certificate graduates. covered by the act and afforded to all students at Waubonsee:
Inspect and review their educational records;
Refer to the Career and Technical Education section of this Request the amendment of inaccurate or misleading records;
catalog for details on the terms of this guarantee. Consent to disclosure of personally identifiable information
contained in their educational record;
See also Transfer Program Guarantee later in this section. Request confidentiality, and;
File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education
concerning alleged failures by Waubonsee Community College
Probation, Academic to comply with this law.
All students who earn a cumulative grade point average below 2.0
At the Colleges discretion, directory information may be provided
are automatically placed on academic probation. Students remain in accordance with the provisions of the act without the written
on probation until their cumulative grade point average is equal consent of the student unless the student requests in writing
to 2.0 or higher. There are three progressive stages of academic that such information not be disclosed. The items listed below
probation: (1) academic caution (2) academic warning and (3) are designated as directory information and may be released for
academic restriction. A registration hold is placed at each stage any purpose at the discretion of Waubonsee Community College
until the student completes the prescribed intervention. Students unless a request for non-disclosure is on file.
avoid progressing to the next stage of academic probation if they students name
earn a semester GPA of 2.0 or above. See the Student Success city of residence
portlet in mywcc for details. major field of study
email address
participation in officially recognized activities and sports
Rights and Responsibilities weight and height of members of athletic teams
Waubonsee Community College recognizes that students are both dates of attendance (and withdrawal)
citizens and members of an academic community. As a citizen, full- or part-time status
each student has the freedoms of speech, assembly, association, degrees, certificates and awards received
and the press, and the rights of petition and due process which Contact the Registration and Records office for any questions
concerning the students rights and responsibilities under
are guaranteed by the state and federal constitutions. As members
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act or visit www.
of an academic community, students have the right and the
waubonsee.edu/ferpa.
responsibility to participate, through student government and
college committees, in the development and review of college TRANSCRIPTS
regulations and policies affecting them.
All students desiring their academic transcript to be sent to
Upon enrolling in the college, each student assumes an obligation another institution, prospective employer, etc., should submit
to conduct himself or herself in a manner that is compatible a request to Registration and Records. Transcripts requested
with the colleges function as an educational institution. If this in person, by mail or by fax will be $10 each while transcripts
obligation is neglected or ignored by the student, the college requested online will be $5 each. Unofficial transcripts are
must, in the interest of fulfilling its function and meeting its total available for free via mywcc. The Transcript Request form is
obligations, institute appropriate disciplinary action as described available at www.waubonsee.edu/transcript, or can be requested
in the student conduct section of the Student Handbook. online via mywcc or at www.getmytranscript.com.
www.waubonsee.edu
248
Resources
and Services
2017/2018
Resources
and Services 249
Resources and Services Access Center
Many resources and services are available to students at
Waubonsee. They include everything from academic advising
for Disability Resources
The Access Center for Disability Resources makes educational
to intercollegiate athletics, from child care to a state-of-the-art
opportunities accessible through individualized academic
computing center. This alphabetically organized section describes
accommodations and other services for students with disabilities.
these many resources and services. Students should also have a
Any student with a disability may meet with the Access Center to
copy of the current Student Handbook (published annually) that
determine eligibility for academic accommodations.
serves as a handy reference for each academic year.
Accommodations include but are not limited to:
Academic Counseling and Advising sign language interpreters;
readers or audio for exams and quizzes;
Waubonsees academic advising program provides opportunities
scribe or writing service;
for students, instructors and counselors to review academic
assistive technology;
progress. Assessment testing, E-RAP (Electronic Registration and
alternative text formats;
Planning), and a variety of academic support services are available.
extended time for exams;
See also the section on Counseling.
alternative site for exams;
counseling and coaching.
Phases of the academic advising process include the following:
ACADEMIC EARLY ALERT For more information please contact the Access Center (see
directory).
Waubonsees Early Alert has been developed with the goal of
increasing student success. Under this program, instructors are
asked to identify students who exhibit academic difficulties that Adult Education Special Programs
may prevent them from completing a course successfully. Areas
This comprehensive program offers opportunities for low-income
of difficulty can include attendance, English proficiency, academic
adult education students to obtain self-sufficiency through
preparation/prerequisites, class participation, test/quiz scores,
education and training. These programs are designed
completion of class assignments, clinical/lab assignments and
to offer personalized assistance to the potential college student
appropriate classroom behavior.
who plans to pursue a certificate or associate degree in a
vocational area.
Students identified with academic difficulties are encouraged
to meet with their instructor and make an appointment with a
The Youth Services Program (YSP) offers career exploration
counselor to address the areas of concern and develop a strategy
and job search/placement in the area of health care to students
for success.
between the ages of 16 and 24. Among the many benefits available
to eligible students are free tuition and fees, books, individual case
PROGRAM REVIEW
management and other support services. Students lacking a high
Upon cumulative enrollment in 24-38 semester hours, students school diploma are strongly encouraged to attend high school
receive a letter of notification and are required to review their equivalency (HSE) classes to work toward HSE attainment prior
progress with a counselor. The program review helps students to enrolling in a certificate program. One-year follow-up is given
remain focused on their chosen academic goals, whether they to students once they have completed their course of study or
be career transfer focused. Program reviews are mandatory and obtained employment.
required before students are permitted to register for the next
semester. For more information or to register, contact the Adult Education
Special Programs office (see directory).
www.waubonsee.edu
Resources
250 and Services
2017/2018
Resources
and Services 251
Learning Assessment Connect4Success (C4S)
Connect4Success is a federally-funded Title V Grant program
and Testing Services that provides free one-on-one success coaching for students who
Learning Assessment and Testing Services is committed to need personalized follow-up and academic support. Students are
facilitating student learning at Waubonsee Community College by paired with professional staff members (Student Success Coaches)
offering a wide range of testing services to students and members who engage with students through text, phone, in person, and
of the community. through e-mail to help students reach their goals. Services for
eligible students include support and guidance with motivational
Learning Assessment and Testing Services assists Waubonsee coaching, study skills, time management, financial literacy, and
students throughout every phase of their college career. Assistance connection to campus and community resources. For more
begins with placement testing for new full-time students, information on eligibility and availability of services, contact
continues with online testing, and includes program admission Connect4Success (see directory) or visit www.waubonsee.edu/c4s.
testing. Learning Assessment and Testing Services also assists
faculty by providing a place for students to take make-up exams.
Counseling, Advising
Community members can take advantage of the testing
administered through several programs, including High School and Transfer Center
Equivalency (HSE), College Level Examination Proficiency (CLEP) Waubonsee Community College provides a wide range of
and certification tests given throughout the year. academic, personal, and career counseling. Counselors assist
students with issues such as career and educational goals,
For additional information, contact the Learning Assessment and choosing programs of study, lifestyle transitions related to
Testing Services office (see directory). education, and other personal issues that may interfere with
academic progress. Transfer planning for four-year universities is
also offered.
Class Offerings
Every semester, class schedules are published for college credit See also the section on Academic Counseling and Advising.
courses, community education classes, workforce development
and programs for youth. Credit and noncredit schedules are Counselors are available at all Waubonsee campuses. W alk-in
mailed to every district resident. For additional copies of any and appointment times are available. Call for office hours or
of these publications, call the Marketing and Communications appointments (see directory) or visit www.waubonsee.edu/
office (see directory). counseling or the student success portal of mywcc.
In addition, the credit and noncredit course schedules are available ELECTRONIC REGISTRATION AND
in searchable form online at www.waubonsee.edu. PLANNING (E-RAP) FOR FULL-TIME
AND/OR DEGREE-SEEKING STUDENTS
Conduct and Grade Concerns New first-time, full-time students must complete an Electronic
Waubonsee Community College has procedures to assist students Registration and Planning (E-RAP) tutorial before registering for
in resolving college-related grievances. Specifically, the procedures courses. The tutorial explains Waubonsees degree and certificate
address student grade concerns and student conduct. programs and teaches students how to use the college catalog,
credit schedule and test scores to select courses. Students then
Waubonsee Community College is committed to prohibiting any register and pay for their first semester of courses online.
forms of discrimination. See the section Federal Compliances.
Students can access E-RAP through the mywcc portal at mywcc.
Nothing in these procedures limits a students right to submit a waubonsee.edu. An X-number is needed to login.
complaint against the college to the Department of Education
Office for Civil Rights. These procedures are not intended to CONTINUED COUNSELING
supersede other existing college policies and procedures. Currently enrolled students are encouraged to meet periodically
with a counselor to discuss career plans and academic progress.
Procedures for grade concerns and student conduct are detailed in Students should confer with a counselor or advisor when changing
the Student Handbook. a schedule or withdrawing from classes or the college.
www.waubonsee.edu
Resources
252 and Services
2017/2018
Resources
and Services 253
Library Services mywcc Web Portal
Library services are accessible through the Library website, as Students can access all of their important Waubonsee information
well as all campus locations (Sugar Grove, Aurora Downtown, in this portal at mywcc.waubonsee.edu. Once they sign in with
Aurora Fox Valley and Plano). The Todd Library at the Sugar their X-number and password, they'll find everything from their
Grove Campus, the Aurora Fox Valley Campus Library and the email to their course schedule to their final grades. mywcc also
Aurora Downtown Campus Library provide book, periodical, features such helpful tools as a degree audit and a student success
faculty reserves, and multimedia collections. Students on any portlet.
campus have access to materials and services located on other
campuses. Electronic collections including academic databases
and e-books chosen to support the college curriculum provide Returning Adult College Students
research materials for students and residents of the Waubonsee Waubonsee provides an admissions advisor who can assist adult
Community College district and are available through the Library (non-traditional) students in all aspects of the registration process
website at all campuses and off campus. Circulation services are and address issues that concern the adult student population of
available for registered Waubonsee students, faculty, staff, and Waubonsee.
residents of Waubonsee Community College District 516 high
school age or older. Amenities and services specific to the Aurora
Downtown, Aurora Fox Valley and Sugar Grove library facilities S.T.A.R. Program (Student-Athletes
include: Taking Academic Responsibility)
Copier
The Waubonsee Community College S.T.A.R. (Student-Athletes
Study room
Taking Academic Responsibility) Program was created in 1991
Instructional multimedia
to further the academic progress of student-athletes while they
Reference assistance
participate in athletics. The program includes weekly study
Faculty reserves
sessions; personal, career and academic counseling; academic
Multimedia viewing area
monitoring; and nominations for various scholarships and
Instruction classroom
academic recognition.
Music Performance
Students may participate in music performances by enrolling in
credit courses (see Applied Music in course descriptions) or by
participating in an instrumental or vocal ensemble with other
community members. Contact the Dean of Communications,
Humanities and Fine Arts.
INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC
Waubonsee offers students the opportunity to perform in
ensembles including the Jazz Band, Concert Band, Guitar
Ensemble, Rock Band, Percussion Ensemble and Steel Band. The
ensembles are open to all interested students for credit and non-
credit. Students can also gain concert band experience through a
cooperative agreement with the Fox Valley Concert Band.
VOCAL MUSIC
Waubonsee offers three opportunities to participate in vocal
groups: the Waubonsee Chorale, a 30-member group that
performs traditional choral music; the Chamber Choir, an
auditioned group of contemporary singers who perform part songs
and madrigal style music; and the Fox Valley Festival Chorus, a
60-member ensemble performing larger choral works, often with
an instrumental group.
www.waubonsee.edu
Resources
254 and Services
Student Organizations
Waubonsee Community College has a variety of student TRIO/Student Support Services
organizations to meet students' needs. All groups are student TRIO/Student Support Services provides educational
initiated and run. Student groups range from social to cultural, support services for eligible Waubonsee Community College
academic to honor societies, and political to religious. Check students. The program helps students successfully complete their
the Student Life website or the Student Handbook for a full college degree or certificate programs. First-generation college
listing. Involvement Fairs are held each semester to allow student students, students who need financial assistance, or students
organizations to connect with potential members. Contact the who have a disability and demonstrate a need for academic
Student Life office for meeting information. support may qualify. Services include study tables, small group
and limited individual tutoring; academic, career, transfer and
STUDENT SENATE personal counseling; financial aid guidance; cultural enrichment
Student Senate provides a channel of communication through activities; and workshops on a variety of topics. For more
which the administration, faculty and students may plan and information on eligibility and availability of services, contact the
discuss topics affecting the student body. All meetings are open TRIO/Student Support Services office (see directory) or visit
and students are invited to attend. www.waubonsee.edu/sss
INTRAMURALS
Waubonsee Community College maintains a program of
intramural athletics for those not wishing to compete in an
intercollegiate sport. The offering of intramural activities is based
upon student interest and participation. Contact the Athletics
office for the most current information (see directory).
2017/2018
History and
New Directions 255
History and New Directions Waubonsee established another major extension center in January
1997 on the Rush-Copley Medical Center campus, adjacent to
Waubonsee Community College, a two-year public institution
Route 34 in far east Aurora. Renovated and renamed the Aurora
of higher learning, came into existence in August 1966 when the
Fox Valley Campus in 2016, it now houses the college's health care
electorate of 12 school districts in most of Kane and portions
programs, in addition to offering general education courses and
of Kendall, DeKalb, LaSalle and Will counties voted to establish
comprehensive student services.
Community College District 516. Today, the district encompasses
more than 600 square miles and has an assessed valuation of
Spring 2011 marked the beginning of courses at the colleges
approximately $8.4 billion.
fourth permanent campus, located in Plano. Situated on a nine-
acre site adjacent to the Lakewood Springs development, north
From the beginning, the colleges philosophy has been that
of Highway 34 and west of Eldamain Road near Lake Plano, the
education is the cornerstone of a literate, democratic society;
Plano Campus offers transfer center and complete career degree
learning is a lifelong process; and the pursuit of knowledge must
and certificate programs to area residents, along with noncredit
be supported by institutional policies demonstrating accessibility,
learning opportunities.
service, quality, innovation and value.
The new Aurora Downtown and Plano Campuses were among
With the objective of meeting the lifelong learning needs of the
the many projects undertaken as part of the 2020 College Master
community, the college truly began taking shape in early 1967, as
Plan. During the 2002-2003 academic year, the board of trustees
the colleges first president assumed his duties and subsequently
adopted this plan, which outlined educational facilities necessary
began assembling a staff, developing a multilevel curriculum and
to meet the needs of students then and into the future. Five
locating classroom space. However, the college still needed a
building projects were completed at the Sugar Grove Campus;
name, and for that, the school called upon its community.
the Campus Operations facility opened in August 2005, the
new Science Building opened during the fall 2006 semester, the
A district-wide naming contest was held in March of 1967. From
Academic and Professional Center held classes for the first time
among the 600 entries, the name suggested by both Susan Miller,
in fall 2007, the Student Center opened in spring 2009, and the
of Aurora, and Patricia Ann Dillon, of Batavia, stood out, and
Field House opened in spring 2015.
the Fox Valleys community college officially became Waubonsee
Community College. Waubonsee, meaning early dawn or early
While Waubonsee is continually working to improve its campuses,
day, was a Pottawatomie Native American chief who lived in the
the college also recognizes the need for other convenient course
Fox River Valley during the 1800s.
locations, and so classes are held at nearly 16 other extension sites
throughout the district as well. For those students who prefer
Waubonsee Community College had a permanent name but had
to learn from home, Waubonsee offers online learning options.
yet to locate to a permanent campus and so, when the college
Waubonsee has always been a leader in distance learning, from
opened its doors for classes on September 11, 1967, the doors
being a founding member of the Illinois Virtual Campus (IVC)
were those of a variety of community facilities. The schools initial
to providing courses to students statewide through Illinois
enrollment of 1,603 students 403 full-time and 1,200 part-time
Community Colleges Online (ILCCO). Currently, the college
has grown steadily since that time, with the college currently
offers nearly 200 online courses and delivers fully-accredited
serving more than 12,000 students each semester.
associate degrees and certificates to students in an online format.
Just a few months later, in December 1967, a successful bond
As the educational needs of its district change, so too will
referendum allowed the college to begin planning its first
Waubonsee Community College. What will always remain the
permanent campus. The campus, situated on a 243-acre tract of
same, however, is Waubonsees commitment to student success
land north of Sugar Grove on Route 47, still serves as the colleges
through quality teaching and learning experiences.
main campus. In addition to classroom space, facilities there
also include conference rooms, specialized laboratories, Student
Center, caf and coffee shop, library, bookstore, observatory,
kiln shelter, 375-seat auditorium, multipurpose event space,
gymnasium, 120-workstation computer center, fitness center and
two-mile nature trail.
www.waubonsee.edu
256 Federal Compliances
2017/2018
257
your mentors
Staff
www.waubonsee.edu
258 Staff
2017/2018
Staff 259
Cardine, Darla, Assistant Vice President
Finance
Diez, Carla, Associate Professor
AS, Kishwaukee Community College;
Early Childhood Education (SS, E & WL)
BS, Northern Illinois University;
BS, MS, University of Wisconsin-Stout
MBA, Aurora University;
CPA DiVietro, Jamey, Counselor/Assistant Professor
BA, North Central College;
Chaaban, Amy L., Assistant Professor
MA, Loyola College of Maryland
Information Systems (BCT)
BS, Emporia State University; Dixon, Jeri, Dean
MEd, Southwestern College Adult Education
BA, Chicago State University;
Christensen, Nancy, Assistant Professor
MAEd, National-Louis University
Chemistry (M & S)
BS, University of Wisconsin at Stevens Point; Dosch, Tracey, Associate Professor
Ph.D., University of British Columbia Biology (M & S)
BS, Southern Methodist University;
Clark, Gary, Professor
MS, Ohio State University
English (C, H & FA)
BA, Olivet Nazarene College; Draper, Timothy D., Professor
MA, Northern Illinois University History (SS, E & WL)
BS, MA, Ball State University;
Clem, Billy E., Jr., Associate Professor
PhD, Northern Illinois University
English (C, H & FA)
BA, Culver-Stockton College; DuCharme, Danielle, Associate Professor
MA, Southwest Missouri University Biology (M & S)
BS, Loyola University Chicago;
Coburn, Catherine, Assistant Professor
MS, University of California Davis
Interpreter Training/Sign Language (HP & PS)
BS, MA, Northern Illinois University Erickson, Sharon, Assistant Professor
Nursing (HP & PS)
Corrigan, Christine, Dean
BSN, Aurora University;
Online Learning and
MSN, Northern Illinois University
Center for Teaching, Learning and Technology
BS, Western Illinois University Evans, Michelle, Assistant Dean
MA, University of Phoenix Health Professions and Public Service
BA, North Central College;
Collins, Catherine, Professor
EdD, MSW, Aurora University
Accounting (BCT)
BBA, St. Josephs College; Felton, Terence, Chief Information Officer
MS, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; Information Technology
MBA, Northern Illinois University; BS, University of Maryland;
CPA MBA, University of Illinois at Chicago
Crawford, Mark A., Associate Professor Field, Ellen, Associate Professor
Mathematics (M & S) Mathematics (DE & CR)
BA, MA, Western Michigan University BA, North Central College;
MS, Northern Illinois University
Cunningham, Christopher, Assistant Professor
Mathematics (M & S) Fozio-Thielk, Lisa A., Associate Professor
BS, University of Michigan; Psychology (SS, E & WL)
MS, Cornell University AA, Triton College;
BA, MS, National Louis University;
Dale, Marc, Jr., Director
PhD, MA, Northcentral University
Registration and Records/Registrar
BA, Purdue University; Frankel, Amy, Associate Professor
MA, Chicago State University Mathematics (M & S)
BS, Benedictine University;
Dharmasankar, Sowjanya, Assistant Professor
MS, Northern Illinois University
Economics (SS, E & WL)
BA, MA, M.S. University, Baroda, India
Diaz, Ulysses, Bilingual Counselor/Assistant Professor
BA, Northern Illinois University;
MSW, University of Illinois at Chicago
www.waubonsee.edu
260 Staff
2017/2018
Staff 261
Kindelin, Heidy, Counselor/Associate Professor Livingston, Kimberly Rainsford, Assistant Professor
Access Center for Disability Resources English (C, H & FA)
AA, Moraine Valley Community College; BA, Western Illinois University;
BS, Illinois State University; MA, Western Michigan University
MA, Northern Illinois University;
CRC
Luxion, Clifford, Associate Professor
Real Estate/Construction Management (BCT)
Krueger, Laurel, Assistant Professor AA, AS, AAS, Waubonsee Community College;
Nursing (HP & PS) BA, Governors State University;
AAS, Waubonsee Community College; MSRE, Roosevelt University;
BSN, MSN, Lewis University MS, The John Marshall Law School;
Illinois Real Estate Pre-License Instructor
Kunz, Kenneth, Professor
Automotive Technology (BCT) MacDonald, Andrew, Assistant Professor
AA, Joliet Junior College; Auto Body Repair (BCT)
BA, Governors State University; AAS, Waubonsee Community College;
MEd, Olivet Nazarene University; ASE, Master Collision Repair/Refinish Technician
Master Automotive ASE
Mattern, Joshua, Assistant Professor
LaCost, Heather A., Professor English (DE & CR)
Psychology (SS, E & WL) BA, North Central College;
BA, Carthage College; MA, Northern Illinois University
MA, PhD, Northern Illinois University
McDonald, Jeanne, Professor
Larsen, Daniel, Director English (C, H, & FA)
Campus Operations BA, MA, Lincoln Christian College and
BS, University of Montana; Seminary;
MBA, Loyola University MA, Western Illinois University;
PhD, Illinois State University
LaShure, Faith, Dean
Enrollment Management Metych III, John, Assistant Dean
BS, MS, Illinois State University Social Sciences, Education and World Languages
MEd, University of Illinois
Lathan, Mark, Assistant Professor BA, Illinois Benedictine College
Music (C, H & FA)
BM, Northern Illinois University; Mendoza, Lilia, Assistant Professor
MA, PhD, University of California, Los Angeles Foreign Language (SS, E & WL)
BA, St. Norbert College;
Laufenberg, Todd, Assistant Professor MA, Northern Illinois University
English (C, H & FA)
BA, University of Illinois; Menez, Jessica, Assistant Dean
MA, Northern Illinois University Developmental Education and College Readiness
BA, Northeastern Illinois University
Lawler, Aaron, Instructor MA, Northern Illinois University
Humanities (C, H & FA)
BA, MA, North Central College Modaff, Lawrence, Professor
MEd, Concordia University Communications (C, H & FA)
BS, Illinois State University;
Limbrunner, Tracy, Assistant Professor MA, Northern Illinois University
Nursing (HP & PS)
BS, Illinois Wesleyan University; Montgomery, Andrea, Instructor
MS, Northern Illinois University Fire Science/Emergency Medical Technician, (HP & PS)
BA, Aurora University
Lindeen, Ellen, Professor
English (C, H & FA) Moran, Michael, Instructor
BS, University of Wisconsin-Madison; Human Services (HP & PS)
MA, Northwestern University BS, Loyola University
MA, Roosevelt University
Lindquist, Michelle, Assistant Professor
English (DE & CR) Morgan, Melissa, Instructor
AA, Rock Valley Community College; Mathematics (DE & CR)
BA, MA, Northern Illinois University BS, MS, University of Minnesota
www.waubonsee.edu
262 Staff
2017/2018
Staff 263
Rothschild-Massa, Jacqueline N., Professor Smogur, Monica, Instructor
Psychology (SS, E & WL) Nursing (HP & PS)
AAS, Illinois Central College; BS, MS, Olivet Nazarene University
BS, MA, Bradley University;
EdD, Illinois State University
Sobek, Christine J., President
BA, Purdue University;
Ruetsche, Charles, Assistant Professor MA, Michigan State University;
Manufacturing Technology (BCT) EdD, Northern Illinois University
BS, MS, Northern Illinois University;
Sparr, Cynthia, Dean
Saccone, Patricia, Associate Professor Communications, Humanities, and Fine Arts
Health Information Technology (HP & PS) BA, MSEd, Northern Illinois University
BA, St. Marys College;
MA, Concordia University
Stach, Marilee, Librarian/Assistant Professor
BA, Western Illinois University;
Santillan, Kristin, Counselor/Assistant Professor MLS, Dominican University
AS, Waubonsee Community College;
BA, Illinois State University;
Stahl, Lorrie, Assistant Dean
Mathematics and Sciences
MSEd, Northern Illinois University
BS, MS, Tarleton State University
Schafernak, Jennifer, Assistant Professor
Communications (C, H & FA)
Stepney, Ne'Keisha, Assistant Dean
Business and Career Technologies
BS, MS, Southern Illinois University;
BBA, MBA, Benedictine University
MA, Northern Illinois University
Schoolfield, Marjorie L., Assistant Professor Stuckey, Martine, Professor
Art/Painting/Drawing (C, H & FA)
Nursing (HP & PS)
BA, MFA, Queens College, C.U.N.Y.
AA, Waubonsee Community College;
BSN, MSN, Lewis University Tejada, Melinda,Vice President
Student Development
Schulze, Karl, Associate Professor
BS, Murray State University;
Earth Science (M & S)
MS, George Williams College;
BS, Northern Illinois University;
EdD, Northern Illinois University
MS, Texas A&M University
Scott, Jamal, Vice President Thomas, Katherine, Assistant Professor
Interpreter Training/Sign Language (HP & PS)
Strategic Development
BS, Northern Illinois University
BS, University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh;
MA, Illinois Institute of Technology; Thompson, Jane, Associate Professor
EdD, Illinois School of Professional Psychology Mathematics (DE & CR)
BS, Manchester College;
Sedgwick, Jo Lynn, Assistant Professor
MS, Clemson University
Mathematics (DE & CR)
AS, Elgin Community College; Tiberio, Guy, Assistant Professor
BA, North Central College; Automotive Technology (BCT)
MS, University of Illinois at Chicago AAS, Waubonsee Community College;
BS, Southern Illinois University;
Showalter, Jennifer, Assistant Professor
MA, Governors State University
Biology (M & S)
Master Automotive ASE
BS, Indiana Wesleyan University;
MS, Rush University Tolappa, Maya, Assistant Professor
Information Systems (BCT)
Siekierski, Andrea, Instructor
BS, University of Delhi;
Health Information Technology (HP & PS)
MS, Northern Illinois University
BA, University of Toledo;
BA, Michigan State University Tonioni, Renee, Assistant Vice President
Online Learning and Instructional Support
Sinclair, Kelli, Dean
AA, Illinois Valley Community College;
Counseling, Career and Student Support
BA, Illinois State University;
BA, MSEd, Northern Illinois University
MA, Governors State University;
Skaggs, Steven, Professor EdD, Aurora University
Business/Information Systems (BCT)
BSE, Missouri Southern State University;
MSE, Missouri State University
www.waubonsee.edu
264 Staff
2017/2018
Staff 265
Gruben, John, Professor Emeritus Administrative Offices
Manufacturing Technology
AA, Rock Valley College; ACCESS CENTER
BS, MS, Northern Illinois University FOR DISABILITY RESOURCES
Hauser, Raymond E., Professor Emeritus Dean: Kelli Sinclair
History Manager: Emily Hinton
BS, Western Illinois University; Egner, Lisa | Accommodations Coordinator
MA, CAS, PhD, Northern Illinois University Rische, Daniel | Accommodations Specialist
Knapp, Charles J., Professor Emeritus ADMISSIONS
Business and Economics Dean: Faith LaShure
BS, MBA, MSEd, Northern Illinois University; Manager: Joy Sanders
MST, University of Wisconsin-Whitewater Barr, Felicity | Admissions Administrative Assistant
Lippold, Neal W., Professor Emeritus Bechtold, Betty | Admissions Data Administrative Assistant
Criminal Justice Goode, Keith | Admissions Advisor
AAS, Waubonsee Community College; Janick, Lydia | International Admissions Advisor
BA, Aurora University; Koehler, Imelda | College Success Advisor
MS, Chicago State University Olson, Stacey | Admissions Advisor
Renner, Amy | Admissions Data Administrative Assistant
Murphy, David, Professor Emeritus
Suarez, Carlos | Admissions Advisor
Psychology
BS, MA, Eastern Illinois University; ADULT EDUCATION
EdD, Northern Illinois University
Dean: Jeri Dixon
Shaddle, Susan, Professor Emerita Holladay-Baxter, Gale| Adult Education Data
Nursing and Compliance Manager
BSN, MSN, Loyola University; McDaid, Michaela | Adult Education Faculty Manager
CCRN; Sanchez, Margarita | Adult Education Administrative Assistant
EdD, Northern Illinois University Saucedo, Eduardo | Administrative Specialist Adult Education
Sprague-Williams, Janet L., Professor Emerita Vazquez, Edith | Adult Education Administrative Assistant
Speech Vacant | Adult Education Special
BA, MA, CAS, EdD, Northern Illinois University Programs Manager
www.waubonsee.edu
266 Staff
2017/2018
Staff 267
COMMUNICATIONS, EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AND SAFETY
HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS Director: John Wu
Dean: Cynthia Sparr Campus Police Chief: J.C. Paez
Assistant Dean: Sharon Garcia Cicci, Joseph | Campus Police Officer
Baier, Susan | Administrative Specialist Communications/ Davis, Charles, Jr. | Campus Police Officer
Humanities/Fine Arts Grossman, Frank | Campus Police Officer
Vargas, Cecilia | Art Coordinator Stefanski, Lawrence, Sr. | Campus Police Sergeant
Wiess, Larry| Campus Police Officer
COMMUNITY EDUCATION Yanz, Charles | Campus Police Officer
Dean: Douglas Grier
Jachna, Barbara | Community Education Program Developer FINANCIAL AID
Russell, Edna | Community Education Administrative Coordinator Director: Dr. Charles Boudreau
Vacant | Community Education Program Developer Manager: Christa Kristich
Baxa, Sarah | Financial Aid Advisor
CONNECT4SUCCESS PROGRAM (TITLE V) Del Real, Adalberto | Financial Aid Advisor
Dean: Kelli Sinclair Guziec, Allison | Financial Aid Advisor
Manager: Lisa Richardson Luna, Maribel | Financial Aid Advisor
Castellanos, Iris | Student Success Coach McKeen, Douglas | Financial Aid Administrative Assistant
Dresden, Natalie | Student Success Coach Phillips, Dashaun | Financial Aid Advisor
Rauter, Sarah | Student Success Coach Wheeler, Andrea | Financial Aid Veterans Coordinator
Seidelman, Eric | Student Success Coach Wittman, Victoria | Financial Aid Data Specialist
Vacant | Financial Aid Advisor
COUNSELING, ADVISING
AND TRANSFER CENTER FINANCE AND OPERATIONS
Dean: Kelli Sinclair Executive Vice President: David Quillen
Manager: Douglas Szempruch Davids, Paula | Senior Administrative Coordinator to
Chavez, Leticia | Counseling Services Administrative Assistant Executive Vice President of Finance/Operations
Garbelman, Mary | Academic Advisor
Geers, Katie | Counseling Services Administrative Assistant FINANCE OFFICE
Iniguez, Erika | Academic Intervention Advisor Assistant Vice President: Darla Cardine
Luman, Sally | Finance Administrative Assistant
COUNSELING, CAREER
Orth, Sarah | Finance Systems and Compliance Analyst
AND STUDENT SUPPORT
Dean: Kelli Sinclair FITNESS CENTER
Kocunik, Sarah | Graduation and Transfer Coordinator Dean: Douglas Grier
Martin, Loretta | Administrative Specialist Counseling Services Manager: Lisbeth Anderson
Watson, Heather | Transfer/Veterans Advisor Anderson, Michelle | Fitness Center Program Coordinator
Keifer, Stephanie | Fitness Center Operations Specialist
DEVELOPMENTAL EDUCATION
AND COLLEGE READINESS GOVERNMENT AND COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
Dean: Dr. Medea Rambish Director: Dr. Lourdes Blacksmith
Assistant Dean: Jessica Menez Thomas, Kathleen | Administrative Specialist Government and
Landmeier, Charlotte | Academic Support Manager Community Engagement
Vilmin, Karin | Administrative Specialist Developmental
Education/College Readiness HEALTH PROFESSIONS AND PUBLIC SERVICE
Dean: Dr. Jess Toussaint
EDUCATIONAL AFFAIRS Assistant Dean: Dr. Michelle Evans
Vice President: Dr. Diane Nyhammer Biard, Debra| Healthcare Programs Administrative Assistant
Gebauer, Cynthia | Senior Administrative Coordinator Crafton, Kebra | Administrative Specialist
to Vice President of Educational Affairs Health Professions and Public Service
ENROLLMENT MANAGEMENT
Dean: Faith LaShure
Geraghty, Bruce | Imaging Data Specialist
Peck, Julie | Administrative Specialist Enrollment Management
www.waubonsee.edu
268 Staff
2017/2018
Staff 269
PRESIDENTS OFFICE STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES
President: Dr. Christine Sobek Dean: Kelli Sinclair
Director Presidential Manager: Frankie Benson
Communications and Operations: Kimberly Caponi Jensen, Sandra | TRIO/
Baccheschi, Mary | Executive Administrative Student Support Services Educational Advisor
Coordinator to President
Barraza, Maria | Administrative Specialist Office of the President TESTING SERVICES
Jones, Ronna | Administrative Specialist Office of the President Dean: Dr. Scott Peska
Manager: Erica Reyes
PURCHASING Horton, Nancy | Testing Services Department Coordinator
Assistant Vice President: Darla Cardine Kummerer, Jo Ellen | Assessment Program Specialist -
Manager: Theresa Larson Academic Testing
Twait, Sibylle | Purchasing Administrative Coordinator Langerveld, Julie | Testing Services Administrative Assistant
Patino-Lemus, Sandra | Assessment Technology Specialist
REGISTRATION AND RECORDS Walder, Ann | Assessment Program Specialist -
Dean: Faith LaShure External Testing and Training
Registrar: Marc Dale, Jr. White-Shepard, Kisha | Testing Services Department Coordinator
Manager: Jill Pierson Vacant | Assessment Program Specialist - Specialized Testing
Anderson, Justine | Registration/Records Administrative Assistant
Babb, Maggie | Credentials Analyst TRANSFER AND
Contreras, Nydia | Campus Administrative Assistant DEVELOPMENTAL EDUCATION
Ferguson, Angela | Campus Administrative Assistant Assistant Vice President: Dr. Jonathan Paver
Flores, Maria Beatriz | Campus Administrative Assistant Arsenault, Deborah | Administrative Specialist Transfer
Nicholson, Emily | Registration/Records System Analyst and Developmental Education
Parks, Susan | Registration/Records Administrative Assistant Cofield, Robert | High School Partnerships Manager
Raethz, Jennifer | Credentials Analyst Vacant | High School Partnerships
Sparks, Dawn | Registration/Records Administrative Assistant Administrative Coordinator
Vacant | Campus Administrative Assistant
UPWARD BOUND
SOCIAL SCIENCES, Dean: Kelli Sinclair
EDUCATION AND WORLD LANGUAGES Manager: Robert Cook
Dean: Dr. Laura Ortiz Sherretz, Chassie | Upward Bound Educational Advisor
Assistant Dean: John Metych III
Koehring, Janet | Administrative Specialist Social Sciences, WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
Education and World Languages Dean: Lesa Norris
Cherry, Grace | Operations Specialist
STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENT Corral, Amanda | Operations Specialist
Vice President: Dr. Jamal Scott Drake, Kelly | Driver Safety Program Specialist
Forney, Kimberly | Senior Administrative Coordinator to Flores, Kelly | Driver Safety Program Specialist
Vice President of Strategic Development James, Jennifer | Program Developer
Parker, Harriet | Account Representative
STUDENT ADMINISTRATION Riley, Kevin | Account Representative
Dean: Dr. Scott Peska Rojas, Edith | Administrative Specialist Workforce Development
Nuez, Myrna | Administrative Specialist Student Administration Schmidt, Dennis | Driver Safety Program Manager
Smith, Gary | Workforce Training Manager
STUDENT DEVELOPMENT
Williams, Andre | Account Representative
Vice President: Dr. Melinda Tejada
Morrow, Dawn | Senior Administrative Coordinator to WORKFORCE SOLUTIONS/
Vice President of Student Development COMMUNITY LEARNING
Assistant Vice President: Gary Kecsks
STUDENT LIFE
Scalpelli, Ellen | Administrative Specialist
Dean: Dr. Scott Peska Workforce Solutions and Community Learning
Manager: Dr. Mary Tosch
Junk, Megan | Student Life Specialist
Lerma, Lina | Student Life Administrative Assistant
www.waubonsee.edu
270
Facilities and
Extension
Locations
2017/2018
Facilities and
Extension Locations 271
Sugar Grove Campus Plano Campus
The Sugar Grove Campus includes the Student Center, which Waubonsees Plano Campus is located off of Route 34, west of
houses admissions, counseling, financial aid, the caf and Eldamain Road in Plano. The 33,000 square-foot-building includes
coffee bar, and other student services; the Field House/Erickson classrooms, two science labs (biology and earth science), computer
Hall, which houses the gymnasium and the fitness center; the labs and Certified Nurse Assistant (CNA) lab. Free on-site parking
Auditorium; Collins Hall, which houses the library; Akerlow, is available.
Bodie, Von Ohlen and Weigel Halls, which house classrooms
and faculty offices; the Science Building; the Henning Academic This campus offers transfer courses and career degree and
Computing Center, which houses the computer laboratory and certificate programs, developmental and adult basic education,
computer instruction classrooms; the Academic and Professional workforce development, and community education.
Center, which houses the Event Room; Dickson Center, which
houses the bookstore and administrative offices; Campus
Operations; Building A, which houses administrative offices;
Extension Locations
Student convenience is very important to us at Waubonsee
Ceramics Building; Auto Body; and various athletic fields. See
Community College, and so is flexibility.
the map on following pages. Also see the directory at the back of
this catalog. Parking lots are provided at no cost to the student. Because students like to receive their education near where
Parking regulations are posted throughout the campus. they live and work, the college has committed its resources to
expanding the number of educational opportunities available
Consult the current schedule of classes or website for the hours of at locations beyond Waubonsees major campus centers. The
operation for all campus services. college offers a number of college credit courses, community
education classes and business seminars at locations close to home.
Aurora Downtown Campus Each semester, students are able to enroll in a wide range of
Waubonsees Aurora Downtown Campus is conveniently located Waubonsee offerings at nearly 16 different locations across the
at 18 S. River Street. The 132,000 square-foot-building includes college district. These Waubonsee extension sites save students
classrooms, computer labs, two science labs, other specialized travel time, and in some cases, provide the opportunity for
students to take basic core education courses necessary for
instructional spaces, bookstore, library, early childhood center
an associate degree without leaving their hometown.
with playground, Tutoring center, multipurpose meeting rooms,
conference room with catering kitchen and grab-and-go caf For a complete listing of courses, classes and seminars offered
and coffee bar. Free parking is available in Lot W. See the map on at locations throughout the college district, consult the current
following pages. semester class schedules.
www.waubonsee.edu
Facilities and
272 Extension Locations
2017/2018
Facilities and
Extension Locations 273
www.waubonsee.edu
Facilities and
274 Extension Locations
D
ROA
RAIL
PLANO CAMPUS NORTH
ERN
TON
LING
BUR
Parking
Plano
Campus
34
AURORA
STUDENT
PARKING DOWNTOWN CAMPUS
ER
LOT
W
The campus, located at 18 S. River
St., has short-term parking, limited
RIV
WCC Aurora
Downtown Campus
2017/2018
Facilities and
Extension Locations 275
AURORA FOX
VALLEY CAMPUS
AURORA FOX
VALLEY CAMPUS
www.waubonsee.edu
276 Index
A
Associate in Science (AS) degree.............. 24 Chemistry (CHM)................................39, 173
Astronomy (AST).......................................166 Child Care Worker (Certificate).............102
Athletics.............................................. 252, 254 Childrens Programs.................................... 13
Academic advising.....................................249
Attendance, class........................................241 Chinese (CHN)...........................................173
Academic calendar......................................... 8
Audio Production Technology................135 Class attendance.........................................241
Academic Information/Regulations.......240
Auditing a course.......................................230 Class offerings.............................................251
Academic plan.............................................. 35
Aurora Downtown Campus.....................274 Class standings...........................................241
Academic progress, standards of............237
Aurora Fox Valley Campus.......................275 CLEP, credit for..........................................242
Access Center for
Aurora University joint admission..........230 Clinical Laboratory Science....................... 40
Disability Resources..............................249
Auto Body Repair (ABR)....................81, 166 CMA Preparation (Certificate)................. 79
Accounting (ACC)...............................77, 161
Automation Technology (AMT)........83,167 Co-Curricular Transcripts.......................247
Accreditation.................... Inside front cover
Automotive Technology (AUT)........85, 168 College Learning Outcomes...................... 18
ACT preparation classes............................. 14
College Level Examination Program......242
B
Addictions Counseling (Certificate).......119
College Success Topics (COL).................173
Administrative Assistant (AAS)................ 90
Commencement.........................................246
Administrative offices...............................265
Communications (COM)...................41, 174
Administrative withdrawal.......................230 Bachelors Degree, completion.................. 21
Community Education................................ 13
Admission process and Basic Nurse Assistant (Certificate).........136
Computer Aided Design and
registration.......................................10, 226 Basic Skills Education.................................. 12
Drafting (CAD)................................91, 175
Adult Basic Education................................. 12 Biology (BIO)........................................37, 170
Computer Information
Adult Education, Board of Trustees........................................... 4
Systems (CIS)...................................93, 176
special programs.............................12, 249 Bookstore.....................................................250
Computer Science........................................ 42
Adult Education Computer Center.......... 12 Business
Computer Software
Adult Literacy Project................................. 12 Administration (BUS)............. 38, 89, 172
Development (AAS)............................... 94
Adult students.............................................253 Business Solutions and Training............... 16
Computing center......................................252
Age Discrimination....................................256
C
Conduct, student........................................251
Americans with
Construction
Disabilities Act (ADA).........................256
Management (CMT)......................96, 179
Animation (Certificate).............................111 CAD........................................................91, 175 Cooperative agreement.............................234
Annual Disclosure Report........................256 Calendar........................................................... 8 Counseling, Advising
Anthropology (ANT)................................162 Campus maps......................................273-275 and Transfer Center..............................251
Apprentice Training Campus Security Act.................................256 Course Descriptions..................................155
Program (ATP)................................80, 162 Career choices.............................................250 CPA Preparation (Certificate)................... 78
Armed Forces experience credit.............241 Career and Credit by College Level
Army ROTC transfer option...................... 15 Technical Education.................. 12, 70, 76 Examination Program..........................242
Art (ART)...............................................36, 164 Career and Technical Education Credit for high school work....................... 14
Articulated credit, high school.................. 14 curriculum, purpose of.......................... 71 Credit for prior experience......................242
Articulation compact.................................. 20 Career and Technical Education Criminal Justice (CRJ).................. 43, 98, 179
Associate in Applied Degrees and Certificates........................ 76 Curriculum at a glance...............................6-7
Science (AAS) degree............................. 72 Career and Technical Customized training.................................... 16
Associate in Arts (AA) degree................... 22 Education program guarantee............247
Associate in Engineering Career and Technical
Science (AES) degree............................. 27 Education programs............................... 74
Associate in Fine Arts Career Development Center....................250
(AFA) degree......................................29, 31 Certificates of achievement................73, 241
Associate in General Studies
(AGS) degree............................................ 68
2017/2018
Index 277
D H
English as a Second Language (ESL)........ 13
Entrepreneurship (ETR)...........................188
Evaluation, credit by..................................244
Deans list.....................................................244 Health Care Coding (Certificate)............115
Extension locations....................................274
Definitions.......................................... 156, 280 Health Care Interpreting (HCI)..... 113, 192
Externship.....................................14, 157, 252
Degrees and certificates/ Health Education (HED)..........................193
F
career education......................... 67, 70, 76 Health Information
Degrees and certificates/ Technology (HIT)........................ 114, 193
online learning......................................... 14 Heating, Ventilation and
Degrees and certificates/ Facilities.......................................................270 Air Conditioning (HVA).................. 116, 195
general studies......................................... 67 Faculty listing..............................................258 Henning Academic
Degrees/online........................................14, 21 Family, Educational Computing Center................................252
Degrees/transfer education........................ 19 Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)........256 High school articulated credit................... 14
DePaul University......................................230 Federal compliances..................................256 High school course requirements............. 21
Developmental Education Fees................................................................232 High School Dual Credit............................ 15
and College Readiness..........................252 Film Studies (FLM)....................................188 High School Equivalency (HSE)..........12, 13
Digital Photography...................................141 Finance and Banking (FIN)......................188 High school student admission...............229
Directory Financial aid................................................236 High school student programs.................. 14
of information............... inside back cover Fine Arts, Associate in..........................29, 31 High school summer school...................... 15
Disabilities, students with........................249 Fire Science (FSC)............................. 106, 188 History (HIS).........................................52, 196
Disability Studies (DIS).............................181 Fitness Center............................................... 13 History, college...........................................255
District #516 map.......................................272 Foreign language courses..........................190 Holidays........................................................... 8
District students.........................................233 Foundation..................................................252 Honors, graduation....................................246
Drafting.......................................................... 91 French (FRE)...............................................190 Honors program.........................................228
Driver Safety Program................................. 16 Full-time student..................................10, 244 Human Resources Management.............130
Dual Credit.................................................... 15 Human Services (HSV).................... 118, 197
Dual Degree Program...............................230
G Humanities (HUM)....................................198
E General Educational
Development (GED)............................... 13 I
Early Childhood General education IAI General Education courses...............158
Education (ECE).....................44, 100, 181 requirements, purpose........................... 20 Illinois Abused and
Early Alert....................................................249 General Science............................................ 48 Neglected Child Reporting Act..........256
Earth Science (ESC)...................................182 General Studies............................................. 68 Illinois Articulation Initiative (IAI).......... 20
ECE Credential Level 2 (Certificate)......102 Geographic Information Systems...........108 Incomplete grades......................................245
Economics (ECN).................................45, 183 Geography (GEO)................................49, 190 Independent Study (IND).........................198
Education (EDU).....................44, 46, 58, 183 Geology (GLG).....................................50, 191 Industrial Technology (IDT)....................198
Educational options..................................... 11 German (GER)............................................191 Infant and Toddler Care (Certificate)....103
Electronic Registration Getting started at Waubonsee................... 10 Information Technology Services...........252
and Planning (E-RAP)..........................251 Governors State University......................230 Instrumental music performance...........253
Electronics Technology (ELT).................184 Government, student................................254 Intercollegiate athletics.............................252
Elementary Education................................. 46 Glossary........................................................284 Interdisciplinary Studies (IDS)................199
Emergency Medical Grading........................................................245 International student (I-20).....................229
Technician (EMT)........................ 104, 184 Graduation academic honors..................246 Internship Program....................14, 199, 252
Engine Performance (Certificate)............. 87 Graduation/ Interpreter Training (ITP)............... 121, 199
Engineering (EGR).....................................185 Commencement Ceremony................246 Interpreting, Health Care................ 113, 192
Engineering Science (AES) Graduation requirements.........................246 Intramurals..................................................254
associate degree....................................... 27 Graphic Art................................................... 51
English (ENG).......................................47, 186 Graphic Design (GRD)..................... 110, 191
Guarantee, occupational............................. 71
Guarantee, transfer...................................... 20
www.waubonsee.edu
278 Index
J N
Professional Development.......................... 16
Proficiency Examination..........................242
Program Review.........................................249
Japanese (JPN)............................................200 New Student E-RAP...................10, 227, 251
Programs for high school students........... 14
Joint admission with Noncredit Students....................................228
Programs for youth...................................... 12
Aurora University..................................230 Nondiscrimination statement.................256
Psychology (PSY).................................61, 218
Joint admission with Northern Illinois Northern Illinois University.....................230
R
University................................................230 Nurse Assistant (NAS)..................... 136, 212
Nursing (NUR)............................36, 144, 212
K O
Reading (RDG)...........................................219
Real Estate (REL)............................... 142, 219
Kinesiology..................................................123
Reclassification of status...........................228
Office Software Specialist
L
Records/transcripts...................................241
(Certificate).............................................. 95
Refunds, tuition..........................................235
Online courses.............................................. 14
Registered Nursing....................................146
Online learning ............................................ 14
Laboratory Technology (LBT)........ 125, 200 Registration...........................................10, 226
Out-of-district............................................233
Learning Assessment Rehabilitation Act......................................256
and Testing Services.............................251
P
Religious Studies (RLG)............................220
Legal Interpreting (LGI).................. 127, 201 Repeated courses, grades..........................245
Library..........................................................253 Requirements, high school......................... 21
Lifelong Learning Institute (LLI).............. 13 Paramedic....................................................104 Residency requirements...........................233
Limited Enrollment Programs.................228 Paraprofessional Educator........................138 Resources and Services.............................248
Literacy project............................................. 13 Parking maps.......................................273-275 Returning Adult Students.........................253
Locations, campus.............................270-275 Part-time student.................................10, 227 Returning students....................................... 10
Patient Care Technician (PCT)...............213 Reverse transfer students....................10, 230
S
Phone numbers.................. inside back cover
Management (MGT)........................ 130, 202
Photography................................................141
Maps, campus.....................................273-275
Physical Education (PED)...................58, 215
Marketing (MKT)......................................202 Safety................................................................ 3
Physics (PHY).......................................59, 217
Massage............................................... 149, 223 Schedule of classes.....................................251
Placement testing.......................................251
Mass Communication Scheduling your classes.............................. 35
Plano Campus.............................................274
(MCM).....................................53, 131, 203 Scholarships................................................239
Political Science (PSC)........................60, 218
Math Course sequence chart..................... 26 Secondary Education
Presidents list.............................................244
Mathematics (MTH)...........................54, 203 transfer guidelines................................... 62
Presidents message........................................ 5
Medical Assistant (MLA)................ 133, 206 Semester calendar.......................................... 8
Probation, academic..................................247
Medical Office (Certificate).....................115 Senate, student............................................254
Military Recruiting....................................247 Senior citizen tuition.................................234
Military Science (MSC)............................206 Sign Language (SGN)....................... 121, 220
Mission, college.............................................. 2 Skyway Conference....................................256
Music (MUS)................................55, 135, 207 Social Science (SSC)..................................220
Music performance....................................253 Social Work transfer guidelines................ 63
mywcc Web Portal.....................................253 Sociology (SOC)...................................64, 221
Spanish (SPN).............................................221
Special Education transfer guidelines...... 65
Special programs, adult education........... 12
2017/2018
Index 279
U
Sport Management...................................... 66
Sports................................................... 252, 254
Staff...............................................................257
Upward Bound/TRIO................................. 15
Standards of Academic Progress.............237
V
S.T.A.R. Program........................................253
Student Academic Plan............................... 35
Student Life.................................................254
Student organizations...............................254 VALEES..................................................14, 233
Student fee...................................................234 Veteran Information
Student government..................................254 Active duty.............................................231
Student Right to Know Act......................256 Financial Aid/Benefits..........................239
Student Support Services.........................254 Limited enrollment programs............228
Student trustee...........................................254 Non-Attendance Due
Study abroad................................................. 15 to Military Service................................241
Sugar Grove Campus.................................273 Service credit.........................................242
Summer Opportunity Student Services....................................254
for Advancement Withdrawal.................................... 230, 231
and Recovery (SOAR)............................ 15 Vision................................................................ 2
Surgical Technology (SUR)............. 147, 222 Violence Against Woman Act.................256
Sustainability (SUS)...................................223 Vocal music performance.........................253
T W
Testing..........................................................251 Waubonsee Community College
Textbooks.....................................................235 Foundation.............................................252
Theatre (THE)............................................223 Waubonsee on the Web............................271
Therapeutic Massage (TMS).......... 149, 223 Web Authoring (Certificate)....................154
Title VII........................................................256 Website Development (AAS)...................153
Title IX..........................................................256 Weekend Schedule....................................... 15
Total Fitness Center..................................... 13 Welding Technology (WLD)........... 151, 224
Transcripts (Records)................................247 Withdrawal......................................... 230, 231
Transfer advising..................................20, 254 Work experience, credit for.....................242
Transfer Articulation Compact................. 20 Workforce Development............................ 16
Transfer Degree curriculum, World Wide Web (WEB)................. 153, 225
purpose of................................................. 20
Transfer degree
program guidelines...........................20, 33
Transfer degrees Curriculum.................... 19
X
Xcelerate........................................................ 13
Transfer education....................................... 12
Y
Transfer program guarantee..............20, 247
Transfer students
(reverse transfer).............................10, 230
Transferring credit from Waubonsee ..... 20 Youth programs............................................ 12
Transferring credit Youth services program......................12, 249
to Waubonsee............................... 228, 241
Trustee, student..........................................254
Trustees............................................................ 4
TRIO/Student Support Services.......15, 254
Trips and Tours............................................ 13
Tuition and fees..........................................232
Tutoring.......................................................254
www.waubonsee.edu
280 Glossary
2017/2018
CAMPUSES
Sugar Grove Route 47 at Waubonsee Drive | Sugar Grove, IL 60554-9454 | (630) 466-7900
Aurora Downtown 18 S. River St. | Aurora, IL 60506-4134 | (630) 801-7900
Aurora Fox Valley 2060 Ogden Ave. | Aurora, IL 60504-7222 | (630) 585-7900
Plano 100 Waubonsee Drive | Plano, IL 60545-2276 | (630) 552-7900
Departments
Department Building Extension Department Building Extension
Access Center STC 201 2564 Educational Affairs COL 132 2352
for Disability Resources
Financial Aid STC 234 5774
Admissions STC 260 5756 DWNTN 241
Adult Education Division DWNTN 457 4600 Fitness Center ERK 1st floor 2530
Adult Education DWNTN 454 4128 GED & TASC Testing DWNTN 275 4182
Computer Center
Graduation STC 275 2371
Adult Education Youth Services DWNTN 460 4176
Health Care Programs FOXVLY 107 3901
Adult Literacy Project DWNTN 460 4106
Health Professions and FOXVLY 107 3900
Advancement Office DKN 2nd floor 2316 Public Service Division
Athletics FLD 170 2524 High School Equivalency DWNTN 457 4600
Preparation Classes
Basic Skills/HSE DWNTN 457 4600
Honors Program DKN 224 2723
Bookstore DKN 1st floor 2908
DWNTN 1st Floor 4174 Human Resources A 110 2718
Bursar STC 2nd floor 5705 Learning Assessment STC 230/DWNTN 275 5700
and Testing Services PLANO 129
Business and Career APC 242 2263
FOXVLY 229
Technologies Division
Library COL 2nd floor 2400
Campus Police DKN 1st floor 2552
DWNTN 1st floor 4125
DWNTN 1st Floor 4142
Lifelong Learning Institute COL174 2593
Career and A101 2356
Technical Education Marketing & Communications DKN 250 2411
Career Development Center STC 209 2368 Mathematics SCI 214 2319
and Sciences Division
Childrens Programs Auditorium 108 2360
Online Learning COL 145 2402
Communications, Humanities BDE 136 2921
and Fine Arts Division Presidents Office DKN 2nd floor 2903
Community Education Auditorium 108 2360 Registration & Records STC 249 2370
Computing Center HCC/DWNTN 218 5723/4124 Social Sciences, Education and APC 244 5734
World Languages Division
Connect4Success (C4S) DWNTN 113 4660
Student Development STC 134 2941
Counseling, Advising STC 262 2361
and Transfer Center DWNTN 4225 Student Life STC 126 2369
FOXVLY by appt.
Student Support Services STC 262 5767
PLANO 126 2611
Tutoring Centers COL 144 2426
Dean for Students STC 103 2349
PLANO Library 2426
Developmental Education COL 162 5706 DWNTN 215 4227
and College Readiness FOXVLY 225 2426
Driver Safety DWNTN 266 3675 Workforce Development DWNTN 256 4152
Campus Closed
The college is closed and services are not available on:
Independence Day: Tuesday, July 4, 2017 Winter Holiday: 4:30 p.m., Fri., Dec. 22, 2017 thru
Labor Day: Monday, Sept. 4, 2017 Mon., Jan. 1, 2018
Thanksgiving Holiday: Wed., Nov. 22 thru Sunday, Nov. 26, 2017 Easter: Sunday, April 1, 2018
Memorial Day: Monday, May 28, 2018
Disclaimer: Information contained in this edition of the catalog was, to the best knowledge of the Waubonsee Community College staff, considered correct and complete when submitted to
the publisher. Waubonsee Community College reserves the right to change all or part of this catalog without prior notice. This catalog should not be considered a contract between Waubonsee
Community College and any student.
Sugar Grove Aurora Downtown Aurora Fox Valley Plano
Route 47 at Waubonsee Dr. 18 S. River St. 2060 Ogden Ave. 100 Waubonsee Dr.
Sugar Grove, IL 60554 Aurora, IL 60506 Aurora, IL 60504 Plano, IL 60545
(630) 466-7900 (630) 801-7900 (630) 585-7900 (630) 552-7900
www.waubonsee.edu